BHT 412 FM Caa

f.
BHT-41 2-FMCAA
0*
3IIMODEL
412
FLIGHT MANUAL
CAA CONFIGURATION
TYPE CERTIFICATENO REGISTRATION NO SERIAL NO APPROVED BY CHIEF CIVIL AVIATION AUTHORITY AIRWORTHINESS DIVISION BRABAZON HOUSE REDHILL SURREY, ENGLAND -. ', FR 14
DATEOctober 20. 1981

THIS DOCUMENT SHALL BE CARRIED IN AIRCRAFT AT ALL TIMES
Bell Helicopter i:
POST OFFICEBOX482 FORTWORTH. TEXAS76101
i 1
POST OFFICE X 42REVISION 3 3 - 12 JANUARY 1984
A Subsldlaryof Textron InEVISION
CAA APPROVED
412 FLIGHT MANUAL
Index
FLIGHT MANUAL INDEX
PART 1 SECTION 1 SECTION 2 SECTION 3 SECTION 4 SECTION 5 LIMITATIONS NORMAL DRILLS
CAA APPROVED
EMERGENCY/MALFUNCTION PERFORMANCE DATA CHECKLIST PART 2 -
DRILLS
MANUFACTURER'S
DATA
SECTION 6 SECTION 7 SECTION 8 SECTION 9 SECTION 10
WEIGHT AND BALANCE SYSTEM DESCRIPTIONS/GENERAL HANDLING AND SERVICING CONVERSION TABLES OPTIONAL EQUIPMENT SUPPLEMENTS
Index
CAA APPROVED
412 FLIGHT MANUAL
Log of Page
LOG OF PAGES
Original ..... Revision .... Revision .... Revision .... Page Cover ...................... Title....................... Index ...................... A/B ....................... Signature ................... HL 1/2 ..................... i/ii ........................ 1-1/1-2..................... 1-3- 1-12 .................. 1-13....................... 1-14- 1-16 ................. 2-1/2-2 .................... 2-3 - 2-6 ................... 2-7....................... 2-8 ........................ 2-8A/2-8B .................. 2-9 - 2-12.................. 2-12A/2-12B ................ 2-14...................... 2-14A/2-14B ................ 2-15 - 2-18 ................. 3-1/3-2..................... 3-3 - 3-6 ................... 3-6A/3-6B .................. 3-7........................ 3-8 - 3-9 ................... 3-10 - 3-11 ................. 3-12 - 3-13. ............... 3-14....................... 3-15- 3-17 ................. 3-18...................... 4-1/4-2 ..................... 4-3/4-4..................... .October 20, 0 ........ April 15 ........... 1 December20, 2 ....... January 12, 3 ......... 1981 1983 1983 1984 Page 4-5/4-6..................... 4-7 - 4-58.................. 5-1/5-2..................... 5-3 - 5-4 ................... 5-5........................ 5-6........................ 5-7 - 5-8 ................... 5-8A/5-8B .................. 5-9 - 5-10.................. 5-11/5-12................... 6-1/6-2..................... 6-3 - 6-18 .................. 7-1/7-2..................... .......... 7-3 - 7-8 ........ 7-9/7-10. ................... 7-11/7-12 . ................. 7-13 - 7-16................. 7-17/7-18................... 8-1/8-2..................... 8-3 - 8-4 ................... 8-5 - 8-6 ................... 9/1/9-2..................... 9-3- 9-8 ................... 9-9/9-10 .................... 10-1 ....................... 10-2....................... Revision No. 0 0 0 0 3 0 3 3 3 3 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 0 3
Revision No. 0 3 0 3 3 3 0 0 0 3 0 3 0 3 0 3 3 3 0 3 3 3 0 2 2 0 3 0 3 0 3 0 1
NOTE: Revised text is indicated by a black vertical line. Insert latest revision pages; dispose of supersededpages.
Rev. 3
A/B
CAA APPROVED
412 FLIGHT MANUAL
Signature Page
LOG OF CAA APPROVED REVISIONS

Original. Revision Revision Revision ... .... .... .... 0........ 1 ........... 2 ....... 3 ........ October20, 1981 April 15, 1983 .December 20, 1983 .January12,1984
APPROVED:
January 12, 1984
for: CHIEF CIVIL AVIATION AUTHORITY AIRWORTHINESS DIVISION BRABAZON HOUSE REDHILL SURREY, ENGLAND
Rev. 3
Signature Page
CAA APPROVED
412 FLIGHT MANUAL
Revision
Highliqhts
REVISIONNO. 3 DATED 12 JANUARY 1984

Chapter/Sections which have been revised are outlined below together with the highlights of the revision
Remove and insert the affected pages as indicated in the lisr of effective pages Chapter/Section All Description of Change Revision 3 incorporates operational information pertaining to the Droop Restraint. Main Rotor and Stick Centering Indicator. Revision 3 supersedes Temporary Revision dated February 7. 1983, when the Droop Restraint, Main Rotor and Stick Centering Indicator Kit 412 704 114/115 have been installed. Revision 3 makes the requirement for blade tiedown conditional. Conditions are provided in Manufacturer's Data. Effectivity All
All
All
All
All
HIGHLIGHTS HL 112
CAA APPROVED
412 FLIGHT MANUAL
Introduction
INTRODUCTION ORGANIZATION
PART I (Sections 1 through 5) contains CAA approved data. PART II (Sections 6 through 9) contains supplemental data provided by the manufacturer. Section 10 contains approved supplements. See the Table of Contents of each section for specific content of that section.
USE OF PROCEDURAL WORDS

The concept of procedural word usage and intended meaning which has been adhered to in preparing this manual is as follows: "Shall" has been used only when application of a procedure is mandatory. "Should" has been used only when application of a procedure is recommended. "May" and "need not" have been used only when application of a procedure is optional. "Will" has been used only to indicate futurity. never to indicate a mandatory procedure. ABBREVIATIONS Abbreviations used throughout this manual are defined as follows: HD Density Altitude Inter Turbine Temperature Knots Calibrated Airspeed Knots Indicated Airspeed Gas Producer RPM Power Turbine RPM Rotor RPM One Engine Inoperative Never Exceed Velocity Normal Operating Velocity Velocity Takeoff Safety Speed Best Rate of Climb Speed
CAA APPROVED DATA

This manual meets all CAA requirements for approved data, and these data are so designated. It also contains supplemental data supplied by the airframe manufacturer.
TERMINOLOGY
Warnings, Cautions, and Notes. Warnings, cautions, and notes are used throughout this manual to emphasize important and critical instructions and are used as follows:
AN OPERATING PROCEDURE, PRACTICE. ETC., WHICH. IF NOT CORRECTLY FOLLOWED, COULD RESULT IN PERSONAL INJURY OR LOSS OF LIFE.
ITT
KCAS KIAS NI Nil -
CAUTION
AN OPERATING PROCEDURE. PRACTICE. ETC., WHICH IF NOT STRICTLY OBSERVED. COULD RESULT IN DAMAGE TO OR DESTRUCTION OF EQUIPMENT.
Nr OEI Vne
NOTE An operating procedure, condition, etc., which is essential to highlight.
Vno Vtoss Vy
i/ii
CAA APPROVED
412 FLIGHT MANUAL
Section 1
SeZtk 1
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Paragraph Type of Operation .............................................................. Flight With Doors Off/Open ............................................................. Flight With Optional Equipment Installed ................................................. Weight - CG Limitations ................................................................ Front Seat Weight Limits ................................................................ Longitudinal Center of Gravity Limits ..................................................... Lateral Center of Gravity Limits .......................................................... Airspeed Limitations ......................................................... Altitude Limitations ...................................................................... Ambient Air Temperature Limitations ..................................................... IMC Operation Requirements ............................................................ Rotor Limitations .............................................................. Powerplant Limitations .................................................................. Engine Restart Limitations ............................................................... Rotor Brake Limitations .................................................................. Engine Starter Limitations ............................................................... Generator Limitations .................................................................... Ground Power Start ............................................................ Transmission Limitations ................................................................. Fuel and Oil Limitations .................................................................. Hydraulic System Limitations ............................................................ Restrictions .................................................................. Flight Crew ................................................................... Internal Cargo Limitations ............................................................... Battery Limitations ............................................................ AFCS Limitations ........................................................................ ......... Page Number 1-3 1-3 1-3 1-3 1-6 1-6 1-6 1-6 1-6 1-7 1-7 1-7 1-7 1-9 1-9 1-9 1-9 11-9 1-9 1-10 1-10 1-10 1-10 1-11 1-11
..........
..........
.........
........... .......... ..........
LIST OF FIGURES
Figure Number 1-1 1-2 1-3 1-4 Title Weight-Altitude-Temperature Limitations Chart ............................... Gross Weight-Center of Gravity Chart ........................................ Placards and Decals ......................................................... Instrument Markings ........................................................ Page Number 1-4 1-5 1-12 1-13
1-1/1-2
CAA APPROVED
412 FLIGHT MANUAL
Section 1
Set
TYPE OF OPERATION
1
SLIDING DOORS REMOVED SLIDING DOOR OPEN 0.3 IN. ( 7.6 mm) AFT 1.0 IN. (25.4 mm) AFT
The basic configured helicopter is approved as a fifteen-place aircraft and is certified for operation under day or night VMC non-icing conditions. The IMC configured helicopter is certified for operation during day or night non-icing conditions.
NOTE The helicopter may be flown with doors open or off with BELL STANDARD INTERIOR or BELL DELUXE INTERIOR installed. Other interiors shall be subject to separate approval.
FLIGHT WITH DOORS OFF/OPEN. Refer to AIRSPEED LIMITATIONS.

Flight operation is approved for the following configurations during VMC non-icing conditions. Both crew doors on or off. Both sliding doors locked open or removed with both hinged panels installed or removed. In all cases, door configuration must be identical for each side of the fuselage.
FLIGHT WITH OPTIONAL EQUIPMENT INSTALLED.

Refer to appropriate Flight Manual SuppleLimitations, ment(s) for additional Procedures, and Performance Data. The helicopter shall not be flown for public transport when a hoist is in use or when an external cargo suspension hook is in use.
CAUTION
WEIGHT-CG LIMITATIONS
FLIGHT WITH DOORS REMOVED OR WITH SLIDING DOORS OPEN RESULTS IN A MAXIMUM CHANGE IN CG AS FOLLOWS: CREW DOORS REMOVED 0.7 IN. (17.8 mm) AFT 0.2 IN. ( 5.1 mm) AFT Maximum approved gross weight for takeoff pounds (5.261 11,600 and landing: kilograms). See Weight-Altitude-Temperature Limitations Chart (figure 1-1) for maximum allowable operational weights for Group B operations. Minimum approved weight for flight is 6400 pounds (2903 kilograms).
HINGED PANELSREMOVED
1-3
Section
412 FLIGHT MANUAL
CAA APPROVED
WEIGHT - ALTITUDE - TEMPERATURE LIMITATIONS FOR TAKEOFF. LANDING AND IN-GROUND EFFECTMANEUVERS
NOTE: ALLOWABLE GROSS WEIGHTS OBTAINED FROM THIS CHART MAY EXCEED AIRCRAFT HOVER CAPABILITY.
(4267)
//
GROSS WEIGHT
I412900 -22B
-40-20
0 20 40 60 OAT -- C
11 12 10 9 GROSS WEIGHT - LBS X 1000 GROSS WEIGHT (kg) X 1000

412900-22B
Figure 1-1. Weight-altitude-temperature limitations for takoff. landing, and in-ground-effect maneuvers
CAA APPROVED
412 FLIGHT MANUAL
Section 1
NOTE:
MAX ASYMMETRICC.G. LIMITS ARE 4.5 INCHES( 14.3 MILLIMETERS) LEFT AND RIGHT
LONGITUDINAL C.G. STA~ MILLIMETERS 3302 I 3350

I
12.000
3400 I
3450 I
3500 I
3550 I
3600
3650 ,3658
-5262 11,000
10.000
o 2 I
9000
-\ 4000
, 0
8000
MAXIMUM GROSS WEIGHTAT FORE AND AFT C.G. LIMITS IS 8800 LBS (3992 kg)
-3500
7000 MINIMUM WEIGHT 6000 6400 LBS (2903.0 kg.) -3000 2903
5000
130
132
134
136
138
140
142
144
LONGITUDINAL C. G. STA. ~ INCHES 412100-1C
Figure 1-2.
Gross weight-center
of gravity chart
1-5
Section 1
412 FLIGHT MANUAL
CAA APPROVED
NOTE The two aft outboard facing seats should not be occupied unless at least two of the forward and/or aft facing seats are occupied. FRONT SEAT WEIGHT LIMITS Minimum 170 pounds (77.1 kilograms). CENTER OF GRAVITY
For temperatures 20C (68F) and above, the VNE at 3.000 feet (914 meters) HD (Density Altitude) and below is 140 knots. Decrease VNE 2.5 knots per 1.000 feet (305 meters) HD above 3,000 feet (914 meters) HD. For temperatures below 20C (68F), refer to Placards and Decals (figure 1-3). The VNE for steady state autorotation is:
LONGITUDINAL LIMITS
Longitudinal center of gravity limits are from station 130 to 144. However, fore and aft limits are variable depending on gross weight. Refer to GROSS WEIGHT CENTER OF GRAVITY CHART (figure 1-2) and Weight and Balance Data (Section 6). NOTE Station 0 (datum) is located 20 inches (508 millimeters) aft of the most forward point of the cabin nose. LATERAL CENTER OF GRAVITY LIMITS
105 knots below 10,000 feet (3048 meters), not to exceed VNE Placard for Steady State Flight. 80 knots above 10,000 feet (3048 meters), not to exceed VNE Placard for Steady State Flight. The Vno is VNE minus 10 knots. Sideward flight or crosswind hover limit is 20 knots. Rearward flight or tailwind hover limit is 20 knots. The VNE with doors off/open is 60 KIAS.
Lateral center of gravity limits are 4.5 inches (114.3 millimeters) left of, and 4.5 inches (114.3 millimeters) right of the fuselage centerline.
ALTITUDE LIMITATIONS
Maximum operating - 20,000 feet (6096 meters) pressure altitude. Maximum altitude for takeoff, landing, and in14,000 feet ground-effect maneuvers (4267 meters) density altitude. NOTE For operations above 10,000 feet (3048 meters) refer to appropriate for oxygen rules operating requirements.
AIRSPEED LIMITATIONS
NOTE All airspeed values are Indicated Airspeed (KIAS), except when Calibrated Airspeed (KCAS) is specifically stated. All indicated airspeed values in this manual require instrument part be number 412-075-009-105 installed.
CAA APPROVED
412 FLIGHT MANUAL
Section 1
AIR AMBIENT LIMITATIONS
TEMPERATURE
Minimum - GW at or greater than 8000 Ibs. (3629 kg). Maximum
91% RPM
sea level ambient air The maximum temperature for approved operations is +51.7C (+125F) and decreases with pressure altitude at the standard lapse rate of feet (304 meters) to 2C (3.6F)/1000 20.000 feet (6096 meters). The minimum temperature for approved operations is -30C (-22F).
104.6% RPM
POWER PLANT LIMITATIONS

Pratt and Whitney Aircraft of Canada, Ltd. PT6T-3B. NOTE Operation in intermediate contingency or maximum contingency for power range is intended emergency use only, when one engine becomes inoperative due to an actual malfunction. Routine operation in intermediate or maximum contingency power range can affect engine warranty and service life. GAS PRODUCER RPM (NI) LIMITS
IMC OPERATION REQUIREMENTS

IMC LIMITATIONS Minimum IMC airspeed is 60 KIAS. REQUIRED EQUIPMENT
In addition to the basic equipment required for Certification, the 412-705-018 IMC Kit shall be installed and the following equipment shall be operational for IMC flight. Heated Pitot-Static System Dual Windshield Wipers Copilots Instrument Kit OPERATIONAL EQUIPMENT
TWIN ENGINE OPERATION Maximum Continuous Operation and Takeoff 100.8% RPM
ONE ENGINE INOPERATIVE (OEI) NI Maximum Contingency (21/ minutes) Range Maximum Contingency (2% minutes) 100.8 to 102.4% RPM
102.4% RPM RPM 97% 97 to 100% 100% 100 to 104.6% (Nil) LIMITS
ROTOR LIMITATIONS
ROTOR RPM (Nr) LIMITS RPM. 91 to 104.6% 100%
POWER TURBINE (POWER ON) Minimum Continuous Operaation Maximum Continuous Operation with Engine Torque below 30%
ROTOR RPM (Nr) POWER ON -97to RPM. ROTOR RPM (Nr) POWER OFF. Minimum - GW Less than 8000 Ibs. (3629 kg). 80% RPM
1-7
Section 1
412 FLIGHT MANUAL
CAA APPROVED
NOTE Operation at power turbine RPM of 100 to 104.6% is permissible only if both engine torques are at or below 30%. INTERTURBINE LIMITS TEMPERATURE (ITT)
TORQUE LIMITS TWIN ENGINE LIMITS OPERATION TORQUE
(Transmission scale on torquementer.) Twin Engine Maximum Continuous Takeoff Range (5 Minutes) 84% 84 to 100%
NORMAL OPERATIONS Maximum Continuous 765C
WARNIN
TAKEOFF POWER NOT TO BE UTILIZED ABOVE 105 KNOTS.
Takeoff Power Range 765 to 810 C (5 Minutes)
Maximum Transient (6 Seconds) Maximum for Starting (Limit 2 seconds above 960C)
850C Maximum 1090C 100% NOTE For normal operation, maximum permissible torque needle split is 4%.
CAUTION INTENTIONAL USE OF ITT ABOVE 810C IS PROHIBITED EXCEPT DURING START.
ONE ENGINE INOPERATIVE (OEI) TORQUE LIMITS (Engine Scale) Continuous 5 to 76% 76%
ONE ENGINE INOPERATIVE (OEI) Continuous OEI Range (Intermediate Contingency Maximum Contingency Range (21/2 minutes Maximum Contingency Power Limits (2/2 minutes) 822C
Maximum Power
OIL PRESSURE LIMITS Engine
822 to 850C
Minimum (Below 79% NI) Normal (79% to 100% NI) Maximum
40 PSI 80 to 115 PSI 115 PSI
850C
CAA APPROVED
412 FLIGHT MANUAL
Section 1
Combining Gearbox Minimum (Below 97% N11) Normal (94% to 100% N11) Maximum OIL TEMPERATURE Engine Normal Combining Gearbox Normal 40 PSI 60 to 80 PSI 80 PSI LIMITS O to 115C O to 115C
GENERATOR LIMITATIONS
Maximum 150 Amps per Ammeter NOTE Loading above 200 Amps is permitted when using generator to assist battery when starting second engine.
GROUND POWER START

28V ground power units for starting are limited to 1000 Amps maximum.
ENGINE RESTART LIMITATIONS

Above 15,000 Feet (4572 Meters) Pressure Altitude. Accomplish restart in manual fuel control mode only. Below 15,000 Feet (4572 Meters) Pressure Altitude. Accomplish restart in either manual or automatic fuel control mode.
TRANSMISSION
TRANSMISSION LIMITS Minimum Below flight idle Continuous
LIMITATIONS
OIL 30 PSI 30 to 40 PSI 40 to 70 PSI 70 PSI OIL TEMPERATURE PRESSURE
ROTOR BRAKE LIMITATIONS

Maximum Engine starts with rotor brake engaged are prohibited. Rotor brake application is limited to ground operation and shall not be applied until the engines are shut down and rotor RPM has decreased below 40% Nr. TRANSMISSION LIMITS Continuous Maximum
15 to 110 C 110C
ENGINE STARTER LIMITATIONS

Limit Starter energizing time to: 30 Seconds 60 Seconds 30 Seconds 5 Minutes 30 Seconds 15 Minutes ON OFF ON OFF ON OFF
FUEL AND OIL LIMITATIONS

FUEL Fuel conforming to ASTM D-1655, Type B, NATO F-40, D.E.R.D. 2454, or MIL-T-5624, Grade JP-4, may be used at all ambient temperatures. Fuel conforming to ASTM D-1655, Type A. or A-1, NATO F-44, D.E.R.D. 2452. or MIL-T5624, Grade JP-5, may be used at ambient temperatures above -30C (-22F).
1-9
Section 1
412 FLIGHT MANUAL
CAA APPROVED
ENGINE OIL Oil conforming to PWA Specification No. 521, Type 1, NATO 0-148. and MIL-L-7808E and subsequent suffixes may be used at all ambient temperatures. Oil conforming to PWA Specification No. 521, Type II, NATO 0-156. Royco Turbine Oil 555, Aero Shell Turbine Oil 555, and MIL-L23699, may be used at ambient temperatures above -40C (-40F). In all cases refer to Section 8 for Approved Vendors and the Engine Maintenance Manual for servicing instructions. INTERMEDIATE. TRANSMISSION, AND TAIL ROTOR GEARBOX OIL Oil conforming to NATO 0-148 and MIL-L7808E, and subsequent may be used at all ambient temperatures. See Section 8 for Approved Vendors. Oil conforming to NATO 0-156 or MIL-L23699, or Aero Shell Turbine Oil 555 or Royco Turbine Oil 555, may be used at all ambient temperatures above -40C (-40F). Refer to Section 8 for Approved Vendors. For in all cases, see servicing instructions, Maintenance Manual.
HYDRAULIC Maximum Normal Caution Minimum HYDRAULIC Maximum
PRESSURE LIMITS 1100 PSI 900 to 1100 PSI 600 to 900 PSI 600 PSI TEMPERATURE 88C LIMITS
RESTRICTIONS
Aerobatic maneuvers are prohibited.
FLIGHT CREW
VMC OPERATION VMC Minimum Flight Crew The minimum flight crew for VMC operations shall consist of one pilot. VMC Passenger Operations The minimum flight crew consists of one pilot. The left front seat may be used as a second pilots station for VMC day and night operations. IMC OPERATION IMC Minimum Flight Crew With both helipilots operating the minimum flight crew shall be one pilot.
HYDRAULIC SYSTEM LIMITATIONS

Hydraulic fluid type MIL-H-5606 is authorized for use at all ambient temperatures. Both hydraulic systems shall be operative prior to takeoff.
INTERNAL CARGO LIMITATIONS

WARNING
THE HELICOPTER IS NOT CONTROLLABLE WITH BOTH HYDRAULIC BOOST SYSTEMS INOPERATIVE. Allowable deck loading for cargo is 100 pounds per square foot (4.9 kg/100 sq cm). Deck mounted cargo tie-down fittings are provided and have an airframe structural capacity of 1250 pounds (667.0 kilograms) vertical and 500 pounds (226.8 kilograms)
1-10
CAA APPROVED
412 FLIGHT-MANUAL
Section 1
for per fitting. Provisions horizontal installation of cargo tie-down fittings are incorporated in the aft cabin bulkhead and transmission support structure and have an airframe structural capacity of 1250 pounds (567.0 kilograms) at 90 to the bulkhead and 500 pounds (226.8 kilograms) in any direction parallel to the bulkhead. Cargo shall be secured by an approved restraint method that will not impede access to the cargo in the event of an emergency.
AFCS LIMITATIONS
A functional AFCS is required for day and night operations. HP1 and HP2 shall both be turned on prior to takeoff and shall remain on for duration of flight.
AFCS shall be operated in ATT mode during IMC flight.
BATTERY LIMITATIONS
BATTERY TEMP 130F (54.4C) Battery Case Temperature. 145F (62.7C) Battery Internal Temperature. All phases of flight with one helipilot inoperative shall be executed with hands on. Maximum rate of climb or descent with one HP inoperative is 1000 ft/min.
WARNING
AFTER BATTERY TEMP LIGHT ILLUMINATES. THE BATTERY SHALL BE REMOVED. BENCH CHECKED. AND SERVICED IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS PRIOR TO THE RETURN OF BATTERY TO SERVICE.
With one helipilot inoperative, flight dispatch with passengers is prohibited.
For prolonged ground operation, AFCS shall be operated in SAS mode only.
1-11
1-12
412075-4/-2A
Figure
1-4.
Instruments
markings
(2 of 4)
CAA APPROVED
412 FLIGHT
MANUAL
Section 2
Paragraph Introduction ............................................................................. Flight Restrictions .................................................... ................... Flight Planning .......................................................................... Takeoff and Landing Data ................................................................ Weight and Balance ..................................................................... Preflight Check .......................................................................... Before Exterior Check ............................ ....................................... Exterior Check .......................................................................... Interior Check ........................................................................... Prestart Check .......................................................................... Starting Engines......................................................................... Attempted Engine Start With No Light off ........................... Dry Motoring Run ..................................................................... .. Start Attempt After Dry Motoring Run ................... ................. ............. Systems Checks ............................ ......... .................................... Stick Centering Indicator System Checks ................................................. Hydraulic System Check ................................................. ................ Electrical System Check ..... ..... .............................................. Engine Runup ........................................................................... Engine Fuel Control Check ............................................................... AFCS Check ............................................... ............. AFCS Actuator Centering Check ..................................................... .... Force Trim Check ...................................................... .................. Fuel Crossfeed Valve Check .............................................................. Heater Operation Check ...................................................... ........... Before Takeoff ................................................................ .......... Takeoff ................................................. .......................... ..... In-Flight Operation .......................................................... ............ Before Landing ............................................... ....................... Engine Shutdown ........................................................ ............... After Exiting Helicopter ........................................... ..................... ..
Page Number 2-3 2-3 2-3 2-3 2-3 2-3 2-5 2-5 2-7 2-7 2-9 2-10 2.............. 2-11 2-11 2-11 2-11 2-11 2-12 2-12 2-12 2-13 1............... 2-13 2-14 2-14 2-14 2-15 2-16 2-16 2-17 2-17 2-17
LIST OF FIGURES
Figure Number 2-1 Title Preflight Check Sequence ................................................. Page Number 2-4
Rev. 3
2-1/2-2
CAA APPROVED
412 FLIGHT MANUAL
Section 2
INTRODUCTION
This section contains instructions and procedures covering flight of the helicopter from the planning stage, through actual flight conditions, to securing the helicopter after landing. Normal and standard conditions are assumed in these procedures. Pertinent data in other sections is referenced when applicable. The instructions and procedures contained herein are written for the purpose of standardization and are not applicable to all situations.
TAKEOFF AND LANDING
DATA
Refer to Section 1 or appropriate supplement for takeoff and landing weight limit and to Section 4 for performance information when planning various types of missions that require use of the data. WEIGHT AND BALANCE Ascertain proper weight and balance of the helicopter as follows: Consult applicable weight and instructions provided in Section 6. balance
FLIGHT RESTRICTIONS
The minimum, normal, maximum, and cautionary operation ranges for the helicopter and its subsystems are indicated by instrument markings and placards. These instrument markings and placards represent careful aerodynamic calculations that are substantiated by flight test data. Refer to Section 1, subsystems restrictions. Limitations, for
Compute takeoff and anticipated landing gross weight, check helicopter center of gravity (CG) locations, and ascertain weight of fuel, oil, payload, etc. Check that loading limitations listed Section 1 have not been exceeded. in
PREFLIGHT CHECK
A preflight check by the pilot is required. Refer to figure 2-1 for preflight sequence. NOTE Forthepilotswalk-around and interior check, the following procedure is outlined. This preflight is not intended to be a detailed mechanical inspection, but a guide to help the pilot' check the condition of the helicopter. It may be made as comprehensive as conditions warrant, at the discretion of the pilot.
FLIGHT PLANNING
The safe and efficient planning of the mission to be accomplished will provide the pilot with the data to be used during flight. The information to be used can be compiled as follows: Check type of mission to be performed and destination. Select appropriate performance charts to be used from Section 4.
2-3
Section 2
412 FLIGHT MANUAL
CAA APPROVED
Figure 2-1.
Preflight check sequence
2-4
CAA APPROVED
412 FLIGHT MANUAL
Section 2
BEFORE EXTERIOR CHECK Mission planning - Completed.
Rotor blade - Visually check condition and cleanliness. Remove tiedown. Cabin nose ventilators - Unobstructed.
Gross weight and CG Section 6). Publications Checked.
Compute (refer to Nose Compartment - Check battery connected; door secured. Installed and Battery vent Unobstructed. and drain tubes -
Portable fire extinguishers secured. Fuel sumps Drain as follows:
Searchlight and landing light - Stowed. Antenna - Condition and security. BOOST PUMP switches - Off. Fuel switches - Off. BAT switches - On BUS 1 and BUS 2. Fuel Sump Drain Buttons (left and right) Depress. Fuel Filters as follows: Drain before first flight of day, Passenger door Condition and operation; glass clean. Condition of popout window. Position lights Landing gear wheels removed. Condition. Condition; handling Rotor blade - Visually check condition and cleanliness. Remove tiedown. 2. FUSELAGE - CABIN LEFT SIDE. Copilot door - Condition and operation; glass clean. Check security of emergency release handles.
Boost Pump Switches - ON. Fuel switches - ON. Fuel filter (left and right) - Drain samples. Fuel switches - OFF. Boost pump switches - OFF. BAT switches - OFF. EXTERIOR CHECK 1. Cabin area
-
No. 1 engine air intake - Cover removed; unobstructed. 3. FUSELAGE - AFT LEFT SIDE. Drain lines - Clean and unobstructed. No. 1 Engine compartment - Check. No. 1 Engine oil level - Verify actual presence of oil in sight gage. Visually check oil level. Nil governor spring - Check condition.
Condition; all glass clean.
Remote hydraulic filter bypass indicator Check green. Static port(s) Unobstructed. Pitot tube(s) unobstructed. (left and right) -
Cover(s)
removed;
Engine fire extinguisher - Check bottle pressure gage and temperature range.
2-5
Section 2
412 FLIGHT MANUAL
CAA APPROVED
Combining gearbox filter - Check bypass indicator retracted. Access doors and engine cowling Secured. -
Tailboom - Condition. Baggage compartment - Cargo secured: door secured. Rotor blade - Visually check condition and cleanliness. Remove tiedown. 5. FUSELAGE -- AFT RIGHT SIDE. Engine fire extinguisher - Check bottle pressure gage and temperture range. Combining gearbox oil level - Verify actual presence of oil in sight gage. Visually check oil level. No. 2 engine compartment - Check. No. 2 engine oil level - Verify actual presence of oil in sight gage. Visually check oil level. Access doors and engine cowling Secured. -
Rotor blade - Visually check condition and cleanliness. Remove tiedown. Engine exhaust ejector tubes removed; unobstructed. 4. AFT FUSELAGE. Tailboom - Condition. Tail rotor driveshaft covers - Secured for flight. Elevator - Condition and security. Check for spring condition by moving elevator toward the leading edge down position. Covers
CAUTION
ELEVATOR BEND DO NOT TRAILING EDGE TAB.
Fuel filler secure cap.
Visually check quantity;
6. FUSELAGE - CABIN RIGHT SIDE. No. 2 engine air intake - Cover removed; unobstructed. Pilot door - Condition and operation; glass clean. Check security of emergency release handles. and Passenger door - Condition operation; glass clean. Condition of popout window. Transmission oil - Verify actual presence of oil in sight gage. Visually check oil level. Position lights - Condition. Landing gear wheels removed. Condition; handling
Tail rotor 90 gearbox - Verify actual presence of oil in sight gage. Visually check oil level, filler cap and chip detector plug. Tail rotor - Condition and free movement on flapping axis. Tail skid - Condition and security.
Tail rotor 42 gearbox - Verify actual presence of oil in sight gage. Visually check oil level, filler cap, and chip detector plug.
Elevator - Condition and security.
2-6
CAA APPROVED
412 FLIGHT MANUAL
Section 2
7. CABIN TOP. support assembly, Swashplate, collective lever - Check condition. Hub and condition. sleeve assembly and Check
Rotor brake reservoir cap - Security. INTERIOR CHECK Cabin interior - Cleanliness and security of equipment. Cargo (if applicable) - Check security. Security and Protective breathing equipment (if installed) -Condition and properly secured. Passenger doors - Secured. PRESTART CHECK Seat and pedals - Adjust. Seat belt and shoulder harness - Fasten and adjust. Shoulder harness inertia reel and lock Check. Directional control pedals - Check freedom of movement; position for engine start. Flight controls - Position for start; friction as desired. Collective control head switches Transmission chip detector Check; reset if required. OFF. -
Main rotor pitch links condition.
Main rotor hub - Check general condition. Pitch horns - Security and condition. Elastomeric bearings, lead-lag dampers Check general condition. Blade retention proper latching. bolts Security and
Rotor blades - Visually check condition and cleanliness. Droop restraints - Security and condition. Main driveshaft and coupling - Condition and security where visible; coupling for grease leakage and appearance of overheating. Transmission oil filler cap Secured.
indicators
No. 1 and No. 2 hydraulic oil reservoirs Visually check fluid levels; caps secured. Antenna(s) - Condition and security. Combining Secured. Anti-Collision security. gearbox light oil filler cap and
Lower pedestal circuit breakers - IN. Radio equipment - OFF. Conpass slaving switch(es) position). MAG (slave
Condition
Fuel interconnect switch - NORM. Boost pump switches Fuel crossfeed switch Fuel switches - OFF. Particle separator switches - NORM. OFF. NORM.
No. 1 and No. 2 Engine air intakes Unobstructed; check particle separator doors closed. Engine and transmission Secured. cowling -
Fresh air inlet screen - Unobstructed.
Rev. 3
2-7
Section 2
412 FLIGHT MANUAL Inverters - OFF. Generators - OFF.
CAA APPROVED
Governor switches - AUTO. Hydraulic switches Step switch - OFF. Rotor RPM audio switch - Spring loaded to AUDIO. Force trim switch - ON. Instruments - Static check. ON.
If external power is used - Connect. Check DC voltmeters for 27 1 volts and adjust power source if required. Battery switches (BUS 1 and BUS 2) - ON; check BATTERY caution light illuminates. NOTE
Altimeter - Set. Clock - Set. Fire extinguisher switch - OFF. Fire pull handles - In (forward). Aft dome light switches - OFF. Pitot heater switch - OFF. Wiper select switch (both) Cargo release switch - OFF. Vent blower switch - OFF. Aft outlet switch OFF. OFF. Test operate all lights when night flights are planned or anticipated. Accomplish light tests with external power connected or during engine run-up. Master caution switch (overhead) - TEST; check all caution panel lights extinguish except CAUTION PANEL segment and MASTER CAUTION light. (Both ENG OUT lights and RPM light will dim during test.) Rotor brake lights - Test. Pull brake ON and check that both lights illuminate: return to OFF and check lights extinguish. NOTE Rotor brake shall be OFF at all times when the engines are running. Engine fire warning light - Test. Baggage fire warning light - Test. Spring loaded to All press to test lights - Test. Caution panel lights - Test and reset. Inverter 1 - ON; check No. 1 AC voltmeter for 104 to 122 volts. Inverter 2- ON; check No. 2 AC voltmeterfor 104 to 122 volts. Fuel quantity gage Test.
Heater switch - OFF. Circuit breakers In.
All light switches - OFF. Master caution switch NORMAL. Position lights Anti-collision OFF. OFF. NORMAL.
lights -
Emergency load switch -
Non-essential bus switch - NORMAL.
CAA APPROVED
412 FLIGHT MANUAL
Section 2
STARTING
ENGINES
Rotate No. 1 twist grip full Twist grips open, then back against flight idle stop. Actuate No. 1 flight idle stop release, roll No. 1 twist grip to full closed, then apply friction as desired. Repeat procedure using No. 2 twist grip and No. 2 flight idle release.
NOTE When either flight idle stop release is activated, the appropriate flight idle stop plunger will not release if pressure is applied toward the closed position of the twist grip. Moderate throttle frictions should be applied coupling follow-through to overcome between twist grips. RPM increase-decrease switch - DECR for 8 seconds. NOTE Either engine may be started first; however, the following procedure is provided for starting No. 1 engine first. NO. 1 ENGINE START No. 1 Boost pump switch - ON; check No. 1 FUEL BOOST light out. No. 1 Fuel switch - ON. (FUEL VALVE caution lights will illuminate momentarily.)
Rev.3
2-8A/2-8BI
CAA APPROVED
412 FLIGHT MANUAL
Section 2
No. 1 Fuel pressure - Check. Rotor Clear. Engage. Observe
No. 1 Engine Starter - Disengage at 55% NI RPM. Gas Producer - Check 61 1% NI RPM when twist grip is on flight idle stop. Engine, transmission pressures - Check. and gearbox oil
No. 1 Engine starter starter limitations.
No. 1 Engine oil pressure - Indicating. No. 1 Twist grip - Open to flight idle at 12% NI RPM minimum. ITT - Monitor to avoid a hot start. Maximum ITT during start is 1090C. not to exceed two seconds above 960C. If ITT continues to rise, abort start by activating flight idle stop release and rolling twist grip to full closed. Starter should remain engaged until ITT decreases. Consult PT6T-3B Engine Maintenance Manual if ITT limits are exceeded. Collective pitch increases. Lower as rotor RPM
No. 1 PART SEP OFF light extinguished.
Check
No. 1 Twist grip - Increase to 85% Nil RPM; friction as desired.
If external power is used, proceed to No. 2 ENGINE START. If battery was utilized, proceed as follows: NI RPM - Check 71% minimum.
CAUTION NOTE IF STICK CENTERING INDICATOR SYSTEM IS INOPERATIVE, NR FOR GROUND OPERATION SHALL BE 97% OR ABOVE. ON SIDE SLOPES GREATER THAN FIVE DEGREES. DISREGARD CYC CTR CAUTION LIGHTS AND POSITION CYCLIC AS REQUIRED. Cyclic - Position as necessary to extinguish CYC CTR caution lights. NOTE At RPM between 95 and 105% NR, CYC CTR caution lights are inhibited. Before attempting generator assisted start on second engine; it is recommended that the battery be charged until the ammeter load drops below 150 amps. NO. 2 ENGINE START No. 1 Ammeter amps. Check at or below 150
No. 1 Generator switch - ON.
No. 2 Boost pump switch - On; check. No. 2 FUEL BOOST light - Out. No. 2 Fuel switch - ON (FUELVALVE caution light will illuminate momentarily). No. 2 Fuel pressure No. 2 Engine starter starter limitations. Check. Engage. Observe
Cyclic - Center as rotor RPM increases.
Rev. 3
2-9
Section 2
412 FLIGHT MANUAL
CAA APPROVED
No. 2 Engine oil pressure - Indicating. No. 2 Twist grip - Open to flight idle at 12% NI RPM minimum.
No. 2 Generator switch - ON. (BAT BUS 1
will switch off automatically.)

CAUTION ITT - Monitor. Observe ITT limitations. No. 2 Engine starter - Disengage at 55% NI RPM. ONLY BATTERY BUS 2 SWITCH SHOULD REMAIN ON WITH
BOTH GENERATORS OPERAT-
AUTIONCAUTION
ING. ENSURE THAT THE SECOND ENGINE HAS ENGAGED. A NONENGAGED ENGINE IS INDICATED BY 10 TO 15% HIGHER Nil RPM THAN THE ENGAGED ENGINE AND NEAR ZERO TORQUE. IF A NONENGAGEMENT OCCURS. CLOSE ENGAGED ENGINE. WHEN THE THE NON-ENGAGED ENGINE. W HAS NON-ENGAGED ENGINEHEN SHUT STOPPED, ENGAGED ENGINE. DOWN THE DURING RPM INCREASE. ANY ABNORMAL INCREASE IN 1 MAY PER REV VIBRATION INDICATE ONE OR MORE MAIN RESTRAINTS VERIFY POSITION. PROPER OPERATION PRIORTO FLIGHT. STATIC NR - 77% or above. Radios - ON as required.
IF A SUDDEN (HARD) ENGAGEMENT OCCURS, SHUT DOWN BOTH ENGINES. MAINTENANCE ACTION IS REQUIRED. Engine tachometer and torquemeter - Verify engagement of second engine. Engine oil pressures - Check. No. 2 PART SEP OFF light - Check extinguished. NI RPM - Check 71% minimum.
Caution panel lights - Check all extinguished.

ATTEMPTED LIGHT OFF ENGINE START WITH NO
When the power section of the engine fails to light off within 15 seconds after the twist grip has been opened to flight idle, the following action is recommended: Flight idle stop release - Actuate. Twist grip Rotate to full closed.
If external
power
was used -
Starter - Disengage.
Fuel switch - OFF. pump switch - OFF.
Disconnect. Generator 1 and 2 switches - ON, one at a time. Battery BUS 1 will
switch off automatically.

______________________Boost
2-10
Rev. 3
CAA APPROVED
412 FLIGHT MANUAL
Section
After the NI RPM has decreased to zero, allow 30 seconds for fuel to drain from the engine. Conduct a "dry motoring run" before attempting another start. DRY MOTORING RUN
Cyclic - Displace forward. Observe CYC CTR caution lights illuminate. Cyclic - Displace aft. Observe CYC CTR caution lights extinguish then illuminate. Cyclic - Position as necessary to extinguish CYC CTR caution lights. Cyclic - Displace right. Observe CYC CTR caution lights illuminate. Cyclic - Displace left. Observe CYC CTR caution lights extinguish then illuminate. Cyclic - Position as necessary to extinguish CYC CTR caution lights. FLIGHT CONTROLS CHECK CAUTION DURING EXTREME COLD TEMPERATURES AMBIENT MOVEMENTS CYCLIC LIMIT OIL UNTIL TRANSMISSION TEMPERATURE REACHES 15C. Control frictions - Off. Collective lock - Removed.
Force trim switch OFF.
The following procedure is used to clear an engine whenever it is deemed necessary to remove internally trapped fuel and vapor, or if there is evidence of a fire within the engine. Twist grip Full closed.
Boost pump switch - ON. Fuel switch - ON. Ingniter circuit breaker - Pull out. Starter - Engage for disengage. Fuel switch OFF. 15 seconds, then
Boost pump switch - OFF. Igniter circuit breaker - Push in. ATTEMPT START MOTORING RUN. AFTER DRY
Allow the required cooling period for the starter before proceeding. Follow normal start sequence as described on preceding pages. SYSTEMS CHECKS STICK CENTERING INDICATOR SYSTEM CHECKS.
HYDRAULIC SYSTEM CHECK. OFF. Note Hydraulic system No. 1 switch that HYDRAULIC caution light and MASTER CAUTION light illuminate and system No. 1 pressure drops to zero. Check that cyclic and collective controls operate normally. Note an increase in control pedal forces in both directions. NOTE An electrical interlock prevents both being systems from hydraulic switched off at the same time. If one system is off and the second system is switched off, the second system will remain on.
CAUTION
OF DISPLACEMENT CYCLIC MORE THAN 1.5 INCHES FROM CENTER IS NOT REQUIRED TO CHECK THE SYSTEM. IF THE CYC CTR CAUTION LIGHTS DO NOT ILLUMINATE WITHIN A 1.5 THE DISPLACEMENT, INCH SYSTEM IS INOPERATIVE.
Rev. 3
2-11
Section 2
412 FLIGHT MANUAL
CAA APPROVED
NOTE CYC CTR caution lights may illuminate momentarily during cyclic control check. Hydraulic system No. 2 switch - OFF. Note that hydraulic system No. 2 remains operational. Hydraulic system No. 2 switch - ON. Hydraulic system that HYDRAULIC CAUTION light hydraulic system pressure and that to normal. No. 1 switch - ON. Note caution light and MASTER extinguish. Check that No. 1 regains normal control pedal forces return
NOTE The No. 1 hydraulic system will operate 10 to 20C cooler than the No. 2 hydraulic system. ELECTRICAL SYSTEM CHECK DC Voltmeters Check 27 1 Vdc.
AC Voltmeters - Check 104 to 122 Vac. . Ammeters - Check within limits.
operational.
hec
that
the
tems
rema
One helipilot.
One helipilot.
One NAV-COM. Panel lights. ICS lights. Essential engine instruments.
Hydraulic system No. 2 switch - OFF. Note that HYDRAULIC caution light and MASTER
CAUTION light illuminate.
Check that
hydraulic system No. 2 pressure drops to zero and that all controls operate normally. NOTE
Essential navigation instruments. Emergency Load switch Normal. Check
CYC CTR caution lights may CTR caution lights may illuminate momentarily during cyclic
control check. Hydraulic system No. 1 switch - OFF. Note that hydraulic system No. 1 remains operational. Hydraulic system No. 1 switch - ON. Hydraulic system that HYDRAULIC CAUTION light hydraulic system No. 2 switch caution light extinguish. No. 2 returns - ON. Note and MASTER Check that to normal.
that all loads dropped regain power. AC System - Check as follows: Inverter 1 switch - OFF: check INVERTER 1 caution light illuminates. Check No. 1 and No. 2 ac voltmeters for indication inverter 2 has assumed all ac loads. Return inverter 1 switch to an ON position. Inverter 2 switch - OFF; check INVERTER 2 caution light illuminates. Check No. 1 and No. 2 AC voltmeters for indication inverter No. 1 has assumed all AC loads. Return inverter 2 switch to ON.
Both hydraulic systems shall be operational prior to takeoff. Control frictions - Adjust to desired level. Force trim switch - ON.
ENGINE RUNUP
Engine oil temperatures and pressures -Within limits.
2-12
Rev. 3
CAA APPROVED
412 FLIGHTMANUAL
Section 2
''ransmission oil temperatures and pressures -- Within limits. Gearbox oil temperature Within limits. NOTE cold ambient extreme During temperatures do not increase the throttles above flight idle until the main transmission oil temperature is at or above 1 5C. The No. 1 hydraulic 0 system will run 10 to 20 C cooler than the No. 2 system. Ammeters Within limits. NOTE No. 2 ammeter will indicate a higher load than No. 1 until battery is fully charged. ENGINE FUEL CONTROL CHECK and pressure -
Twist grips (both) - Flight idle.
WARNING DO NOT ALLOW NI SPEED TO DECREASE BELOW 50%.
Rev. 3
2-12A/2-12B
CAA APPROVED
412 FLIGHT MANUAL
Section 2
NOTE In the vicinity of 8,000 feet pressure altitude, NI RPM may not change when manual fuel significantly control is selected. Governor switch (No. 1 or No. 2) - MANUAL position: observe a change in NI RPM and GOV MANUAL light on caution panel. Open respective twist grip carefully to assure NI responds upward, then return twist grip to flight idle position. Return governor switch to AUTO. Check for a return to original NI RPM light caution MANUAL and GOV extinguishes. Check second governor in like manner. No. 1 Twist grip - Full open. Check Nil RPM stabilizes at 95 1%. No. 2 Twist grip - Full open. Check No. 1 engine RPM increases 2% and both engines stabilize at 97 1% Nil RPM. RPM increase-decrease switch - Full INCR. Check Nil RPM does not exceed 101.5%. Set at 100%. AFCS CHECK
AFCS ACTUATOR CENTERING CHECK NOTE A verification of AFCS actuator centering should be accomplished. Failure of the actuators to center could result in reduced control control and abnormal margins positions. NOTE AFCS actuator centering may be checked before the 3 minute delay required for attitude gyro full erection speed by the following procedure: API - Note SYS 2 actuator position (with HP1 and HP2 OFF on the AFCS control panel. HP2 API is displayed). HP1 switch - Depress and hold; observe SYS 1 actuator position (HP1 API is displayed as long as HP1 switch is depressed). HP1 and HP2 switches - ON. Observe ATT light on, actuator position indicators (APIs) centered, and caution panel AFCS light out. Move cyclic forward, aft, right, left. Observe the APIs do not move. SYS 2 switch - Press and hold. Move cyclic forward, aft, right, left. Observe that APIs do not move. SYS 2 switch Release.
WARNING
IF AFCS IS LEFT ENGAGED BUT UNMONITORED DURING GROUND OPERATION. THE SERIES ACTUATORS MAY BE DRIVEN TO HARDOVER POSITIONS AND THE CYCLIC CONTROL DISPLACED TO A CONTROL STOP. NOTE Both HP1 and HP2 shall operational prior to takeoff. FORCE TRIM switch - ON. be
ATT Trim Switch, right for 2 seconds, then aft for 2 seconds. Observe APIs move right, up. SYS 2 switch - Depress actuators agree. Observe SYS 2
Cyclic Force TRIM release button - Depress. Observe APIs move to center.
2-13
Section 2
412 FLIGHT MANUAL NOTE
CAA APPROVED
System 2 switch - Release. Observe System 1 actuators agree. SAS/ATT switch light on. Depress. Observe SAS
FUEL XFEED and FUEL BOOST caution lights will illuminate momentarily during test. If after turning either boost pump off, the fuel pressure remains 4 to 6 PSI below normal (10 4 PSI), the appropriate checkvalve is not functioning properly. No. 1 Boost pump switch - OFF. Check No. 1 fuel pressure decreases, then returns to normal. (This indicates that the crossfeed valve has opened by Bus No. 1 power and that the check valve is functioning properly.) Return switch to ON. Fuel crossfeed test switch - TEST BUS 2 and hold. No. 2 Boost pump switch - OFF. Check No. 2 fuel pressure decreases, then returns to normal. Return switch to ON. Fuel crossfeed test switch NORM.
Move cyclic right, left. Observe roll API moves right, left. Move cyclic forward, aft. Observe pitch API moves down, up. Move pedals, right, left. Observe yaw API moves right, left. System 2 switch - Depress. Move cyclic right, left. Observe roll API moves right, left. Move cyclic forward, aft. Observe pitch API moves down, up. System 2 switch Release.
FORCE TRIM CHECK Check proper operation of magnetic brakes and cyclic trim release button with force trim switch ON, then OFF. NOTE Force trim caution light will be illuminated if force trim is OFF. NOTE Force trim shall be operable for IFR flight. FORCE TRIM switch - ON. FUEL CROSSFEED VALVE CHECK Fuel crossfeed switch - NORM. Fuel crossfeed test switch - TEST BUS 1 and hold.
Fuel crossfeed switch - OVRD CLOSE. No. 1 Boost pump switch - OFF. Check fuel pressure drops to zero on affected system. Return switch to ON. Repeat procedure for No. 2 boost pump switch. Fuel crossfeed switch NORM.
HEATER OPERATION CHECK NOTE Operation check may be accomplished at this time or at any time heater operation is desired. Nil RPM - Set at 100% (both engines). NI RPM engines). Check 75% minimum (both
CAA APPROVED
412 FLIGHT MANUAL
Section 2 NOTE
CAUTION
MINIMUM NR FOR GROUND OPERATION, WITH STICK CENTERING INDICATOR SYSTEM INOPERATIVE, IS 97%.
NR - 77% or above.
Use of the VG FAST ERECT switches will disengage the respective helipilot. HP switches will reengage the appropriate helipilot after VG FAST ERECT switch has been depressed. Position lights - As required. Anticollision light ON.
CAUTION
IF STICK CENTERING INDICATOR SYSTEM IS INOPERATIVE, NR FOR GROUND OPERATION SHALL BE 97% OR ABOVE. ON SIDE SLOPES GREATER THAN FIVE DEGREES, DISREGARD CYC CTR CAUTION LIGHTS AND POSITION CYCLIC AS REQUIRED. Cyclic Position as necessary to extinguish CYC CTR caution lights. NOTE At RPM between 95 and 105% NR. CYC CTR caution lights are inhibited. BEFORE TAKEOFF Engine, gearbox, transmission, hydraulic, and electrical instruments - Within operating ranges. Flight instruments - Check operation and set. Pilot and copilot attitude indicators and set as necessary. NOTE If fast slaving is desired, set roll trim to null, push and hold VG FAST ERECT switch (if installed) until attitude indicator displays zero degrees bank angle. Erect Force trim - As desired. (ON for IMC flight.) Passenger steps - As desired. Passenger seat belts - Fastened. All doors - Secured. Caution and warning lights - Extinguished. Twist grips - Full open. Adjust frictions. Nil RPM 100% (both engines). MODERATE APPLIED TO OVERCOME COUPLING GRIPS. FRICTION SHALL BE EACH THROTTLE TO FOLLOW-THROUGH BETWEEN TWIST Pitot heater - ON; Check ammeter for load indication. Turn OFF if not required. Radio(s) Check functioning. Adjust frictions as desired
Flight controls for flight.
Cyclic control - Centered or slightly into the wind.
WARNING
Hydraulic systems No. 1 and No. 2 - ON.
Rev. 3
2-15
Section 2
412 FLIGHT MANUAL
CAA APPROVED
Perform power assurance check before first flight of the day or as desired. (Refer to Section 4.)
NOTE
It is recommended that the FORCE TRIM release button be depressed before lift off and touchdown to trim actuators to center positions.
AFCS MODE - Select ATT or SAS operation as desired: ATT mode shall be used during IMC flight. Cyclic control - Apply forward cyclic to accelerate smoothly. Collective pitch reaching Vtocs. Adjust as desired after
IN-FLIGHT OPERATION
Nil RPM - Adjust INCR-DECR switch to select desired RPM between 97 and 100%.
TAKEOFF
CAUTION
DURING LIFTOFF TO HOVER. ANY ABNORMAL INCREASE IN 1 PER REV VIBRATION MAY INDICATE ONE OR MORE MAIN ROTOR DROOP RESTRAINTS FAILED TO DISENGAGE FROM STATIC POSITION. VERIFY PROPER OPERATION PRIOR TO FLIGHT. Nil RPM Area 100%.
Airspeed - Within limits for gross weight and flight altitude. Engine, gearbox and transmission ments - Within limitations. instru-
NOTE Refer to ANO for oxygen requirements above 10,000 feet. MANEUVERING MODE WITH AFCS IN SAS
Clear.
Hover power Check torque required to hover at four feet skid height. NOTE Downwind takeoffs are not recommended since the published takeoff distance performance will not be realized. When near zero wind conditions prevail, determine true direction of wind. NOTE During takeoff, pitch attitude must be adjusted commensurate with power application to minimize flight in the AVOID area of the Height-Velocity diagram. Torque shall not exceed 15% above hover power while accelerating to Takeoff Climbout Speed (Vtocs). (Refer to Section 4.)
Use normal pilot control techniques. MANEUVERING MODE WITH AFCS IN ATT
Depress cyclic stick FORCE TRIM release button and maneuver as desired. Release button when desired attitude is reached. AUTO PILOT will hold attitude until retrimmed to new attitude. Attitude may also be adjusted with cyclic beep trim or may be "flown through" for momentary attitude changes.
NOTE Actuators may be saturated to limit authority when using "fly through" feature.
2-16
Rev. 3
CAA APPROVED
412 FLIGHT MANUAL
Section 2
BEFOHI
LANDING
Flight controls - Adjust friction as desired. AFCS Control desired. ENGAGE ATT/SAS as
ON SIDE SLOPES GREATER THAN FIVE DEGREES, DISREGARD CYC CTR CAUTION LIGHTS AND POSITION CYCLIC AS REQUIRED. CYCLIC DISPLACEMENT OF MORE THAN 1.5 INCHES FROM CENTER IS NOT REQUIRED TO CHECK THE SYSTEM. IF THE CYC CTR CAUTION LIGHTS DO NOT ILLUMINATE WITHIN A 1.5 INCH DISPLACEMENT. THE SYSTEM IS INOPERATIVE. Cyclic - Displace forward. Observe CYC CTR caution lights illuminate. Cyclic - Displace aft. Observe CYC CTR caution lights extinguish then illuminate. Cyclic - Position as necessary to extinguish CYC CTR caution lights. Cyclic - Displace right. Observe CYC CTR caution lights illuminate. Cyclic - Displace left. Observe CYC CTR caution lights extinguish then illuminate. Cyclic - Position and friction as necessary to extinguish CYC CTR caution lights. Pedals - Center.
FORCE TRIM switch - ON in ATT MODE, as desired in SAS MODE. Twist grips - Check full open. Nil RPM 100%.
Force trim -- As desired. Passenger steps - As desired. Flight path - Stay clear of AVOID areas of the Height Velocity diagram. For landing distance information in the event of engine failure during approach, refer to Section 4. ENGINE SHUTDOWN NOTE For prolonged ground operation, AFCS shall not be operated in ATT mode. FORCE TRIM release button check for actuator centering. Depress and
HELIPILOT CONTROLLER - Depress HP1 and HP2 Observe that annunciators extinguish. Collective pitch control - Down and locked.
Cyclic control and pedals frictioned. Force trim switch - ON. NR 77% or above.
Centered and
CAUTION
ITT - Stabilize for one minute at 77% NR or above prior to shutdown (flat pitch). Engine instruments - Within limits. Radios - OFF. Idle stop release switch - ENG 1 position.
IF STICK CENTERING INDICATOR SYSTEM IS INOPERATIVE, NR FOR GROUND OPERATION SHALL BE 97% OR ABOVE.
Rev. 3
2-17
Section 2
412 FLIGHT MANUAL
CAA APPROVED
'
No. 1 Twist grip - Full closed. Check ITT and NI RPM decreasing. No. 1 Fuel switch - OFF. No. 1 Boost pump switch - OFF. Idle stop release switch - ENG 2 position. No. 2 Twist grip - Full closed. Check ITT and NI RPM decreasing. No. 2 Fuel switch - OFF. No. 2 Boost pump switch - OFF. Generator 1 and 2 switches - OFF. Inverter 1 and 2 switches - OFF. Rotor brake - As desired. Apply at or below 40% rotor RPM. Return to stowed position after main rotor stops.
Pilot - Remain at flight controls until rotor has come to a complete stop. Lighting and miscellaneous switches - OFF. Battery switches - OFF. Collective down lock - ON.
AFTER EXITING HELICOPTER

If conditions require, perform the following: I (Refer to Manufacturer's Data). Install main rotor blade tie-down socks on blades and secure to mooring points. Install exhaust covers and engine protective plugs if conditions require. inlet
2-18
Rev. 3
CAA APPROVED
412 FLIGHT MANUAL
Section 3
rs
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Page
Paragraph Introduction ..
Number
. Definitions
3-5 Fire .... . .. Engine ...... ....................................................... 3-6 Failure ..... ......... .......... .. 3-5 .. Engine ......... ...... Emergency ................ Drills ..........
.....
................ Hydraulic System Failure ..................... .......................................... Cabin Smoke .................. AFCS Hardoveror Abnormal Control Perturbation . ....
... .
...........................................................................
3-3
.. .......
. .. . . .............................................
3-3
Runaway ...... ............. Autotrim ....... ......................
................................
......................................... .................. EmergencyEvasive Maneuver. .............. . .. Tail Rotor Failures ................... . ................. .... Malfunction Drills ... ...... ............. .............. Electrical Power Failure .................. ............................ Engine Fuel Control Malfunction ....... ..... . .. ... ... ... ..... ...... AFCS Malfunctions ...................
....
..
3-7 3-7 3-7
3-8 3-8 3-11 3...-............. 3-14 3-15 3-16
3-8
Restart Engine
................. .. Malfunction Hydraulic

Heater Malfunction ............... Stick Centering Indicator System Failure ..
.............
. .......................................
...............................................
...........
317
... 3-18 ............................... 3-18
3-18
LIST OF TABLES Table Number 3-1 3-2 Title EmergencyCaution Lights ........................ Malfunction Caution Lights ........................................... Page Number 3-3 3-11
Rev.3
3-1/3-2
CAA APPROVED
412 FLIGHT MANUAL
Section 3
INTRODUCTION
The following procedures contain the indication of equipment or system failure or malfunction, the use of emergency features of primary or back-up systems, and appropriate warnings, cautions, and explanatory notes. Table 3-1 lists caution panel wording, fault conditions, and required action.
LAND AS SOON AS PRACTICAL
The duration of the flight and landing site are at the discretion of the pilot. Extended flight beyond the nearest approved landing area is not recommended.
DEFINITION
1. The following terms indicate the degree of urgency in landing the helicopter. LAND IMMEDIATELY The urgency of the landing is paramount. The primary consideration is to assure the survival of the occupants. Land without delay at the nearest suitable area (i.e., open field) at which a safe approach and landing is reasonably assured.
2. The following terms are used to describe the operating condition of a system. subsystem, assembly, or component.
Affected
Fails to operate in the normal or usual manner. Operates in the normal or usual manner.
Normal
LAND AS SOON AS POSSIBLE
3. The corrective action procedures listed below assume the pilot gives first priority to aircraft control and a safe flight path.
Table 3-1. PANEL WORDING FIRE 1 PULL FAULT CONDITION Fire indication in No. 1 Engine compartment.
Emergency caution lights CORRECTIVE ACTION Pull No. 1 handle. Select MAIN bottle. Close No. 1 twist grip, then RESERVE if necessary. Land as soon as possible.
3-3
Section 3
412 FLIGHT MANUAL
CAA APPROVED
Table 3-1.
Emergency caution lights (Cont)
PANEL WORDING FIRE 2 PULL
FAULT CONDITION Fire indication in No. 2 Engine compartment. Smoke in Baggage compartment. No. 1 engine NI RPM abnormally low.
CORRECTIVE ACTION Pull No. 2 handle, select MAIN bottle, close No. 2 twist grip, then RESERVE if necessary. land as soon as possible. LandimmediReduce powertominimumrequired. ately. Inspect tailboom area for damage. Observe NI, Nil, and ITT engine instruments. If engine is not to be restarted, turn off main fuel switch, close twist grip, and turn off generator. Reset remaining engine Nil to normal range. Land as soon as practical. Observe NI, NII, and ITT instruments. If engine is not to be restarted turn off main fuel switch, close twist grip, and turn off generator. Reset MASTER caution light. Reset remaining engine Nil to normal range. Land as soon as practical. Reduce power. Land as soon as possible.
BAGGAGE FIRE ENG 1 OUT
ENG 2 OUT
No. 2 engine NI RPM abnormally low.
C BOX OIL PRESS
Combining gearbox oil presure below normal. Combining gearbox oil temperature above limit. Transmission oil temperature above
C BOX OIL TEMP
Reduce power. Observe temperature within limits. If not, land as soon as possible. Reduce power. Observe temperature within limits. If not, land as soon as possible. Reduce power. Land immediately.
XMSN OIL TEMP
limit.
XMSN OIL PRESS BATTERY TEMP Transmission oil pressure below limit. Battery case temperature above limits.
Battery Switch - OFF. Land as soon as practical. After landing, DO NOT USE HELICOPTER BATTERY for an engine restart. This will cause more battery heating. Verify fault and affected system from gage readings. Turn off affected system. Land as soon as possible.
HYDRAULIC
Hydraulic pressure below limits or temperature above
limits.
3-4
CAA APPROVED
412 FLIGHT MANUAL
Section 3
EMERGENCY DRILLS ENGINE FIRE

DURING STARTING NOTE An engine fire during starting is usually caused by excessive fuel in the combustion chamber and delayed fuel ignition. The result is flames emitting from the tail pipe and/or excessive ITT indication. 1. Twist grip motor engine. If fire persists 2. 3. Fuel switch - OFF. Boost pump OFF. Closed; continue to
5. If no landing site is available continue the takeoff. When an indicated speed of 55 knots is attained, pull "T" handle and discharge one bottle. Land as soon as possible. 6. Discharge applicable. DURING APPROACH 1. remaining bottle AND/OR if
DESCENT TO LANDING
Land as soon as possible.
2. If altitude permits, pull "T" handle and discharge one bottle during descent. 3. After landing, pull "T" handle and discharge bottle(s) as applicable. DURING FLIGHT
#1 ENGINE 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. T-handle of #1 engine PULL.
Select main bottle to extinguish fire. Twist grip of #1 engine - Closed. #1 Fuel switch - OFF. Fuel crossfeed - OVERRIDE CLOSE. #1 Boost pump - OFF. #1 Generator OFF.
4. Continue to motor engine until ITT decreases.
DURING TAKEOFF 6. 1. Land as soon as possible. If an appropriate landing site is available, the takeoff should be terminated and an approach begun. 2. Pull the "T" handle and discharge one fire bottle. 3. If an altitude in excess of 100 feet (30 meters) has been attained, pull the "T" handle and discharge one bottle prior to landing. 4. If altitude permits, pull "T" handle and discharge one bottle prior to starting landing approach. 7. 8.
9. If engine compartment fire warning light does not go out within 10 seconds, select reserve bottle by moving leverlock switch to appropriate position. #2 ENGINE 1. 2. T-handle of #2 engine PULL.
Select main bottle to extinguish fire.
3-5
Section
412 FLIGHT MANUAL
CAA APPROVED
3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10.
Twist grip of #2 engine - Closed. #2 Fuel switch OFF.
Secure failed engine as follows: #1 ENGINE 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. Fuel Crossfeed - OVERRIDE CLOSE. #1 Fuel Switch - OFF. #1 Boost Pump OFF.
Fuel Crossfeed - OVERRIDE CLOSE. #2 Boost pump OFF.
BATTERY BUS 2 switch - OFF. BATTERY BUS 1 switch - ON. #2 Generator OFF.
#1 Twist Grip - Closed. #1 Generator - OFF. Interconnect valve - OPEN. Reset #2 engine N11to normal range.
11. If engine compartment fire warning light does not go out within 10 seconds, select reserve bottle by moving leverlock switch to appropriate position.
8. Establish OEI cruise speed of 100 knots.
ENGINE FAILURE
SINGLE ENGINE FAILURE NOTE
#2 ENGINE 1. 2. 3. Fuel Crossfeed-- OVERRIDE CLOSE. #2 Fuel Switch #2 Boost Pump OFF. OFF.
The normally operating engines NII speed is allowed to drop to 97% during from two (2) engine transition (1) engine to single operaion operation. When the best rate of climb airspeed (65 knots) is obtained, the NIl should be increased to normal operating range of 97% to 100%. Evidence of an engine failure (or flame-out) will result in the following: 1. ENG 1 OUT or ENG 2 OUT - Light.
4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9.
#2 Twist Grip - Closed. BATTERY BUS 1 Switch - ON. BATTERY BUS 2 Switch - OFF. #2 Generator - OFF. Interconnect valve - OPEN. Reset #1 engine NIl to normal range.
10. Establish OEI cruise speed of 100 knots. Flight can be continued on remaining engine until a desirable landing site is available. Refer to Performance Charts in Section 4.
3. NI below 61% 1% and decreasing. 3. 4. Nil below 85% and decreasing. ITT below 400C and decreasing.
3-6
CAA APPROVED NOTE
412 FLIGHT MANUAL
Section 3
LIGHT AND TACHOMETER INDICATION WILL RESULT IN LOSS OF
If an engine restart is to be made, refer to Engine Restart paragraph of this section.
CONTROL.
INDICATIONS:
TWIN ENGINE FAILURE

1. Collective pitch - Reduce. Establish autorotative glide at 65 to 70 knots. 2. Twist grips Full closed (BOTH).
1. Leftyaw.
3. Main FuelValves- Off if restart is not

to be attempted (BOTH). 4. Fuel Boost Pumps - Off if restart is not to be attempted (BOTH). 5. Accomplish autorotative landing.
NOTE Best angle of glide for autorotation is 94 knots (sea level).
MAIN DRIVESHAFT FAILURE WARNING

_ FAILURE OF THE MAIN DRIVESHAFT TO THE TRANSMISSION WILL RESULTIN COMPLETE LOSS OF POWER THEMAIN ROTOR. TO ALTHOUGH THE COCKPIT INDICATIONS FOR A DRIVESHAFT FAILUREARE SOMEWHAT COMPARABLE TO A DUAL ENGINE FAILURE,IT IS IMPERATIVE THAT AUTOROTATIVE FLIGHT PROCEDURESBE ESTABLISHED IMMEDIATELY. FAILURE REACTIMMETO DIATELY TO THE LOW ROTOR RPM AUDIO SIGNAL, WARNING
Rev. 2 3-6A/3-6B
CAA APPROVED
412 FLIGHT MANUAL
Section 3
2. 3.
Rapiddecrease in NR. Rapidincrease in Nil.
WARNING
4. Illumination of ROTOR RPM warning light with audio. 5. Possible increase in noise due to: a. b. c. Overspeedingengine turbines. OverspeedingC BOX. Driveshaft breakage.
DO NOT EXTEND FLIGHT WITH FAILED HYDRAULIC BOOST SYSTEM. THE HELICOPTER IS NOT CONTROLLABLE WITH BOTH BOOST SYSTEMS HYDRAULIC INOPERATIVE.
CABIN
SMOKE,
ETC.
INDICATION 1. Smoke, toxic fumes, etc., in cabin.
PROCEDURES: 1. Collective - As required to establish autorotation descent. Establish airspeed for 2. Airspeed minimum rate of descent or maximum glide. 3. Throttles - Off, if time permits.
PROCEDURE 1. 2. 3. Ventilation switch - VENT. Vents, windows, cabin doors - Open. Land as soon as possible.
4. Controls - As required for autorotative landing.
AFCS HARDOVER OR ABNORMAL CONTROLPERTURBATION
HYDRAULIC
INDICATIONS 1. 2.
SYSTEM
FAILURE WARNING
IF HP1 OR HP2 FAILS DURING FLIGHT, REMAINDER OF FLIGHT SHALL BE EXECUTED HANDS ON. Helicopter attitude - Press FORCE TRIM release and correct with cyclic and pedals. Actuator Position Panel - Check. If any position indicator shows maximum displacement or erratic operation of any actuator, turn HP1 switch OFF. Land as soon as practical. Actuator Position Panel - Check HP2 system. If either pitch or roll position indicators show maximum displacement or erratic operation of any actuator, turn HP2 switch OFF. Land as soon as practical.
MASTER caution light illuminated. HYDRAULIC system light illuminated.
3. Fluctuating or no hydraulic pressure in affected system. 4. Increased pedal forces (if No. 1 system has failed). PROCEDURES 1. 2. 3. 4. MASTER caution light - Reset. Failed system - Identify positively. Failed system - Off. Land as soon as possible.
Rev. 2
3-7
Section 3
412 FLIGHT MANUAL
CAA APPROVED
AUTOTRIM RUNAWAY
NOTE An autotrim runaway will be evidenced by the cyclic stick being driven or displaced in a direction opposite to ATT/SAS actuator API indications (HP1 or HP2). This condition occurs because the series actuators will be driven to limit authority to compensate for the autotrim runaway. When the actuators are saturated (on stops), the helicopter will respond to the runaway trim command; however, with either HP1 or HP2 inoperative, the autotrim will be automatically cut off two seconds after actuator saturation. FORCE TRIM release button (cyclic stick) Depress to center actuators and retrim helicopter to desired attitude. APIs Monitor for proper operation.
COMPLETE THRUST
LOSS
OF
TAIL
ROTOR
This is a situation involving a break in the drive system, such as a severed driveshaft, wherein the tail rotor stops turning and delivers no thrust. A failure of this type, in powered flight, will result in the nose of the helicopter swinging to the right (left side slip) and usually a roll of the fuselage. Nose down tucking will also be present. The severity of the ships initial reaction will be affected by airspeed, cabinloading, center of gravity, power being used, and density altitude.
Corrective Action 1. HOVERING. Chop throttles (twist grips) immediately and make a hovering autorotation landing. A slight rotation can be expected on touchdown. 2. CLIMB. Chop throttles and lower collective pitch immediately. Establish a glide speed slightly above normal autorotation approach speed. With the higher power required in a climb maneuver, the degree of right yaw will be greater. If a turn is required to reach a more desirable place to land or to align into the wind, make it to the right. A turn to the right can be more nearly streamlined by the use of a little power. Once aligned for landing, maintain heading in the following manner: a. If the nose is turning to the right with power off, a "pulse" of up-collective will produce more friction in the mast thrust bearings creating a left moment. The greater the input of the pulse, the more the response should be. By moving the collective upward abruptly, you create more load on the rotor. Do not hold the collective up, as the rpm will decrease lower than desirable. It is essential that the collective is returned to the down position for autorotation. This cycle is one pulse. The pulse should be rapid (up and down) and not used at low altitudes.
EMERGENCY EVASIVE MANEUVER

Flight controls - Use as required to maneuver helicopter. FORCE TRIM release button - Depress and hold until reaching desired attitude, then resume AFCS control.
TAIL ROTOR FAILURES

The key to successful handling of a tail rotor emergency lies in the pilots ability to quickly recognize the type of malfunction and to select the proper emergency procedure. Following is a discussion of some types of tail rotor malfunctions and their probable effects.
3-8
CAA APPROVED
412 FLIGHT MANUAL
Section 3
WARNING
4. OFF).
DESCENT (LOW POWER OR POWER
DO NOT ALLOW ROTOR RPM TO DECAY BELOW MINIMUM LIMITS.
a. If the throttles are not off at the time of the failure, roll them off. b. Proceed as prescribed in the previous condition of level flight, step 3., above.
b. Should the nose turn left with power off, a slight addition of power should arrest it. Further increase in power results in more right turn response.
LOSS OF TAIL ROTOR COMPONENTS The loss of any tail rotor components will result in a forward center of gravity shift. Other than additional nose down trim, this situation would be quite similar to complete loss of tail rotor thrust as discussed above.
c. During the final stages of the approach, a mild flare should be executed making sure that all power to the rotor is OFF. Maintain the helicopter in a slightflare and use the collective smoothly to execute a soft, slightly nose-high landing. Landing on the aft portion of the skid will tend to correct side drift. This technique will, in most cases, result in a run-on type landing.
FIXED PITCH FAILURES Failures of this type (broken tube, jammed guide, etc.) are characterized either by a lack of directional response when a pedal is pushed or the pedals will be in a locked position. If the pedals cannot be moved with a moderate amount of force do not attempt to apply a maximum effort, since a more serious malfunction and set of circumstances could result. If the helicopter is in a trimmed condition when the malfunction is discovered, the engine power and airspeed should be noted and the aircraft flown to a suitable landing area. Combinations of engine torque, rotor rpm, and airspeed will correct or aggravate a yaw attitude and these are what will be used to land the aircraft. Corrective Action 1. HOVERING. Do notchopthrottlesunlessa severe right yaw occurs. If pedals lock in any position at a hover, landing from a hover can be accomplished with greater safety under power controlled flight rather than by chopping throttle and entering autorotation.
3. LEVEL FLIGHT OR POWER DIVE. Chop throttles and reduce pitch immediately. Attain an airspeed slightly above the normal autorotative glide speed.
NOTE If altitude permits with airspeed above 60 knots, throttle and pitch can be gently applied to see if some degree of powered flight can be resumed. If any adverse yawing is experienced, reenter autorotation and continue descent to a landing. The landing technique is the same as prescribed for the climb condition, in paragraph 2.. step c.. above.
3-9
Section 3
412 FLIGHT MANUAL
CAA APPROVED
2. FORWARD FLIGHT. If control is lost during climb (left pedal forward), cruise (approximately neutral pedals), and descent (right pedal forward), a descent and landing can be safely effected by use of power and throttle changes. a. Right Neutral: Pedal Locked Forward of
although the helicopter nose may be displaced to the left (depending on how far the pedal is forward). Maintain about 60 knots during the initial part of the approach.
(2)
On final
approach, reduce
throttles to minimum operating rpm (91% Nr) and simultaneously begin a slow deceleration so as to arrive at a point about two feet above the intended touchdown area as effective translational lift is lost. collectve pitch (maintain-
(1) Power should be reduced and engine rpm maintained within the green arc. This will help streamline the helicopter in left turns, but airspeed should be maintained,
wt the intended landing path. If ec opter helicopter with te intended landing path If not aligned after pitch application, increase the throttle to further help with the alignment. Allow the helicopter to touch down at near) zero ground speed, maintaining alignment with the throttle. c. Pedals Locked in Neutral:
(2) Execute a shallow to normal approach, maintaining engine rpm and an airspeed of about 60 knots during the initial part of the approach.
(3) At 50 to 75 feet AGL and when the landing area can be made, start a slow deceleration to arrive at the intended landing point with about 25 knots indicated airspeed.
(1) Reduce power and maintain engine rpm within the green arc. Normal turns can be safely made under these conditions. Execute a shallow approach, holding 60 knots indicated airspeed during the initial part of the approach. (2) At 50 to 75 feet AGL and when the landing area can be made, start a slow deceleration to arrive at the intended landing point with 25 knots indicated airspeed. (3) At 2-5 feet AGL, use throttle slowly as necessary to maintain alignment with the landing area and overcome yaw; do not allow the helicopter to settle until
(4) At 2-5 feet AGL, slowly reduce throttle to overcome the yaw effect and allow the helicopter to settle. When aligned with the landing area, allow the aircraft to touch down. After ground contact use collective and throttle as necessary to maintain alignment with the landing strip, and minimize forward movethe speed. lfthehelicopterstartstoturn, cyclic as necessary to follow the turn until the helicopter comes to a complete stop. b. Left Neutral: Pedal Locked Forward of
alignment
is assured, then effect
(1) Reduce power and maintain engine rpm within the green arc. Normal turns can be safely made under these conditions
After ground contact, use touchdown. collective and throttle as necessary to minimize forward speed and to maintain alignment. Move the cyclic as necessary to follow the turn until the helicopter has come to a complete stop.
3-10
Rev. 3
AA APPROVED
412 FLIGHT MANUAL
Section 3
LJOSS .F L1NKA 'E
PITCH-CHANGE
CONTROL
more positive and abrupt use of collective also will be necessary. The flare should be executed as close to the ground as possible.
I;: this type of failure the pitch-change rmechanism is broken at some point and the tail rotor will assume a blade angle determined by t'e aerodynamic and counter-balance forces. Corrective Action The corrective action procedure is described in FIXED PITCH FAILURES, paragraph a.. b., or c.. above, depending on the yaw change experienced. ZERO GROUND SPEED LANDINGS 1. If it is essential that the landing be made at zero ground speed, the only change in the technique described previously is that the flare will be more abrupt. 2. The flare should be executed more steeply and will require a more rapid forward cyclic input to land as near level as possible. A
CAUTION
THE FLARE AND THE ABRUPT USE OF COLLECTIVE WILL CAUSE THE NOSE TO ROTATE LEFT, BUT DO NOT CORRECT WITH THROTTLE. ALTHOUGH APPLICATION OF THROTTLE WILL RESULT IN ROTATION TO THE RIGHT, ADDITION OF POWER IS A VERY STRONG RESPONSE MEASURE AND IS TOO SENSITIVE FOR THE PILOT TO MANAGE PROPERLY ATTHIS TIME. DO NOTADD POWER ATTHIS TIME. SLIGHT ROTATION AT TIME OF IMPACT AT ZERO GROUND SPEED SHOULD NOT CAUSE ANY REAL PROBLEM.
MALFUNCTION DRILLS
Table 3-2. PANEL WORDING OIL PRESSURE FAULT CONDITION Malfunction caution lights CORRECTIVE ACTION
Engine oil pressure below limit. Shut down #1 engine. Shut down #2 engine. BATTERY BUS 2 switch OFF. BATTERY BUS 1 switch - ON. Failure of DC GENERATOR. Reset #1 Generator sible. Turn off if reset not pos-
(ENGINE 1) (ENGINE 2) LC GENERATOR
(#1)
Rev.3
3-11
Section 3
412 FLIGHT MANUAL
CAA APPROVED
Table 3-2.
Malfunction caution lights (Cont)
PANEL WORDING (#2)
FAULT CONDITION
CORRECTIVE ACTION Reset #2 Generator - Turn off if reset not possible. BATTERY BUS 2 switch - OFF. BATTERY BUS 1 switch - ON.
PART SEP OFF (1 and 2)
Separator bypass door closed. Ice, and dust protection system inoperative. Applicable pump pressure is low or pump failure has occurred.
Check engine RPM warning breaker and PART SEP breaker in. Move PART SEP switch to OVRD ON position. If PART SEP OFF light remains illuminated, correct malfunction prior to next flight. If practical, reduce flight altitude to 5,000 feet or below for remainder of flight due to possible fuel starvation of engine if other boost pump fails. If either fuel boost pump fails, the crossfeed valve is opened by a pressure switch allowing pump to furnish pressure to both engine fuel systems. The above sequence is possible with the crossfeed in NORMAL. If this automatic function is not desired, the crossfeed switch should be positioned to OVERRIDE CLOSE and interconnect switch OPEN. Correct prior to next flight. Continue flight, consult maintenance manual and correct before next flight. The fuel interconnect switch in the normal position (CLOSED) separates the two lower fuel cells. When either LOW FUEL warning light is illuminated, the interconnect switch should be moved to the OPEN position. This will allow the fuel quantity in the lower tanks to equalize. In the event a fuel boost failure has occurred, or occurs after the fuel interconnect is opened, all fuel in the lower tanks will be available to the engines, through either boost pump. Engine temperature and RPM must be controlled with twist grip. Reduce power and shut down engine as soon as practical to preclude engine damage. Recycle switch, check prior to next flight.
FUEL BOOST (1 and 2)
FUEL FILTER (1 and 2) FUEL LOW (1 and 2)
Filter is partially blocked. Fuel remaining for indicated tank is approximately 10 minutes at cruise power.
GOV. MANUAL (ENGINES 1 and 2) CHIP (ENGINES 1 and 2) FUEL VALVE (1 and 2)
Governor in manual mode. Metal particles in engine oil. Fuel valve not properly seated.
3-12
CAA APPROVED
412 FLIGHT MANUAL
Section 3
Table 3-2.
PANEL WORDING FUEL XFEED
FAULT CONDITION Crossfeed valve not seated. Generator overheating. Caution panel inoperative. Failure of #1 inverter.
CORRECTIVE ACTION Recycle switch. Check prior to next flight. GEN switch to next flight. OFF, check electrical system prior
GEN OVHT (1 and 2) CAUTION PANEL INVERTER #1
Monitor aircraft instruments. Correct malfunction prior to next flight. Check #1 AC voltmeter to determine that #2 inverter has assumed #1 inverter load automatically.
EXTERNAL POWER
Check external power disconnected. Check door External power still connected to aircraft. closed. Cabin aft door(s) or Check doors closed and locked. baggage compartment door not locked. Both switches in same position. Metal particles in combining gearbox oil. Metal particles in oil. Reset battery switch. If neither battery switch will reset, leave switches off. Reduce power. Land as soon as practical.
DOOR LOCK
BATTERY CHIP C BOX
CHIP XMSN CHIP 42/90 BOX
Reduce power, land as soon as practical. Land as soon as practical. Check #2 AC voltmeter to determine that #1 inveter has assumed #2 inverter load automatically. Turn off heater immediately.
Metal particles in oil. Failure of #2 inverter. Heater mixing valve malfunction.
INVERTER #2
HEATER AIR LINE
3-13
Section 3
412 FLIGHT MANUAL
CAA APPROVED
Table 3-2.
PANEL WORDING AFCS
FAULT CONDITION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
Actuator position panel - Check. Determine if One or both AFCS HP1 or HP2 has malfunctioned. Turn off affected systems off. Dissystem only. Continue flight with hands on. placement between actuators of HP1 and HP2 AFCS system at least 50 percent travel. Force trim inoperative Check FORCE TRIM switch - ON: Circuit breaker-in. During IFR flight if system remains I inoperative, land as soon as practical. NOTE Pilot may at his discretion, increase cyclic friction to provide additional cyclic stabilization.
FORCE TRIM
ELECTRICAL POWER FAILURE

DC FAILURE TO PRODUCE POWER
switch to EMERG LOAD position. The following equipment will remain operational:
If either generator has not failed, but the circuit is opened, reset the generator by moving the generator switch to RESET position momentarily, then back to ON. I For single generator operation. nonessential buses may be restored by moving the nonessential bus switch from the NORMAL to the MANUAL position. Monitor to ensure loads within limits.
ENG OIL TEMP INDICATOR COMB. GEARBOX OIL TEMP. INDICATOR ITT INDICATOR XMISION OIL TEMP INDICATOR CAUTION SYSTEM INSTRUMENT SECONDARY LIGHTS PILOT INTERCOM PANEL FIRE DETECTION SYSTEM FIRE EXTINGUISHER SYSTEM HP1 FORCE TRIM COCKPIT LIGHT
I,
IIf both generators fail, both Nonessential buses will be automatically dropped to provide approximately 30 minutes flight with battery power.
To obtain approximately 90 minutes flight with battery power, place EMERG LOAD
3-14
Rev. 3
CAA APPROVED
412 FLIGHT MANUAL
Section 3
PILOTS ATTITUDE INDICATOR STANDBY ATTITUDE INDICATOR RATE OF TURN SYSTEM PITOT HEAT STATIC PORT HEAT 1 NAV RADIO (10 MINUTE LIMIT) 1 COMM RADIO (10 MINUTES RECEIVE, 5 MINUTES TRANSMIT) SEARCHLIGHT (2 MINUTES) AC FAILURE TO PRODUCE POWER
FUEL CONTROL FAILURE TO THE HIGH SIDE. WITH HIGH TOTAL POWER DEMAND When the helicopter is operated at a high power demand (more than single engine maximum power), and either fuel control fails to the high side, the failed engine will go to its maximum power, while the unfailed engine will reduce power due to overspeeding of the NII. A correction should be made to reduce the fuel flow of the failed engine by rolling the twist grip toward idle until NI decreases, which reduces the power from that engine. This allows the NIl to return to within the governed range. This engine can be taken to idle and switched to manual at the discretion of the pilot. FUEL CONTROL FAILURE TO THE LOW SIDE, WITH LOW TOTAL POWER DEMAND When the helicopter is operated at a low power demand (less than single engine maximum power), and either fuel control fails to the low side, the unfailed engine will assume the total power demand with a resultant NIl approximately 2 percent lower than that selected prior to the failure. After the failed engine has been identified, that engines twist grip should be rolled off to flight idle, and the fuel control switch moved from automatic to manual. Power can be adjusted on this engine by opening the twist grip to meter fuel manually. Care must be taken to make small adjustments to this engine as compressor stall may result. The unfailed engine will continue to be governed about the selected RPM. but when using high or low power, the RPM must be monitored to prevent inadvertent overspeed. FUEL CONTROL FAILURE TO THE HIGH SIDE, WITH LOW TOTAL POWER DEMAND When the helicopter is operated at a low power demand (less than single engine maximum
If either inverter fails to produce power, check the appropriate AC circuit breakers to be in.
ENGINE FUEL MALFUNCTION
CONTROL
Malfunctions of either fuel control will be evidenced by abnormal change in RPM or POWER. Due to the twin engine capability of this helicopter, analysis of a fuel control malfunction can be made by the resultant Nil RPM after the failure has occurred and the power demand of the rotor at the time of failure.
WARNING RETARD THROTTLE OF ENGINE WITH MALFUNCTIONING FUEL CONTROL TO IDLE BEFORE SWITCHING TO MANUAL FUEL MODE. FAILURE TO DO SO COULD RESULT IN ENGINE POWER AND SURGE, OVERSPEEDING, DAMAGE TO DRIVE TRAIN COMPONENTS BEFORE MANUAL THROTTLE CONTROL OF RPM IS ATTAINED.
3-15
Section 3
412 FLIGHT MANUAL
CAA APPROVED
power), and either fuel control fails to the high side, the failed engine will go to its maximum power. The unfailed engine will reduce power to zero and the resultant Nil being considerably higher than that selected prior to failure. After the failed engine has been identified, the engines twist grip should be rolled toward idle to reduce the fuel flow and power to give the desired Nil reading. Adjustment of the collective and the twist grip will allow full power to be utilized at the pilots discretion. The failed engine can be rolled to idle and switched to manual if desired by the pilot. FUEL CONTROL FAILURE TO THE LOW SIDE, WITH HIGH TOTAL POWER DEMAND When the helicopter is operated at a high power demand (more than single engine maximum power), and either fuel control fails to the low side, the unfailed engine will attempt to assume the total power demand by going to its maximum power. The Nil will decrease to a level dependent upon the difference between the total power demand and power available on the unfailed engine. The collective should be reduced sufficiently to return the Nil to the operating range. Further reductions of collective will show the Nil to remain within the operating limits as power is reduced, indicating the powered engine is operating normally, and that the low engine has had a fuel control failure to the low side. The engine with the failed fuel control can then be rolled to flight idle and switched to manual at the pilots discretion. Nil ACTUATOR INCREASE FAILURE TO FULL
back both twist grips to maintain 97 to 100% RPM. Further adjustment of the collective and the twist grips simultaneously will allow full power at the pilots discretion.
AFCS MALFUNCTIONS
INOPERATIVE PILOT ATTITUDE GYRO
AFCS light will illuminate. HP1 system will become inoperative. INOPERATIVE COPILOT ATTITUDE GYRO -
AFCS light will illuminate. HP2 system will become inoperative. If HP1 is functioning correctly, no AFCS functions will be lost. DC GEN NO. 1 OR NO. 2 FAILURE HP1 and HP2 AFCS functions affected. AC INV I FAILURE HP1 drops off line but may be recalled by depressing HP1 switch. AC INV 2 FAILURE HP2 drops off line but may be recalled by depressing HP2 switch. AFCS WILL NOT ENGAGE INVERTERS - Check ON. AFCS circuit breakers - Check in. ATTITUDE GYROS - Wait until gyro flag on attitude indicator has retracted. AFCS WILL NOT HOLD ATTITUDE FORCE TRIM switch Check ON. are not
Rotor and Nil RPM will increase to approximately 101%. If this failure occurs during takeoff or landing, no immediate corrective action is necessary to complete either maneuver. As soon as practical, roll
SAS/ATT switch - Check in ATT position.
3-16
CAA APPROVED
412 FLIGHT MANUAL
Section 3
HYDRAULIC
FAILURE - SYSTEM NO. 1
ENGINE NO. 1 1. 2. #1 Twist Grip - Closed. #1 Boost Pump - ON. Fuel Crossfeed Switch #1 Fuel Switch - ON. NORMAL.
Yaw SAS automatically disengages. Pitch and roll SAS/ATT modes will operate normally.
0D
FAILURE - SYSTEM NO. 2 HYDRAULIC -SYSTEM FAILURE Pitch, roll, and yaw ATT/SAS modes will operate normally.
HYDRAULIC
3. 4.
REENGAGING
DISENGAGE
AFCS
AFTER
5. #1 Fuel Control Switch - MANUAL. 6. 7. 8. 9. Battery Bus 2 Switch - OFF. Battey Bus 1 Switch ON.
Circuit breakers - IN. If a breaker has popped and pops again after being reset, do not attempt further resetting. HP1 or HP2 switch - ON. If there is any unusual control input, disengage AFCS. TOTAL SAS FAILURE A flight may be dispatched with two pilots during calm VMC day conditions to allow the helicopter to fly to a maintenance facility provided no passengers are aboard the
Inverter Switches - ON. #1 Starter - ENGAGE.
helicopter.
After 12 percent NI is reached and when any engine oil pressure is seen, slowly open twist grip until a rise is seen in ITT, indicating a lightoff. Do not open twist grip farther until the NI and ITT is stabilized. Continue to open twist grip slowly to complete start cycle. Turn starter off after 55 percent NI is reached. Adjust engine to desired power level. Care must be taken to make small adjustment with twist grip as compressor stall may result. 10. #1 Generator - ON. Battery Bus 1 Switch - OFF. Battery Bus 2 Switch - ON.
ENGINE RESTART ENGINE RESTART

The conditions which would warrant an attempt to restart the engine would probably be a flameout. caused by a malfunction of the automatic mode of the fuel control unit. The decision to attempt an engine restart during flight is the pilots responsibility. If an engine restart is to be made, proceed as follows: CAUTION WHEN RESTARTING ENGINE IN MANUAL FUEL CONTROL MODE, CAREFULLY MONITOR ITT.
11. 12.
ENGINE NO. 2 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. #2 Twist Grip Closed.
#2 Boost Pump - ON. Fuel Crossfeed Switch #2 Fuel Switch - ON. #2 FUEL MANUAL. CONTROL SWITCH NORMAL.
3-17
Section 3
412 FLIGHT MANUAL
CAA APPROVED
6. 7. 8. 9.
Battery Bus 1 Switch - OFF. Battery Bus 2 Switch - ON. Inverter Switches - ON. #2 Starter - ENGAGE.
WARNING THE HELICOPTER IS NOT CONTROLLABLE WITH BOTH HYDRALIC BOOST SYSTEMS INOPERATIVE.
After 12 percent NI is reached and when any engine oil pressure is seen, slowly open twist grip until a rise is seen in ITT, indicating a lightoff. Do not open twist grip farther until the NI and ITT is stabilized. Continue to open twist grip slowly to complete start cycle. Turn starter off after 55 percent NI is reached. Adjust engine to desired power level. Care must be taken to make small adjustment with twist grip as'compressor stall may result. 10. #2 Generator - ON.
HEATER MALFUNCTION
A malfunction controls will inoperative. in the bleed air heater unit cause the heater to be
Heater SELECTOR switch - OFF.
STICK CENTERING SYSTEM FAILURE.

Indication:
INDICATOR
HYDRAULIC MALFUNCTION
This helicopter has two separate hydraulic boost systems (1 and 2). Both systems supply power to each flight control system for the main rotor, with the tail rotor control system powered by System 1 only. If either the system pressure or temperature goes above the red line, the affected system should be turned off. Land as soon as possible.
CYC CTR caution lights fail to illuminate when cyclic is displaced 1.5 inches or more from centered position while rotor RPM warning light is illuminated. Procedure: Maintain flat pitch NR between 97 to 100% for ground operations until shutdown.
3-18
Rev. 3
CAA APPROVED
412 FLIGHT
MANUAL
Section 4
TABLE
OF CONTENTS Page Number 4-3 4-3 4-3 4-3 4-3 4-3 4-13 4-13 4-13 4-13 4-13 4-13
Paragraph Introduction ............................................................................. Power Assurance Check Procedures ..................................................... Height - Velocity ....................................................................... One Engine Inoperative Cruise Speed ....... ........................... Flight Speed Over Water ................................................................. Hover Ceiling In-Ground-Effect .......................................................... Hover Ceiling Out-of-Ground-Effect ...................................................... Takeoff Distance Over 50 Foot Obstacle ................................................. Landing Distance Over 50 Foot Obstacle ................................................. Twin Engine Rate of Climb .............................................................. Single Engine Rate of Climb ............................................................. Airspeed Calibration .....................................................................
LIST Figure Number 4-1 4-2 4-3 4-4 4-5 4-6 4-7 4-8 4-9 4-10 4-11
OF FIGURES Page Number 4-5 4-7 4-8 4-9 4-10 4-14 4-20 4-21 4-22 4-46 4-58
Title Power Assurance ..... ....................................................... Height-Velocity Chart........................................................ Density Altitude ............................................................. Critical Wind Azimuth Chart ................................................. Hover Ceiling In-Ground-Effect .............................................. Hover Ceiling Out-Of-Ground Effect ......................................... Takeoff Distance Over 50 Foot Obstacle ..................................... Landing Distance Over 50 Foot Obstacle ..................................... Twin Engine Rate of Climb .................................................. Single Engine Rate of Climb ................................................ Airspeed Calibration .........................................................
4-1/4-2
INTRODUCTION
data are The Model 412 performance contained in this section. The data listed on the charts were derived from actual flight tests and are intended to provide information to be used in conducting flight operations.
ground which should be avoided during normal operations. A safe landing cannot be assured in the event a single engine failure occurs in the AVOID area of the chart. The chart is only valid for smooth, level, firm surfaces.
POWER ASSURANCE PROCEDURES
CHECK
ONE ENGINE CRUISE SPEED
INOPERATIVE
The Power Assurance Check Chart indicates the minimum specification power and the resulting maximum ITT and Nll RPM for the PT6T-3B engine with installation losses. The Power Assurance Check Chart assumes proper rigging of the engine controls and proper indications of pressure altitude and ambient air temperature. Perform the power assurance check at least once a day prior to operations. Further checks should be made if unusual operating conditions or indications arise. If engine performance does not meet that shown in the engine power assurance chart, the performance information presented in Sections 1 and 4 may not be attainable. Refer to engine manufacturers manual for the steps to be taken to determine the cause of the engine power loss. Perform power assurance check as detailed on Power Assurance Check Chart.
Recommended One Engine Inoperative Cruise Speed is 100 knots true airspeed.
FLIGHT SPEED OVER WATER

The true airspeed to be assumed for compliance with the regulations governing flight over water is 125 knots.
HOVER CEILING EFFECT
IN-GROUND-
The Hover Ceiling In-Ground-Effect Charts provide the ceiling for hovering IGE at all air temperature/ pressure altitude/outside gross weight combinations with heater on and off. Adequate directional control is available at the gross weights allowed by the Hover Ceiling InGround-Effect Charts in relative winds up to 20 knots from any direction. Better directional control will be realized by avoiding relative winds in the critical azimuths. Refer to Critical Wind Azimuth Chart. Downwind takeoff and landings are not recommended.
HEIGHT - VELOCITY
shows Chart The Height-Velocity combinations of airspeed and height above the
Rev. 1
4-3/4-4
CAA APPROVED
412 FLIGHT MANUAL
Section4
I MODEL 412 POWER ASSURANCE CHECK PT6T-3B ENGINE

HEATER/ECUOFF. RECORD: ENGINE TORQUE. ITT, AND NI RPM. ENTER CHARTAT INDICATED ENGINE TORQUE, MOVE UP TO INTERSECTPRESSUREALTITUDE, PROCEED TO THE RIGHT TO INTERSECT OUTSIDE AIR TEMPERATURE. THEN MOVE UP TO READ VALUES FOR MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE ITT AND NI RPM. REPEAT CHECK USING OTHER ENGINE. IF INDICATED ITT EXCEEDS MAX. ALLOWABLE, REPEAT CHECK, STABILIZING POWER FOUR MINUTES. IF ITT OR NI RPM AGAIN EXCEEDS MAX. ALLOWABLE, CAUSE SHOULD BE DETERMINED PRIOR TO FURTHER FLIGHT.
THROTTLES: ENGINE BEING CHECKED - FULL OPEN. OTHER ENGINE - FLIGHT IDLE. Nil RPM - 97%. COLLECTIVE PITCH - INCREASE UNTIL LIGHT ON SKIDS OR HOVERING AND STABILIZE POWER ONE MINUTE
MAXIMUM 600
ALLOWABLE ITT -
MAXIMUM
ALLOWABLE NI RPM -
PERCENT
40 50 60 70 80 ENGINE TORQUE - PERCENT (INDICATED)
412099-1B
Figure 4-1.
Power assurancechart
4-5/4-6
4-7
Section4
412 FLIGHT MANUAL
CAA APPROVED
DENSITY ALTITUDE CHART

1 80 (11.011'76 (10.0)EXAMPLE IF AMBIENT TEMP IS -15C AND PRESSURE ALT IS 6.000 FEET. THE DENSITY ALT IS 4.000 FEET AND IS 1 06 -1
72 1 70 1 66 1 62 1 58 1 54 1 50
-- 1 68 -1 (9.01 -1 -1 -1 -1 -1 -1 -1 -1 64 60 56 52 48 44
18.0)-
1 46
1 42 40 - 1 38 1 36 1 34 32 1 30 28 1 26 1 24 1 22
-1 -1 -1
(2.0Z -
20 1 16 16 1114 12 1 10
-1
(1.0)-
08 1 06
1 04
(0.5s-
(-0.51(-1.01-
412900-38
Figure 4-3.
Density altitude
CAA APPROVED
412 FLIGHT MANUAL
Section4
LONGITUDINAL CYCLIC CRITICALWIND AZIMUTH (AFT CYCLICMAY BE LIMITED)
105
412900-62B
Figure 4-4.
Critical wind azimuth chart
4-9
Section 4
412 FLIGHT MANUAL

HOVER CEILING IN GROUND EFFECT
CAA APPROVED
POWER: SEE NOTE BELOW ENGINE RPM 100% GENERATOR 150 AMPS (EA.)
SKID HEIGHT 4 FEET 1.3 m.) HEATER ON OR OFF 0 TO 52C
NOTE.
Figure 4-5.
Hover ceiling in-ground-effect
chart (Sheet 1 of 3)
CAA APPROVED
412 FLIGHT MANUAL
Section 4

POWER: SEE NOTE BELOW ENGINE RPM 100% GENERATOR 150 AMPS (EA.) SKID HEIGHT 4 FEET(1.3 m.) HEATER ON OR OFF -30 TO OC
NOTE: THESE IGE HOVER CEILINGS ARE BASED ON DENSITYALT. LIMITS FOR TAKE-OFF AND LANDING. THIS HELICOPTER CAN BE HOVEREDIGE AT THE INDICATED GROSS WEIGHTS WITH LESS THAN TAKE-OFF POWER. GROSS LIMIT
11.6
(5.26)-
-30-20-10
OAT - C
8 I (3.5)
I
9 I (4.0)
10 I (4.5)
11
12
GROSS WEIGHT -
LBS x 1000 I I
(5.0) (5.25)
412900-23-2 A
Figure 4-5.
Hover ceiling in-ground-effect chart (Sheet 2 of 3)
4-11
Section 4
412 FLIGHT MANUAL
CAA APPROVED

MAXIMUM CONTINUOUS POWER ENGINE RPM 100% GENERATOR 160 AMPS (EA.) 14,000 FT. (4267 m.) DEN. ALT. LIMIT SKID HEIGHT 4 FEET (1.3 m.) HEATER ON OR OFF 0 TO 52C
MAX OAT
MAX OAT HEATER ON (21C)
10 20 30 40 OAT - C
50 60
12 11 10 8 9 GROSS WEIGHT - LBS X 1000 (3.5) 14.0) (4.5) (5.0) (525)

412900-23-3 A
GROSS WEIGHT - (kg) X 1000
Figure 4-5.
Hover ceiling in-ground-effect chart (Sheet 3 of 3)
4-12
CAA APPROVED
412 FLIGHT MANUAL
Section 4
CEILING HOVER GROUND-EFFECT
OUT-OF-
all outside air temperatures/pressure altitudes/gross weights given an airspeed of 45 knots.
The Hover Ceiling Out-Of-Ground-Effect Charts provide ceiling for hovering out-ofground effect at all density altitude/outside air weight conditions with temperature/gross heater on and off.
TWIN ENGINE RATE OF CLIMB

The Twin Engine Rate of Climb Charts provides the rate of climb that may be obtained at all outside air temperatures/pressure weight combinations with altitudes/gross heater on or off and at maximum continuous power and 65 knots calibrated air speed.
TAKEOFF DISTANCE FOOT OBSTACLE
OVER 50
The Takeoff Distance Over 50 Foot Obstacle Charts provide takeoff distances required to clear a 50 foot obstacle at all outside air altitudes/gross temperatures/pressure weights, given an indicated airspeed of 45 knots and a skid height of 4 feet (1.2 meters). Climb out speed is 45 knots.
SINGLE ENGINE RATE OF CLIMB

The Single Engine Rate of Climb Charts provide the rate of climb that may be obtained at all outside air temperatures/pressure weight combinations with altitudes/gross heater on or off and at maximum continuous power.
LANDING DISTANCE FOOT OBSTACLE
OVER 50
AIRSPEED CALIBRATION
The Airspeed Calibration chart provides calibrated airspeed for all indicated airspeeds in various flight regimes.
The Single Engine Landing Distance Over 50 Foot Obstacle Chart provides the landing distance required over a fifty foot obstacle for
4-13
412 FLIGHT MANUAL
CAA APPROVED
HOVER CEILING OUT-OF-GROUND-EFFECT

TAKEOFF POWER ENGINE RPM 100% GENERATOR 150 AMPS (EA.) 14,000 FT. SKID HEIGHT 60 FT. (18.3 m.) HEATER ON OR OFF 0 TO 52C
OAT
0 10 20 30 40 50 60
OAT - C
I
8
I
9 (4.0)
10
I
11
LBS x 1000
I I
12
GROSS WEIGHT -
(3.5)
(4.5)
(6.0) (5.25)
412900-24-1B
GROSS WEIGHT - (kg) x 1000
Figure 4-6.
Hover ceiling out-of-ground-effect
4-14
CAA APPROVED
412 FLIGHT MANUAL
Section 4
0 0

TAKEOFFPOWER ENGINERPM 100% GENERATOR160 AMPS (EA.) SKID HEIGHT 60 FT. (18.3 m.) HEATERON OR OFF -30 TO 0C
LIMIT
-30-20-10 OAT - C
0
I
8
I I
10
I
11
I
12
GROSS WEIGHT - LBS x 1000 (3.5) (4.0) (4.5) (5.0)(5.25)

(kg) x 1000
412900-24-2B
GROSS WEIGHT -
Figure 4-6.
4-15
Section 4
412 FLIGHT MANUAL
CAA APPROVED

MAXIMUM CONTINUOUS POWER ENGINE RPM 100% GENERATOR 150 AMPS (EA.) 14,000 FT. - (4267 m.) DEN. ALT. LIMIT SKID HEIGHT 60 FT. (18.3 m.) HEATER OFF 0 TO 62C
0
TORQUE
LIMIT
8
OAT - C
10
11
LBS x 1000
12
GROSS WEIGHT -
I I I I I I I I (6.0)(6.26) (4.6) (4.0) (3.5) GROSS WEIGHT - (kg) x 1000
412900-24-3B
Figure 4-6.
4-16
CAA APPROVED
412 FLIGHT MANUAL
Section 4
HOVER CEILING OUT-OF-GROUND-EFFECT MAXIMUM CONTINUOUS POWER ENGINE RPM 100% GENERATOR 160 AMPS (EA.) SKID HEIGHT 60 FT. (18.3 m.) HEATEROFF -30 TO 0C
Figure 4-6.
Hover ceiling
out-of-ground-effect
chart
(Sheet 4 of 6)
4-17
Section 4
412 FLIGHT MANUAL
CAA APPROVED

MAXIMUM CONTINUOUS POWER ENGINE RPM 100% GENERATOR 150 AMPS (EA.) SKID HEIGHT 60 FT. (18.3 m.) HEATER ON 0 TO 20C
TORQUE__ LIMIT
0 10 20
OAT - C
12 11 10 9 8 GROSS WEIGHT - LBS x 1000 (5.0) (5.25) (4.5) (4.0) (3.5) GROSS WEIGHT - (kg) x 1000
412900-24-5B
Figure 4-6.
CAA APPROV'ED
412 FLIGHT MANUAL
Section 4

MAXIMUM CONTINUOUS POWER ENGINERPM 100% GENERATOR150 AMPS (EA.) SKID HEIGHT 60 FT. (18.3 m.) HEATERON -30 TO OC
14,000 FT. - (4267 m.) DEN.ALT. LIMIT --
LIMIT
-30-20-10
OAT -
0
C
10
11
12
GROSS WEIGHT - LBS x 1000
(3.5)
(4.0)
(4.5)
(5.0) (5.25)
(kg) x 1000
412900-24-6B
GROSS WEIGHT -
Figure 4-6.
4-19
Section 4
412 FLIGHT MANUAL
CAA APPROVED
TAKE-OFF DISTANCE OVER 50 FOOT OBSTACLE

HOVER POWER t 15% TORQUE ENGINE RPM 100% GENERATOR 150 AMPS (EA.) INITIATED FROM 4 FT. (1.3 m.) SKID HEIGHT VTOCS = 45 KIAS HEATER ON OR OFF
0 0
r-14,000
FT. (4267 m.) DEN. ALT. LIMIT MAXIMUI
-60-40-20
0 20 40 60 400
600
800
1000
1200
1400
OAT - C
(100) (110) (200) (260) (30) (350) (400) TAKE-OFF DISTANCE - FT.(m.)
412100-13A
Figure 4-7.
Takeoff distance over 50 foot obstacle chart
4-20
CAA APPROVED
412 FLIGHT MANUAL
Section 4
SINGLE ENGINE LANDING DISTANCE OVER 50 FT. (16 m) OBSTACLE

MAXIMUM CONTINGENCY POWER AS REQUIRED ENGINE RPM 97% GENERATOR 160 AMPS. (INOPERATIVE ENGINE SECURED) 45 KIAS RATE OF DESCENT 500 FT/M (2.64 m/s) HARD SURFACED RUNWAY
-- 14,000 FT.(4267 m.) DEN.ALT. LIMIT--
-40 -20
20 40 60 200
400
600
800
1000
1200
Figure 4-8.
Landing distance over 50 foot obstacle chart
4-21
Section 4
412 FLIGHT MANUAL TWIN ENGINE RATE OF CLIMB WITH ALL DOORS OPEN RATE OF CLIMB WILL DECREASE 200 FT./MIN.
CAA APPROVED
TAKE-OFF POWER ENGINE RPM 100% GENERATOR 150 AMPS (EA.)
65 KCAS HEATER OFF
20.000
18,000
16,000
14,000
UJ LU
LU a
Figure 4-9.
Twin engine rate of climb chart (Sheet 1 of 24)
4-22
CAA APPROVED
412 FLIGHT MANUAL TWIN ENGINE RATE OF CLIMB WITH ALL DOORS OPEN RATE OF CLIMB WILL DECREASE 200 FT./MIN.
TAKE-OFF POWER ENGINE RPM 100% GENERATOR 160 AMPS (EA.) GROSS WEIGHT 8000 LBS (3629 kg) 65 KCAS HEATER OFF
Section 4
20.000
-6000
18,000
-5500
Figure
4-S.
Twin engine
rate of climb
chart
(Sheet
2 of 24)
4-23
Section 4
412 FLIGHT MANUAL
CAA APPROVED
TWIN ENGINE RATE OF CLIMB WITH ALL DOORS OPEN RATE OF CLIMB WILL DECREASE 200 FT./MIN. TAKE-OFF POWER ENGINE RPM 100% GENERATOR150 AMPS (EA.) 20,000 GROSS WEIGHT 9000 LBS (4082 kg)
65 KCAS HEATER OFF
- 6000 -6000
- 5500
18,000
16,000
- 5000
8,000
OAT
Figure 4-9.
4-24
CAA APPROVED
412 FLIGHT MANUAL
Section 4
TWIN ENGINE RATE OF CLIMB WITH ALL DOORS OPEN RATE OF CLIMB WILL DECREASE 200 FT./MIN.
TAKE-OFF POWER ENGINE RPM 100% GENERATOR 150 AMPS (EA.) GROSS WEIGHT
65 KCAS HEATER OFF 10.000 LBS (4536 kg)
20,000
18.000
16.000
14.000
Figure 4-9.
4-26
GENERATOR150 AMPS (EA.) GROSS WEIGHT 11.000 LBS (4990 kg)
66 KCAS HEATEROFF -6000
20.000
18,000
-5500
- 6000
16.000 \
\
14.000
-4500
w
I 0
Lu
12,000
I-
Figure 4-9.
4-26
CA A APPROVED
412 FLIGHT MANUAL
Sectio
TAKE-OFF POWER ENGINERPM 100% GENERATOR150 AMPS (EA.) GROSS WEIGHT 11.600 LBS (5262 kg) 65 KCAS HEATEROFF
20000
-6000 -6000
Figure 4-9.
4-27
Section 4
412 FLIGHT MANUAL
CAA APPROVED
TWIN ENGINE RATE OF CLIMB WITH ALL DOORS OPEN RATE OF CLIMB WILL DECREASE200 FT./MIN.
MAXIMUM CONTINUOUS POWER ENGINE RPM 100% GENERATOR150 AMPS (EA.) GROSS WEIGHT 7000 LBS (3175 kg)
I-
412100-10-7A
Figure 4-9.
4-28
CAA APPROVED
412 FLIGHT MANUAL
Section 4
MAXIMUM CONTINUOUSPOWER ENGINE RPM 100% GENERATOR160 AMPS (EA.) GROSS WEIGHT 8000 LBS (3629 kg) 65 KCAS HEATEROFF
20,000
\20 C
0
-6000 -5500 -5000
18,000
16.000 -4500 14,000

-4000
LU U. UJ
w 2 a
12.000
-3500
- 3000
10,000
-1500
5
4
LU
8.000
uJ 4
LU
6,000
4.000
2,000
412100-10-8A
Figure 4-9.
4-29
Section 4
412 FLIGHT MANUAL
CAA APPROVED
TWIN ENGINE RATE OF CLIMB WITH ALL DOORS OPEN RATE OF CLIMB WILL DECREASE 200 FT./MIN. MAXIMUM CONTINUOUSPOWER ENGINE RPM 100% GENERATOR 150 AMPS (EA.) GROSS WEIGHT 9000 LBS (4082 kg) 65 KCAS HEATEROFF
20.000
OAT
_____
Figure 4-9.
CAA APPROVED
412 FLIGHT MANUAL
Section4
MAXIMUM CONTINUOUS POWER ENGINERPM 100% GENERATOR160 AMPS (EA.) GROSS WEIGHT 10,000 LBS (4536 kg)
65 KCAS HEATER OFF
20.000
18.000
16.000
IUL
I UJ
Figure 4-9.
4-31
Section 4
412 FLIGHT MANUAL
CAA APPROVED
MAXIMUM CONTINUOUSPOWER ENGINE RPM 100% GENERATOR150 AMPS (EA.) GROSS WEIGHT 11.000 LBS (4990 kg) 65 KCAS
HEATER OFF
20.000
18.000
16,000 -
14.000
LU
12,000 -
IuJ
Figure 4-9.
4-32
CAA APPROVED
412 FLIGHT MANUAL
Section 4
TWIN ENGINE RATE OF CLIMB WITH ALL DOORS OPEN RATE OF CLIMB WILL DECREASE 200 FT./MIN. MAXIMUM CONTINUOUS POWER ENGINERPM 100% GENERATOR160 AMPS (EA.) GROSS WEIGHT 11.600 LBS (5262 kg) 65 KCAS HEATEROFF
20,000
-6000
- 5500
18.000
16.000
-5000 -4500
14.000
iu
iA LU
12.000
10.000
8.000
u. I UJ rE
6.000
4.000
2,000
Figure 4-9.
4-33
Section 4
412 FLIGHT MANUAL
CAA APPROVED
TAKE-OFF POWER ENGINE RPM 100% GENERATOR 150 AMPS (EA.) GROSS WEIGHT 7000 LBS (3175 kg)
65 KCAS HEATER ON
20.000
-6000
18.000
-5500
16,000
-5000 -4500
14,000
IUJ
12.000
10.000
Qa w
8,000
u
6.000
Figure 4-9.
4-34
Section 4
66 KCAS HEATERON
20.000
GROSS WEIGHT ROnn LBS 13629 kol
18.000
16.000
14.000
Figure 4-9.
4-35
TAKE-OFF POWER ENGINE RPM 100% GENERATOR 150 AMPS (EA.) GROSS WEIGHT
9000
LBS (4082
kg)
Figure 4-9.
4-36
CAA APPROVED
412 FLIGHT MANUAL
Section 4
20.000
18.000
16,000
14.000
uJ
w uJ
tu
Figure 4-9.
4-37
Section 4
412 FLIGHT MANUAL
CAA APPROVED
TWIN ENGINE RATE OF CLIMB WITH ALL DOORS OPEN RATE OF CLIMB WILL DECREASE 200 FT./MIN. TAKE-OFF POWER ENGINE RPM 100% GENERATOR 160 AMPS (EA.) GROSS WEIGHT 11,000 LBS (4990 kg)
66 KCAS HEATER ON
-6000
-5500 OAT -5000
-4500 LU
-4000
Iw - 3500
w 2
I w
t U.
UJ
0.
Figure 4-9.
4-38
CAA APPROVED
412 FLIGHT MANUAL
Section 4
TAKE-OFF POWER ENGINE RPM 100% GENERATOR150 AMPS (EA.) GROSS WEIGHT 11.600 LBS (5262 kg) 65 KCAS HEATER ON
20.000
-6 -6000 -5500 OAT
18.000
I. 4.000
-1500 -1000 2.000

-500
200
400
600
800
1000
1200
1400
1600
RATE OF CLIMB - FEET/MINUTE (0) (1.0) (2.0) (3.0) (4.0) (5.0) (6.0) (7.0) (8.0)
412100-10-18A
RATE OF CLIMB -
(METERS/SECOND)
Figure 4-9.
4-39
Section 4
412 FLIGHT MANUAL
CAA APPROVED
MAXIMUM CONTINUOUS POWER ENGINE RPM 100% GENERATOR 150 AMPS (EA.) GROSS WEIGHT 7000 LBS (3175 kg)
65 KCAS HEATER ON
20.000
18.000
16.000 I
14,000I
UJ
u
s
I
12.000
Figure 4-9.
4-40
65 KCAS HEATER ON
20.000
-6000 -5500 -5000 -4500
18,000
16.000
14.000
iUJ Lu
I ur
Figure 4-9.
4-41
Section 4
20.001
18.001
16,001
14,004
LU
u.
12.001
10.001
8,00(
412100-10-21A
Figure 4-9.
4-42
CAA APPROVED
412 FLIGHT MANUAL
Section 4
TWIN ENGINE RATE OF CLIMB WITH ALL DOORS OPEN RATE OF CLIMB WILL DECREASE 200 FT./MIN. MAXIMUM CONTINUOUS POWER ENGINE RPM 100% GENERATOR150 AMPS (EA.) GROSS WEIGHT 10,000 LBS (4536 kg) 20.000 6000 65 KCAS HEATERON
Figure 4-9.
4-43
Section
412 FLIGHT MANUAL
CAA APPROVED
MAXIMUM CONTINUOUS POWER ENGINE RPM 100% GENERATOR150 AMPS (EA.) GROSS WEIGHT 11.000 LBS (4990 kg) 66 KCAS HEATERON -6
20.000
- 6000
Figure 4-9.
4-44
LU
I UJ U.
UJ
on
UJ
Figure 4-9.
4-45
MAX ENGI GENI
20.000
18,000
16,000
14,000
ILu 12,000
412100-12-7A
Figure 4-10.
Single engine rate of climb (Sheet 1 of 12)
4-46
CAA APPROVED
412 FLIGHT MANUAL
Section 4
SINGLE ENGINE RATE OF CLIMB WITH ALL DOORS OPEN RATE OF CLIMB WILL DECREASE 200 FT./MIN.
MAXIMUM CONTINUOUS POWER ENGINE RPM 97% GENERATOR 150 AMPS 65 KCAS HEATER OFF (INOPERATIVE ENGINE SECURED)
GROSS WEIGHT 8000 LBS (3629 kg)
20,000
6000 5500 55OO0 5500
4000 3000 1500
500 1500
1000
1000
Figure 4-10.
Section 4
412 FLIGHT MANUAL
CAA APPROVED
SINGLE ENGINE RATE OF CLIMB WITH ALL DOORS OPEN RATE OF CLIMB WILL DECREASE200 FT./MIN.
MAXIMUM CONTINUOUS POWER ENGINE RPM 97% GENERATOR 150 AMPS 65 KCAS HEATER OFF (INOPERATIVE ENGINE SECURED)
GROSS WEIGHT 9000 LBS (4082 kg)
20,000
Figure 4-10.
4-48
CAA APPROVED
412 FLIGHT MANUAL
Section 4
MAXIMUM CONTINUOUS POWER ENGINE RPM 97% GENERATOR 150 AMPS 20,000 66 KCAS HEATER OFF (INOPERATIVE ENGINE SECURED) -6000 TWIN ENGINE OAT
GROSS WEIGHT 10,000 LBS (4536 kg)
Figure 4-10.
4-49
Section 4
412 FLIGHT MANUAL
CAA APPROVED
SINGLE ENGINE RATE OF CLIMB WITH ALL DOORS OPEN RATE OF CLIMB WILL DECREASE 200 FT./MIN. MAXIMUM CONTINUOUS POWER ENGINE RPM 97% GENERATOR 150 AMPS 20,000 65 KCAS HEATEROFF ,(INOPERATIVE ENGINE SECURED)
GROSS WEIGHT 11.000 LBS (4990 kg)
-6000
18.000
TWIN ENGINE M.C.P. ABSOLUTE CEILING \ OAT -20C -30C
- 5500 - 5000
16.000
\\
\\
-4500
14.000
Figure 4-10.
Single engine
rate of climb (Sheet 5 of 12)
4-60
CAA APPROVED
412 FLIGHT MANUAL
Section 4
MAXIMUM CONTINUOUS POWER ENGINE RPM 97% GENERATOR 150 AMPS 65 KCAS HEATER OFF JINOPERATIVE ENGINE SECURED)
GROSS WEIGHT 11.600 LBS (5262 kg)
18,000 TWIN ENGINE \\5
-5500
Figure 4-10.
4-51
CAA APPROVED
INTERMEDIATE CONTINGENCY POWER 65 KCAS
HEATER OFF ENGINE RPM 97% (INOPERATIVE ENGINE SECURED) GENERATOR 150 AMPS GROSS WEIGHT 7000 LBS (3175 kg)
20,000
-6000
-5500
-5000 -4500 14.000 - 4000 12.000 -3500 I
10,000 000
- 3000 -2500
- 2000
-1500
-1000
-500
0) RATE OF CLIMB - (METERS/SECOND)

412100-12-1B
Figure 4-10.
4-52
INTERMEDIATE CONTINGENCY POWER 65 KCAS ENGINE RPM 97% HEATER OFF GENERATOR 150 AMPS (INOPERATIVE ENGINE SECURED) GROSS WEIGHT 8000 LBS (3629 kg)
Figure 4-10.
4-53
65 KCAS INTERMEDIATE CONTINGENCY POWER HEATER OFF ENGINE RPM 97% (INOPERATIVE ENGINE SECURED) GENERATOR 150 AMPS GROSS WEIGHT 9000 LBS (4082 kg)
Figure 4-10.
4-64
CAA APPROVED
412 FLIGHT MANUAL
Section4
INTERMEDIATE CONTINGENCY POWER 65 KCAS ENGINE RPM 97% HEATER OFF GENERATOR 150 AMPS (INOPERATIVE ENGINE SECURED) GROSS WEIGHT 10.000 LBS (4536 kg) \ -6000
20.000
18,'20C
- 5500
412100-12-4B
Figure
4-10.
Single
engine
rate of climb
(Sheet
10 of 12)
4-55
Section 4
412 FLIGHT MANUAL
CAA APPROVED
65 KCAS INTERMEDIATE CONTINGENCY POWER HEATER OFF ENGINE RPM 97% (INOPERATIVE ENGINE SECURED) GENERATOR 150 AMPS GROSS WEIGHT 11.000 LBS (4990 kg)
20.000
- 6000
18.000
OAT
-5500
16,000
TWIN ENGINE M.C.P. ABSOLUTE CEILING\
- 0C - 4500
Figure 4-10.
4-56
CAA APPROVED
412 FLIGHT MANUAL
Section 4
INTERMEDIATE CONTINGENCY POWER 65 KCAS ENGINE RPM 97% HEATER OFF GENERATOR 150 AMPS (INOPERATIVE ENGINE SECURED)
20.000
GROSS WEIGHT 11.600 LBS (5262 kg) - 6000
18.000 OAT
-5500
Figure 4-10.
4-57
Section 4
412 FLIGHT
MANUAL
CAA APPROVED
PILOT & COPILOT AIRSPEED SYSTEM CALIBRATION

CLIMB, SKID GEAR LEVEL FLIGHT. AUTOROTATION KIAS ERROR = KCAS
160
NOTE. AIRSPEED INSTRUMENT PART NO. 12-075-009-105 INSTALLED. LEVEL FLIGHT
140
120
20
40
60
80 AIRSPEED
100 -
120 KNOTS
140
160
INDICATED
412100-14
Figure 4-11.
Airspeed calibration
4-58
412 FLIGHT MANUAL
Section 5
A_
TABLE OF CONTENTS Page Number 5-3 5-3 5-5 5-5 5-7 5-8 5-9 5-9 5-9 5-10 5-10 5-10 5-10 5-10 Paragraph Pilot Preflight Check..................................................................... Exterior Check .......................................................................... Interior Check ........................................................................... Prestart Check .......................................................................... Engine Starting ........................................................................ Engine Runup and System Check ....................................................... Before Takeoff .......................................................................... Power Assurance Check ................................................................. Takeoff ................................................................................. In-Flight Operation ...................................................................... Descent and Landing ................................................................... After Landing............................................................................ Engine Shutdown ....................................................................... After Exiting Helicopter .................................................................
5-1/5-2
CAA APPROVED
412 FLIGHT MANUAL
Section
EXTERIOR CHECK 1. CABIN NOSE AREA Section 2 of this manual contains the approved procedures for the operation of this helicopter. The following pilots checklist is an abbreviated form of the normal procedures and is provided for the convenience of the operator. Cabin nose area - Condition - all glass clean. Remote hydraulic filter bypass indictor -Check green. Static port(s) Unobstructed. (left and right) -
PILOT PREFLIGHT CHECK

A preflight check by the pilot is required. Weight and CG - Compute. Publications - Check. BAT switch - BUS 1 and BUS 2. Fuel Sump Drain Buttons (left and right) Depress. Boost Pump Switches Fuel Switches ON. 2. Fuel Switches OFF. ON.
Pitot tube(s) unobstructed.
Cover(s)
removed;
Rotor blade - Visually check condition and cleanliness. Remove tiedown. Cabin nose ventilators - Unobstructed. Battery vent Unobstructed. and drain tubes -
Searchlight and landing light - Stowed. Antenna - Condition and security. Rotor blade - Visually check condition and cleanliness. Remove tiedown. FUSELAGE - CABIN LEFT SIDE Copilot door - Condition and operation; glass clean. Check security of emergency release handles. Passenger door Condition and operation; glass clean. Condition of popout window.
Fuel Filter (left and right) - Drain samples.
Boost Pump Switches - OFF. BAT Switches - OFF. Portable Fire Extinguishers secured. Installed and
5-3
Section 5
412 FLIGHT MANUAL
CAA APPROVED
Position lights -
Condition.
CAUTION
No. 2 Hydraulic level - Check. Landing gear wheels removed. Condition; handling DO NOT BEND TRAILING EDGE TAB. Tail rotor 90 gearbox - Verify actual presence of oil in sight gage. Visually check oil level, filler cap, and chip detector plugs. Tail rotor Condition and movement on flapping axis. Tail skid - Condition and security.
Tail rotor 42 gearbox - Verify actual presence of oil in sight gage. Visually check oil level, filler cap, and chip detector plug.
No. 1 engine air intake removed; unobstructed. 3.
Cover
FUSELAGE - AFT LEFT SIDE free Drain lines - Clean and unobstructed. No. 1 engine compartment - Check. No. 1 engine oil level - Verify actual presence of oil in sight gage. Visually check oil level. Nil governor spring - Check condition. Elevator - Condition and security. Engine fire extinguisher - Check bottle pressure gage and temperature range. Combining gearbox filter bypass indicator retracted. Check Tailboom - Condition. Baggage compartment secured; door secured. Cargo
Access doors and engine cowling Secured. Rotor blade - Visually check condition and cleanliness. Remove tiedown. Engine exhaust ejector tubes - Covers removed; unobstructed. 4. AFT FUSELAGE Tailboom Condition. 5.
Rotor blade - Visually check condition and cleanliness. Remove tiedown. FUSELAGE - AFT RIGHT SIDE Engine fire extinguisher - Check bottle pressure gage and temperature range. Combining gearbox oil level - Verify actual presence of oil in sight gage. Visually check oil level. No. 2 engine compartment - Check. No. 2 engine oil level - Verify actual presence of oil in sight gage. Visually check oil level. Access doors and engine cowling Secured. Fuel filler secure cap. Visually check quantity;
Tail rotor driveshaft covers - Secured for flight. Elevator - Condition and security. Check for spring condition by moving elevator toward the leading edge down position.
5-4
CAA APPROVED
412 FLIGHT MANUAL
Section 5
6.
FUSELAGE - CABIN RIGHT SIDE Transmission oil level - Verify actual presence of oil in sight gage. Visually check oil level. Position lights - Condition. No. 2 engine air intake removed; unobstructed. No. 1 Hydraulic level - Check. Landing gear wheels removed. Condition: handling Cover
Main driveshaft and coupling - Check condition and security where visible; coupling for grease leakage and appearance of overheating. Transmission oil filler cap - Secured. No. 1 and No. 2 hydraulic fluid reservoirs - Visually check fluid levels; caps secured. Antenna(s) - Condition and security. Combining Secured. Anticollision
security.
gearbox oil filler light -
cap and
and Passenger door - Condition operation; glass clean. Condition of popout window. Pilot door - Condition and operation; security of glass clean. Check emergency release handles. 7. CABIN TOP Swashplate, support assembly, and collective lever - Check condition. Hub and sleeve assembly condition. Main rotor pitch links condition. Main rotor condition. Pitch horns hub Check
Condition
No. 1 and No. 2 engine air intakes Unobstructed; check particle separator doors closed. Engine and transmission Secured. Fresh air inlet screen cowling -
Unobstructed. Security.
Rotor brake reservoir cap INTERIOR CHECK
Security and Cabin interior equipment. general Hand held fire extinguishers - Installed and secured. Cleanliness and security of
Check
Security and condition. Passenger seats Check for belts. Cargo (if applicable) - Check security. Protective breathing equipment (if installed) Condition and security. PRESTART CHECK Passenger doors Secured.
Elastomeric bearings, lead-lag dampers - Check general condition. Blade retention bolts proper latching. Droop Restraints condition. Security and Security and
Rotor blades - Visually check condition and cleanliness.
Seat and pedals - Adjust.
Rev. 3
5-5
Section 5
412 FLIGHT MANUAL
CAA APPROVED
Seat belt and shoulder harness - Fasten and adjust; check inertia reel lock. Flight controls - Position for start; friction as desired. Collective control head switches Transmission chip detector Check; reset if required. OFF. -
Wiper select (both) Cargo release - OFF. Vent blower - OFF. Aft outlet - OFF. Heater switch - OFF. Circuit breakers - In.
OFF.
indicators
Lower pedestal circuit breakers - In. All lights - OFF. Radios OFF. Master caution switch NORMAL. Spring loaded to Compass slaving switch(es) - MAG. Fuel interconnect - NORM. Boost pumps OFF.
Emergency load switch - NORMAL. Non-essential bus switch Inverters - OFF. Generators OFF. NORMAL.
Fuel crossfeed - NORM. Fuel switches - OFF. Particle separators - NORM. Governors - AUTO. Hydraulic switches - ON. Step switch - OFF. Rotor RPM audio - Spring loaded to AUDIO. Force trim - ON. Instruments - Static check. Altimeter - Set. Clock - Set. Fire extinguisher switch - OFF. Fire pull handles Aft dome lights In (forward). OFF.
External power - Connect (as desired). Check for 27 1 Vdc.
Battery switches (BUS 1 and BUS 2) - ON. Master caution switch (overhead) - TEST. Rotor brake lights - Test. Engine fire warning light - Test. Baggage fire warning light - Test. All press to test lights - Test. Caution panel lights - Test and reset. Inverters 1 and 2- ON; check 104Fuel quantity gage - Test. 122 Vac.
Pitot heater - OFF. 5-6
CAA APPROVED
412 FLIGHT MANUAL
Section 5
ENGINE STARTING Twist grips - Full closed; friction as desired. RPM INCR-DECR switch seconds. NO.1 NO. 1 ENGINE START No. 1 boost pump ON. DECR for 8 ENGINE
Gas producer flight idle.
Check 61 + 1% NI RPM at
Engine, transmission, pressures - Check.
and gearbox
oil
No. 1 PART SEP OFF light - Extinguished. No. 1 twist grip- Increase to 85% NII friction as desired. M;
No. 1 fuel switch - ON. Check pressure. Rotor Clear.
If above start was completed using external power, proceed to No. 2 engine start. If battery was used, proceed as
No. 1 engine starter - Engage. No. 1 engine oil pressure - Indicating. No. 1 twist grip - Open to flight idle at 12% NI RPM. N1~ RPM ITT - Monitor. Maximum during start is 0 1090 C, not to exceed two seconds above 960C. Collective pitch increases. Lower as rotor RPM
follows:
NI RPM check 71% minimum. No. 1 generator - ON. No. 1 ammeter Check at or below 150
amps.
NO. 2 ENGINE START No. 2 boost pump - ON. No. 2 fuel switch ON; check pressure.
~CAUTION
No. 2 engine starter - ENGAGE. No. 2 engine oil pressure - Indicating.
IF STICK CENTERING INDICATOR SYSTEM IS INOPERATIVE. NR FOR GROUND OPERATION SHALL BE 97% OR ABOVE.
No. 2 twist grip - Open to flight idle at 12% NI RPM. ITT Monitor. Observe ITT limitations.
0)
ON SIDE SLOPES GREATER THAN FIVE DEGREES. DISRE-
No. 2 engine starter - Disengage at 55% NI RPM. Engine tachometer and torquemeter Verify engagement of second engine. Engine oil pressures - Check. No. 2 PART SEP OFF light - Extinguished. -
GARD
CYC
CTR CAUTION
LIGHTS AND POSITION CYCLIC AS REQUIRED. Cyclic - Position as necessary to extinguish CYC CTR caution lights. No. 1 engine starter - Disengage at 55% NI RPM.
NI RPM - Check 71%
Rev. 3
5-7
Section 5
412 FLIGHT MANUAL
CAA APPROVED
If external power was used -Disconnect. Generator 1 and 2 switches - ON.
Inverter No. 2 switch - OFF; check that inverter No. 1 has assumed load. Return inverter No. 2 switch - ON.
No. 2 generator -
ON.
CAUTION
DURING RPM INCREASE. ANY ABNORMAL INCREASE IN 1 PER REV VIBRATION MAY INDICATE ONE OR MORE MAIN
Twist grips (both) - Flight idle. Radios - ON as required. Caution panel lights Extinguished.
ENGINE RUNUP AND SYSTEM CHECK Engine oil temperatures and pressures Within limits. Transmission oil temperatures and pressures - Within limits. Gearbox oil temperature Within limits. Flight controls removed. Force trim - Off. Hydraulic system 1 and 2 - Chock. Force trim - ON. DC Voltmeters - Check 27 + 1 Vdc. AC voltmeters - Check 104 to 122 Vac. Ammeters - Check within limits. Emergency load switch - EMERG LOAD. I Check that nonessential loads are dropped. Emergency Load Switch - NORMAL. Inverter No. 1 switch - OFF; check that inverter No. 2 has assumed load. Return inverter No. 1 switch - ON. and pressure -
ROTOR DROOP RESTRAINTS FAILED TO DISENGAGE FROM STATIC POSITION. VERIFY

PROPER OPERATION PRIOR TO
FLIGHT.
Governor switches (1 and 2) - Individually to MANUAL then return to AUTO. No. 1 twist grip - Full open. Check Nil RPM stabilizes to 95 i 1%. No. 2 twist grip Full open. Check Nil RPM stabilizes at 97 + 1% (both engines). RPM INCR-DECR switch - Full INCR. Check Nil RPM does not exceed 101.5%. Set at 100%. STICK CENTERING INDICATOR CHECKS. SYSTEM
Friction off: collective lock
CAUTION
CYCLIC DISPLACEMENT OF MORE THAN 1.5 INCHES FROM CENTER IS NOT REQUIRED TO CHECK THE SYSTEM. IF THE CYC CTR CAUTION LIGHTS DO NOT ILLUMINATE WITHIN A 1.5 INCH DISPLACEMENT. THE SYSTEM IS INOPERATIVE.
5-8
Rev. 3
CAA APPROVED
412 FLIGHTMANUAL
Section 5
Cyclic - Displace forward. Observe CYC CTR caution lights illuminate. Cyclic - Displace aft. Observe CYC CTR caution lights extinguish then illuminate. Cyclic - Position as necessary to extinguish CYC CTR caution lights. Cyclic - Displace right. Observe CYC CTR caution lights illuminate. Cyclic - Displace left. Observe CYC CTR caution lights extinguish then illuminate. Cyclic - Position as necessary to extinguish CYC CTR caution lights. AFCS CHECK FORCE TRIM switch - ON. HP1 and HP2 switches - ON. Observe ATT light on, actuator position indicators (APIs) centered, and caution panel AFCS light out. Move cyclic forward, aft, right, left. Observe the APIs do not move. SYS 2 switch Press and hold.
Move cyclic right, left. Observe roll API moves right, left. Move cyclic forward, aft. Observe pitch API moves down, up. Move pedals, right, left. Observe yaw API moves right, left. SYS 2 switch - Depress. Move cyclic right, left. Observe roll API moves right, left. Move cyclic forward, aft. Observe pitch API moves down, up. SYS 2 switch Release.
FORCE TRIM CHECK Force Trim - Check operation. Observe FORCE TRIM caution light when force trim switch is off. FUEL CROSSFEED VALVE CHECK Fuel crossfeed valve - Check as follows: Fuel crossfeed test switch - NORM. Fuel crossfeed test switch - TEST BUS 1 and hold.
Move cyclic forward, aft, right, left. Observe that APIs do not move. SYS 2 switch - Release. ATT Trim Switch, right for 2 seconds, then aft for 2 seconds. Observe APIs move right, up. SYS 2 switch - Depress actuators agree. Observe SYS 2
Cyclic Force Trim release button Observe APIs move to center. SYS 2 Switch actuators agree. SAS/ATT switch light on.
Depress.
Release. Observe SYS 1 Depress. Observe SAS
Rev. 3
5-8A/5-8B
CAA APPROVED
412 FLIGHT MANUAL
Section 5
No. 1 boost pump - OFF. Check fuel pressure decreases, then returns to normal. Return to ON. Fuel crossfeed test switch - TEST BUS 2 and hold. No. 2 boost pump - OFF. Check fuel pressure decreases, then returns to normal. Return to ON. Fuel crossfeed test switch - TEST BUS 2 and hold. No. 2 boost pump - OFF. Check fuel pressure decreases, then returns to normal. Return to ON. Fuel crossfeed test switch - NORM. Fuel crossfeed switch - OVRD CLOSE. No. 1 Boost pump- OFF. Check fuel pressure drops to zero. Return switch to ON. Repeatfor No. 2 boost pump. Fuel crossfeed switch NORM.
iCAUTION IF STICK CENTERING INDICATOR SYSTEM IS INOPERATIVE. NR FOR GROUND OPERATION SHALL BE 97% OR ABOVE. ON SIDE SLOPES GREATER THAN FIVE DEGREES. DISRECYC CTR CAUTION GARD LIGHTS AND POSITION CYCLIC AS REQUIRED. Cyclic - Position as necessary to extinguish CYC CTR caution lights. NOTE At RPM between 95 and 105% NR, are lights CYC CTR caution inhibited. BEFORE TAKEOFF Instruments - Normal ranges. Flight instruments - Check operation and set. Position lights - ON as required. Anticollision light - ON. Pitot heater - As required. Radio(s) - Check functioning. Flight controls - Adjust friction as desired. Twist grips - Check full open. Adjust friction.
HEATER OPERATION CHECK Heater GROUND Check and set as desired. OPERATION NOTE For prolonged ground operation AFCS shall not be operated in the ATT mode. CHECK
CAUTION
Nil RPM - 100% (both engines). NR FOR GROUND MINIMUM STICK WITH OPERATION, INDICATOR CENTERING SYSTEM INOPERATIVE. IS 97%. NR - 77% or above. Hydraulic systems Check both on.
Force trim - As desired. Step - As desired. Passenger seat belts Fastened.
Rev. 3
5-9
Section 5
412 FLIGHT MANUAL
CAA APPROVED
All doors - Secured. All caution and warning lights - Extinguished. POWER ASSURANCE CHECK
DESCENT AND LANDING

Flight controls Twist grips Friction as desired.
Full open.
0 0
Perform power assurance check before first flight of the day or as desired. (Refer to Section 4.)
Nil RPM - 100%. AFCS Control - ATT or SAS. Force trim - ON in ATT mode, as desired in SAS mode.
TAKEOFF CAUTION
DURING LIFT-OFF TO HOVER. ANY ABNORMAL INCREASE IN MAY 1 PER REV VIBRATION INDICATE ONE OR MORE MAIN ROTOR DROOP RESTRAINTS FAILED TO DISENGAGE FROM VERIFY POSITION. STATIC PROPER OPERATION PRIOR TO FLIGHT. Nil RPM - 100%. FORCE TRIM release button center actuators. Depress to
Passenger steps - As desired. Flight path - Stay clear of AVOID areas of height-velocity chart.
AFTER LANDING
FORCE TRIM release button HELIPILOT CONTROLLER and HP2. Collective pitch Depress. Depress HP1
Down; install down lock.
Cyclic control and pedals - Centered; friction as desired. Force trim - ON. Twist grips - Flight idle. ITT - Stabilize for one minute at flight idle. Engine instruments - Within limits.
Hover power - Check torque at 4 foot (1.2 meter) skid height. AFCS MODE - Select ATT or SAS.
IN-FLIGHT OPERATION
Nil RPM - 100%. Airspeed - Within limits for gross weight and flight altitude. gearbox, and transmission Engine, instruments - Within limitations. If AFCS is in ATT mode, depress FORCE TRIM release button to maneuver.
Radios - OFF.
ENGINE SHUTDOWN
Idle stop release ENG 1.
No. 1 twist grip - Full closed. Check ITT and NI RPM decreasing. No. 1 fuel - OFF.
5-10
Rev. 3
CAA APPROVED
412 FLIGHTMANUAL
Section 5
No. 1 boost pump - OFF. Idle stop release - ENG 2. No. 2 twist grip Full closed. Check ITT and NI RPM decreasing.
No. 2 fuel OFF.
Pilot - Remain at controls until rotor stops. Lighting and miscellaneous switches Battery switches OFF. OFF.
No. 2 boost pump - OFF.

Generators Inverters - OFF. OFF.
AFTER EXITING HELICOPTER

Main rotor blades - Tiedowns installed. Pitot tube, engine inlet, exhaust covers -Installed.
Rotor brake - As desired below 40% Nr.
Rev. 3
5-11/5-12
MANUFACTURER'S DATA
412 FLIGHT MANUAL
Section 6
TABLE OF CONTENTS Paragraph

W eight Empty Center of Gravity ......................................................... Gross W eight Center of Gravity .......................................................... Cockpit and Cabin Loading ........................................................ Fuel Loading ............................................................................ Baggage Compartment Loading .......................................................... Weight and Balance Diagrams and Loading Tables ........................................ Pilot and Passenger Table of M oments ................................................... Fuel Loading Tables...................................................................... Baggage Loading Table .................................................................. Internal Cargo Loading Table ............................................................. Sample Loading Problem (English) ....................................................... Sample Loading Problem (Metric) ........................................................ Required Equipment List ................................................................. Page Number 6-3 6-3 6-3 6-3 6-3 6-5 6-5 6-5 6-5 6-5 6-13 6-15 6-17
.....
LIST OF FIGURES
Figure Number 6-1 Title Helicopter Station Diagram .................................................. Page Number 6-4
LIST OF TABLES
Table Number 6-1 6-2 6-3 6-4 6-6 6-6 6-7 6-8 Title Pilot and Passenger Table of Moments (English) .............................. Pilot and Passenger Table of Moments (Metric) ............................... Fuel Loading Table (English) ................................................. Fuel Loading Table (Metric) .................................................. Baggage Loading Table (English) ............................................. Baggage Loading Table (Metric) .............................................. Internal Cargo Loading Table English) ....................................... Internal Cargo Loading Table (Metric) ........................................ Page Number 6-6
6-7
6-8 6-9 6-10 6-10 6-11
6-12
6-1/6-2
MANUFACTURER'S DATA
412 FLIGHT MANUAL
Section 6
WEIGHT GRAVITY
EMPTY
CENTER
OF
The cabin deck cargo loading limit is 100 pounds per square foot (4.9 kg/100 sq cm).
The empty weight consists of the basic helicopter with required equipment, optional equipment kits, transmission and gearbox oils, hydraulic fluid, unusable fuel, undrainable engine oil, and fixed ballast. The empty weight center of gravity shall be adjusted within the limits of the applicable Weight Empty Center of Gravity chart in the Maintenance Manual, Volume 1, Chapter 8.
FUEL LOADING
At the beginning of any flight with full fuel on board, the helicopter center of gravity will move forward due to the fact that the CG of the fuel on board moves forward as it is consumed. This occurs because fuel is consumed from the upper rear fuel cells first. The maximum forward CG condition of the fuel on board occurs when 72.6 U.S. gallons (274.8 liters) remain. The CG then begins to move rearward as fuel is consumed from the lower fuel cells. With normal crew and passenger loading, gross weight CG will remain within limits at any fuel quantity.
GROSS WEIGHT GRAVITY
CENTER
OF
It shall be the pilots responsibility to ensure that the helicopter is properly loaded so that the entire flight is conducted within the limits of the Gross Weight of Gravity chart in Section 1. The gross weight center of gravity may be calculated from the helicopter Actual Weight Record (historical records) and the Loading Tables in this section or in appropriate Flight Manual Supplements to assure safe loading.
BAGGAGE LOADING
COMPARTMENT
COCKPIT AND CABIN LOADING

A minimum crew weight of 170 pounds (77.1 kg) in the cockpit is required. Except for the two aft passenger seats, crew and passengers may be loaded in any sequence without exceeding the gross weight center of gravity limits approved for flight. NOTE The two aft outboard facing seats should not be occupied unless at least two passengers are seated in the forward and/or aft facing seats.
The baggage compartment is accessible from the right side of the tailboom and contains approximately 30 cubic feet (0.86 cubic meters) of space. The baggage compartment has a load limit of 400 pounds (181 kg), not to exceed 100 pounds per square foot (4.9 kg/100 sq cm). These are structural limitations only. and do not infer that CG will remain within approved limits. When weight is loaded into the baggage compartment. indiscriminate crew, passenger and fuel loading can no longer be assumed, and the pilot must compute gross weight CG to assure loading within approved limits. Loading of the compartment should be from front to rear, and the load shall be secured to tiedown fittings to prevent shifting of CG during flight.
6-3
Section6
412 FLIGHT MANUAL
MANUFACTURER'S DATA
FUSELAGE STATIONS 0 23 102 129 166 177 243
REF DATUM
/4
PILOT SEAT (2) COPILOT OR PASSENGER SEAT
FUELTANKS
SEATS ^
LATERAL LOCATION (INCHES FROM GL) HELICOPTER OF

LONGITUDINAL LOCATION (INCHES AFT OF REF DATUM )OF PERSONNEL
EXTERNAL CARGO
412900-7
Figure 6-1.
Helicopter station diagram
6-4
MANUFACTURER'S DATA
412 FLIGHT MANUAL
Section 6
WEIGHT DIAGRAMS TABLES

PILOT AND MOMENTS
AND AND
PASSENGER
BALANCE LOADING
TABLE OF
Table 6-6 provides metric arms and moments for weights from 10 to 180 kilograms, in ten kilogram increments, in the baggage compartment. Moments are in kilogrammillimaarc inn
INTERNAL
CARGO LOADING
TABLE
Table 6-1 lists moments for individual personnel weights from 100 pounds to 220 pounds in ten pound increments, in each seat station. Moments are shown in inch-pounds. Table 6-2. lists moments for individual personnel weights from 50 to 110 kilograms, in five kilogram increments, in each seat station. Moments are shown in kilogrammillimeter + 100. FUEL LOADING TABLES
Table 6-7 provides internal cargo weights and their moments at various flight stations. Weights from 50 to 1500 pounds are given in fifty pound increments. Moments are in inchpounds. Table 6-8 provides internal cargo weights and their moments at various flight stations. Weights from 25 to 700 kilograms are given in twenty-five kilogram increments. Moments are in kilogram-millimeters + 100.
Table 6-3 lists fuel quantities and weights, their center of gravity, and their moments. Quantities are given from 10 to 220 gallons in ten gallon increments. Moments are in inchpounds. Table 6-4 is a metric fuel loading table giving fuel quantities and weights, center of gravity and moments. Data is provided for quantities from 40 to 840 liters in 40 liter increments. Moments are in kilograms-millimeters - 100. BAGGAGE LOADING TABLE
ICAUTION
MAXIMUM CABIN FLOOR LOADING ALLOWED IS 100 POUNDS PER SQUARE FOOT (1 KILOGRAM PER 200 SQUARE MILLIMETERS).
WARNING AIRCRAFT CENTER OF GRAVITY MUST BE COMPUTED FOR ALL CARGO CONFIGURATIONS BEFORE FLIGHT.
Table 6-5 provides arms and moments for weights from 20 to 400 pounds in the baggage compartment. Moments are in inch-pounds.
6-5
Section 6
412 FLIGHT MANUAL
MANUFACTURER'S DATA
Table 6-1.
Pilot and passenger table of moments (English)

(IN-LB) LITTER PATIENT Lateral Longitudinal Loaded Loaded
PILOT AND PASSENGER TABLE OF MOMENTS
Weight
PASSENGER Passenger Passenger Pilot and (4-Man Seat (5-Man Seat FACING OUTBOARD Facing Aft) Facing Fwd) Fwd Seat Aft Seat Copilot'
11700 12870 14040 15210 16380 17550 18720 19890 21060 22230 23400 24570 25740
13900 15290 16680 18070 19460 20850 22240 23630 25020 26410 27800 29190 30580
15600 17160 18720 20280 21840 23400 24960 26520 28080 29640 31200 32760 34320
11700 12870 14040 15210 16380 17550 18720 19890 21060 22230 23400 24570 25740
12000 13200 14400 15600 16800 18000 19200 20400 21600 22800 24000 25200 26400
MANUFACTURER'S DATA Table 6-2.
412 FLIGHT MANUAL
Section 6
Pilot and passenger
table of moments
(Metric)
PILOT AND PASSENGER TABLE OF MOMENTS (kg - mm) 100 Passenger Passenger PASSENGER Pilot and (4-Man Seat (5-Man Seat FACING OUTBOARD UTTER PATIENT Lateral Longitudinal
*Left
Forward Seat 412900-6
6-7
Section 6
412 FLIGHT MANUAL
MANUFACTURER'S DATA
Table 6-3.
Fuel loading
table (English)
USABLE FUEL LOADING TABLE (ENGLISH) Jet B. JP-4 U.S. Gal. (6.5 Lbs/Gal) Jet A. A-1, U.S. CG Moment Gal. Weight (Lbs.) JP-5 (6.8 Lbs/Gal)
Weight (Lbs.)
CG
Moment
10 20 30 40 50 60 70 *72.6 80 90 100 110 120 130 140 160 160 170 180 190 200 210 220
66 130 195 260 326 390 455 472 520 585 650 715 780 846 910 975 1040 1105 1170 1235 1300 1365 1430
143.6 143.6 140.2 134.8 131.6 129.4 127.9 127.6 128.3 130.6 134.6 137.8 140.4 142.6 144.6 146.1 147.6 148.4 149.9 150.9 151.9 162.7 153.6
9334 18668 27348 35055 42771 50480 58186 60227 66706 76411 87471 98512 109477 120508 131547 142435 153519 164460 175439 186310 197430 208404 219648
10 20 30 40 50 60 70 *72.6 80 90 100 110 120 130 140 160 160 170 180 190 200 210 220
68 136 204 272 340 408 476 494 544 612 680 748 816 884 962 1020 1088 1156 1224 1292 1360 1428 1496
143.6 143.6 140.2 134.8 131.6 129.4 127.9 127.6 128.3 130.6 134.6 137.8 140.4 142.6 144.6 146.1 147.6 148.4 149.9 150.9 151.9 152.7 153.6
9765 19530 28601 36666 44744 52795 60880 62994 69795 79927 91528 103074 114566 126058 137659 149022 160589 172013 183478 194963 206584 218056 229786
Most critical fuel amount for most forward CG condition. 412900-33A
6-8
MANUFACTURER'S DATA
412
FLIGHT MANUAL
Section 6
Table 6-4.
Fuel loading table (Metric)
USABLE FUELLOADING TABLE (METRIC)

Jet B JP-4 (.779 kg/1) Jet A, JP-5 (.815 kg/l) Moment kg/mm 100
Liters
Weight (kg)
CG (mm)
Liters
Weight (kg)
CG (mm)
Moment kg/mm 100
40 80 120 160 200 240 274.8 280 320 360 400 440 480 520 560 600 640 680 720 760 800 840
31.2 62.3 93.5 124.6 155.8 187.0 214.1 218.1 249.3 280.4 311.6 342.8 373.9 405.1 436.2 467.4 498.6 529.7 560.9 592.0 623.3 654.4
3647 3647 3541 3399 3322 3272 3241 3246 3277 3368 3470 3541 3609 3665 3708 3744 3777 3805 3833 3858 3881 3904
1137.9 2272.1 3310.8 4235.2 5175.7 6118.6 6939.0 7079.5 8169.6 9443.9 10812.5 12138.5 13494.1 14846.9 16174.3 17499.5 18832.1 20155.1 21499.3 22839.4 24186.4 25547.8
40 80 120 160 200 240 274.8 280 320 360 400 440 480 520 560 600 640 680 720 760 800 840
32.6 65.2 97.8 130.4 163.0 195.6 224.0 228.2 260.8 293.4 326.0 358.6 391.2 423.8 456.4 489.0 521.6 554.2 586.8 619.4 652.0 684.6
3647 3647 3541 3399 3322 3272 3241 3246 3277 3368 3470 3541 3609 3665 3708 3744 3777 3805 3833 3858 3881 3904
1188.9 2377.8 3463.1 4432.3 5414.9 6400.0 7259.8 7407.4 8546.4 9881.7 11312.2 12698.0 14118.4 15532.3 16923.3 18308.2 19700.8 21087.3 22492.0 23896.5 25304.5 26726.8
'Most critical fuel amount for most forward CG condition. Weights given are nominal weights at 15C.
412900-34A
6-9
Section 6
412 FLIGHT MANUAL
MANUFACTURER'S DATA Baggage loading table (Metric)
Table 6-5.
Baggage loading table (English)
Table 6-6.
BAGGAGE
COMPARTMENT
BAGGAGE
COMPARTMENT
Weight (Lbs) 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180 200 220 240 260 280 300 320 340 360 380 380
Approximate (F.S.) 245 247 249 251 253 255 257 259 261 263 265 267 269 271 273 275 277 279 281 281
CG Moment 4900 9880 14940 20080 25300 30600 35980 41440 46980 52600 58300 64080 69940 75880 81900 88000 94180 100440 106780 106780 Weight (kg) 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120 130 140 150 160 170 180 LOAD BAGGAGE Approximate (mm) 6223 6280 6336 6393 6450 6506 6563 6620 6677 6733 6790 6847 6903 6960 7017 7073 7130 7187 CG
Moment (kg/mm) 100 622.3 1256.0 1900.8 2557.2 3225.0 3903.6 4594.1 5296.0 6009.3 6733.0 7469.0 8216.4 8973.9 9744.0 10525.5 11316.8 12121.0 12936.6 END
FROM FORWARD
400
283
113200
OF COMPARTMENT 180 KILOGRAM MAXIMUM 412900-30
LOAD BAGGAGE FROM FORWARD END OF COMPARTMENT 400 POUND MAXIMUM 412900-29
6-10
MANUFACTURER'S DATA Table 6-7.

INTERNAL
412 FLIGHT MANUAL
Section 6
Internal cargo loading table (English)

CARGO LOADING TABLE (ENGLISH) MOMENTS In-Lb
Weight Pounds 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 550 600 650 700 750 800 850 900 950 1000 1050 1100 1150 1200 1250 1300 1350 1400 1450 1500
F.S. 75.0 3750 7500 11250 15000 18750 22500 26250 30000 33750 37500 41250 45000 48750 52500 56250 60000 63750 67500 71250 75000 78750 82500 86250 90000 93750 97500 101250 105000 108750 112500
F.S. 90.0 4600 9000 13500 18000 22500 27000 31500 36000 40500 45000 49500 54000 58500 63000 67500 72000 76500 81000 85500 90000 94500 99000 103500 108000 112500 117000 121500 126000 130500 135000
F.S. 105.0 5250 10500 15750 21000 26250 31500 36750 42000 47250 52500 57750 63000 68250 73500 78750 84000 89250 94500 99750 105000 110250 115500 120750 126000 131250 136500 141750 147000 152250 157500
F.S. 120.0 6000 12000 18000 24000 30000 36000 42000 48000 54000 60000 66000 72000 78000 84000 90000 96000 102000 108000 114000 120000 126000 132000 138000 144000 150000 156000 162000 168000 174000 180000
F.S. 135.0 6750 13500 20250 27000 33750 40500 47250 54000 60750 67500 74250 81000 87750 94500 101250 108000 114750 121500 128250 135000 141750 148500 155250 162000 168750 175500 182250 189000 195750 202500
F.S. 150.0 7500 15000 22500 30000 37500 45000 52500 60000 67500 75000 82500 90000 97500 105000 112500 120000 127500 135000 142500 150000 157500 165000 172500 180000 187500 195000 202500 210000 217500 225000 412900-15
6-11
Section 6
412 FLIGHT MANUAL
MANUFACTURER'S DATA
Table 6-8.
Internal cargo loading table (Metric)
INTERNAL CARGO LOADING TABLE (METRIC) MOMENTS (kg - mm/100) Weight (kg) 25 50 75 100 125 150 175 200 225 250 275 300 325 350 375 400 425 450 475 500 525 550 575 600 625 650 675 700
1900 mm 475.0 950.0 1425.0 1900.0 2375.0 2850.0 3325.0 3800.0 4275.0 4750.0 5225.0 5700.0 6175.0 6650.0 7125.0 7600.0 8075.0 8550.0 9025.0 9500.0 9975.0 10450.0 10925.0 11400.0 11875.0 12350.0 12825.0 13300.0
2300 mm 575.0 1150.0 1725.0 2300.0 2875.0 3450.0 4025.0 4600.0 5175.0 5750.0 6325.0 6900.0 7475.0 8050.0 8625.0 9200.0 9775.0 10350.0 10925.0 11500.0 12075.0 12650.0 13225.0 13800.0 14376.0 14950.0 16525.0 16100.0
2700 mm 675.0 1350.0 2025.0 2700.0 3375.0 4050.0 4725.0 5400.0 6075.0 6750.0 7425.0 8100.0 8775.0 9450.0 10125.0 10800.0 11475.0 12150.0 12825.0 13500.0 14175.0 14850.0 15525.0 16200.0 16875.0 17550.0 18225.0 18900.0
3100 mm 775.0 1550.0 2325.0 3100.0 3875.0 4650.0 5425.0 6200.0 6975.0 7750.0 8525.0 9300.0 10075.0 10850.0 11625.0 12400.0 13175.0 13950.0 14725.0 15500.0 16275.0 17050.0 17825.0 18600.0 19375.0 20150.0 20925.0 21700.0
3400 mm 850.0 1700.0 2550.0 3400.0 4250.0 5100.0 5950.0 6800.0 7650.0 8500.0 9350.0 10200.0 11050.0 11900.0 12750.0 13600.0 14450.0 15300.0 16150.0 17000.0 17850.0 18700.0 19550.0 20400.0 21250.0 22100.0 22950.0 23800.0
3800 mm 950.0 1900.0 2850.0 3800.0 4750.0 5700.0 6650.0 7600.0 8550.0 9500.0 10450.0 11400.0 12350.0 13300.0 14250.0 15200.0 16150.0 17100.0 18050.0 19000.0 19950.0 20900.0 21850.0 22800.0 23750.0 24700.0 25650.0 26600.0 412900-16
6-12
MANUFACTURER'S DATA
412 FLIGHT MANUAL
Section 6
SAMPLE W0
LOADING
PROBLEM
trip
that
will
require
approximately
150
The helicopter is chartered to transport nine passengers and 180 pounds of baggage on a
both trips.
LONGITUDINAL FIRST LEG WEIGHT LBS 6167 25 190 850 680 180 8092 136.8 CG IN 144.0 MOMENT IN/LBS 888048 4146 8930 99450 59160 46980 1106714 209947 1316661 1106714 CG IN
LATERAL MOMENT IN/LBS +1233 0 +4180 0 0 0 +5413
Weight Empty + Oil + Pilot + Passengers (5 man seat) + Passengers (4 man seat) + Baggage Basic Operating Weight + Payload + Takeoff Fuel (211 U.S. Gal.) Takeoff Weight Basic Operating Weight + Payload + Critical Forward Fuel (72.6 U.S. Gal.) Most Forward Condition Basic Operating Weight + Payload + Landing Fuel (60 U.S. Gal.) Landing Weight
+0.2 0 +22.0 0 0 0 +0.7
1374 9466 8092 472 8564 8092
139.1
0 +0.6
0 +5413 +5413
60227
0 +0.6
0 +5413 +5413
136.3
1166941 1106714 50480 1157194
390 8482
136.4
0 +0.6
0 +5413
6-13
Section 6
412 FLIGHT MANUAL
MANUFACTURER'S DATA LATERAL CG IN +0.2 MOMENT IN/LBS +123
LONGITUDINAL SECOND LEG WEIGHT LBS 6167 25 190 6382 1374 7756 6382 472 143.3 141.2 CG IN 144.0 MOMENT IN/LBS 888048 4146
Weight Empty + Oil + Pilot Basic Operating Weight + Takeoff Fuel (211 U.S. Gal.) Takeoff Weight Basic Operating Weight + Critical Forward Fuel (72.6 U.S. Gal.) Most Forward Condition Basic Operating Weight + Landing Fuel (60 U.S. Gal.) Landing Weight
901124 209947 1111071 901124 60227
6854 6382 390 6772
MANUFACTURER'S
412 FLIGHT MANUAL
Section 6
DATA
SAMPLE (METRIC)
LOADING
PROBLEM
At the beginning of any flight with full fuel on board, the CG of the helicopter will move forward as fuel is burned off. This occurs because fuel is burned from the upper rear fuel cells first. A maximum forward center of gravity condition occurs when 274.8 liters
(214.1 kg) of fuel is on board. The CG then begins to move rearward as fuel is burned off from the lower fuel cells. Helicopter is chartered to transport nine passengers and 80 kg of baggage for a trip that will require approximately 560 liters of fuel. The 90 kg pilot will return alone. Determine extreme CG conditions for both trips.
LONGITUDINAL WEIGHT (kg) 2797.0 11.3 90.0 375.0 300.0 80.0 3653.3 3475 CG (mm) 3658 MOMENT kg-mm /100 102314.3 485.3 1074.6 11145.0 6630.0 5296.0 126945.2 CG (mm)
LATERAL MOMENT kg-mm /100 +139 0 +503 0 0 0 +643
FIRST LEG Weight Empty

+ Oil + Pilot
+5 0 +559 0 0 0 +13
+ Passengers (5 man seat) + Passengers (4 man seat) + Baggage Basic Operating Weight + Payload + Takeoff Fuel (800 liters) Takeoff Weight Basic Operating Weight + Payload + Critical Forward Fuel (274.8 liters) Most Forward Condition Basic Operating Weight + Payload + Landing Fuel (240 liters)
623.3 4276.6 3653.3 214.1 3867.4 3653.3 187.0 3462 3534
24190.3 151135.5 126945.2
0 +15
0 +643 +643
6939.0 133884.2 126945.2 6118.6
0 +17
0 +643 +643
6-15
Section 6
412 FLIGHT MANUAL LONGITUDINAL
MANUFACTURER'S DATA LATERAL CG (mm) +5 0 +559 +22 0 +18 MOMENT kg-mm /100 +139 0 +503 +643 0 +643 +643 0 +21 0 +643 +643 0 +21 0 +643
SECOND LEG
WEIGHT (kg) 2797.0 11.3 90.0 2898.3 623.3 3521.6 2898.3 214.1 3112.4 2898.3 187.0 3085.3
CG (mm) 3658
MOMENT kg-mm /100 102314.3 485.3 1074.6
Weight Empty + Oil + Pilot Basic Operating Weight + Takeoff Fuel (800 liters) Takeoff Weight Basic Operating Weight + Critical Forward Fuel (274.8 liters) Most Forward Condition Basic Operating Weight + Landing Fuel (240 liters) Landing Weight
3584
103874.2 24190.3
3637
128064.5 103874.2 6939.0
3560
110813.2 103874.2 6118.6
3565
109992.8
6-16
MANUFACTURER'S DATA
412 FLIGHT MANUAL
Section 6
REQUIRED EQUIPMENT LIST

List of basic equipment required for flight is presented. Weights and arms listed for each
item were included in calculating the empty weight and center of gravity.
REQUIRED EQUIPMENT INDICATORS Attitude Airspeed Vertical Speed Altimeter Triple Tachometer XMSN Oil Press & Temp Gearbox Oil Press & Temp Engine Oil Press & Temp Fuel Pressure Gas Producer Tachometer Turbine Inlet Temperature Hydraulic Oil Press & Temp Dual Torque Pressure Fuel Quantity Standby Compass Horizontal Situation Clock Free Air Temperature Dual DC Ammeter Dual AC/DC Voltmeter Fire Warning Engine No. 1 Engine No. 2 Baggage Compartment Low Fuel WRN Master Caution Pnl Starter-Generator, L.H. Starter-Generator, R.H. Battery Starter Toggle Switch Fuel Igniter Switch Anti-Collision Light, Upper Anti-Collision Light, Lower Landing Light Searchlight
UNIT WEIGHT LBS/kg
LONGITUDINAL ARM IN/mm
LATERAL ARM (- LEFT. + RIGHT) IN/mm
(2) (2) (2) (2) (2)
(2)
7.5/ 1.1/ 1.8/ 1.8/ 2.5/ 0.7/ 0.7/ 0.4/ 0.6/ 1.0/ 0.6/ 0.4/ 3.0/ 0.6/ 0.8/ 6.9/ 0.5/ 0.2/ 1.0/ 1.0/ 0.4/ 0.4/ 0.3/ 5.0/
3.4 0.5 0.8 0.8 1.1 0.3 0.3 0.2 0.3 0.5 0.3 0.2 1.4 0.3 0.4 3.1 0.2 0.1 0.5 0.5 0.2 0.2 0.1 2.3
21.0/ 23.0/ 23.0/ 23.0/ 23.0/ 23.0/ 23.0/ 23.0/ 23.0/ 23.0/ 23.0/ 23.0/ 23.0/ 23.0/ 39.0/ 21.0/ 23.0/ 34.0/ 25.0/ 25.0/ 22.3/ 22.3/ 22.0/ 24.0/ 159.0/ 159.0/ -5.7/ 38.0/ 33.0/ 218.0/ 65.4/ 83.0/ 9.0/
533 584 584 584 584 584 584 584 584 584 584 584 584 584 991 533 584 864 635 635 566 516 559 610 4039 4039 -145 965 838 5537 1661 2108 229
+17.0/+432 +12.5/+318 +21.4/+544 +21.4/+544 +9.0/+229 +1.3/+41 +1.3/+41 +4.8/+122 +4.8/+122 +4.8/+122 +4.8/+122 +4.8/+122 +12.5/+318 +1.3/+41 +17.5/+445 +17.0/+432 +25.0/+635 +3.0/+76 +1.3/+41 +4.8/+122 -1.7/-43 +4.7/+119 -1.8/-46 -3.4/-86 -8.0/-203 +18.0/+457 +7.9/+201 +10.0/+254 +3.0/+76 0/0 0/0 -4.1/-104 0/0
(2)
30.0/13.6 30.0/13.6 80.0/36.3 0.4/ 0.2 0.2/ 0.1 2.0/ 0.9 2.0/ 0.9 8.1/ 3.7 5.4/ 2.4
6-17
Section 6
412 FLIGHT MANUAL
MANUFACTURER'S DATA
REQUIRED EQUIPMENT Position Lights (2) Forward Lower (2) Forward Upper (2) Aft (2) Circuit Breaker Panels Non-Essential Bus Switch Essential Bus Right Side Ovhd Cont Pnl Left Side Ovhd Cont Pnl (2) Low Fuel Wrn XMTR VHF NO. 1 Radio Transceiver and Mount Control Antenna Windshield Wiper (2) Blade and Arm (2) Motor Fire Extinguisher Hand Type, L.H. Fire Extinguisher. Hand Type, R.H. Safety Belt & Harness-Pilot Flight Manual
UNIT WEIGHT LBS/kg
LONGITUDINAL ARM IN/mm
LATERAL ARM (- LEFT, + RIGHT) IN/mm
0.3/ 0.1 0.3/ 0.1 0.3/ 0.1 7.4/ 3.4 0.1/NEG 2.9/ 1.3 2.4/ 1.1 0.1/NEG 4.3/ 1.5/ 0.5/ 1.6/ 4.2/ 8.0/ 8.0/ 2.7/ 1.7/ 2.0 0.7 0.2 0.7 1.9 3.6 3.6 1.2 0.8
66.8/ 1697 109.2/ 2774 431.9/10970 56.8/ 1443 41.2/ 1046 42.8/ 41.4/ 143.0/ 9.5/ 39.0/ 205.0/ 34.0/ 41.0/ 69.0/ 53.0/ 47.0/ 1087 1052 3632 241 991 5207 864 1041 1753 1346 1194
0/0 0/0 0/0 0/0
+4.7/+119 +3.2/+81 -3.4/-86 0/0 +0.8/+20 -3.0/-76 0/0 0/0 0/0 -42.0/-1067 +34.0/+864 +22.0/+559
6-18
MANUFACTURER'S DATA
412 FLIGHT MANUAL
Section
Paragraph Helicopter General ....................................................................... Airframe ................................................................................ Principal Dimensions ................................................................ Stations. Waterlines, and Buttock Lines .................................................. Rotor System ........................................................................... Transmission ............................................................................ Powerplant System ............................................................ Fuel System ................................................................... Electrical System . ................... ......................................... Hydraulic System ........................................................................ Flight Control System .................................................................. Instrument Panel .............................................................. Pitot-Static System ...................................................................... Heating - Ventilating System ........................................................... Windshield Wipers ............................................................. Cabin Lights ............................................................................. Fire Detection - Protection System ...................................................... Automatic Flight Control System (AFCS) ................................................. Intercommunications System ............................................................
Page Number 7-3 7-3 7-3 7-3 7-3 7-3 7-3 7-5 7-5 7-9 7-9 7-9 7-16 7-16 7-16 7-16 7-16 7-16 7-17
.......... ..........
..........
..........
LIST OF FIGURES
Figure Number 7-1 7-2 7-3 7-4 7-5 7-6 7-7 Title Principal Dimensions ........................................................ DC Electrical System ........................................................ AC Electrical System ........................................................ Instrument Panel ............................................................ Caution Panel............................................................... Miscellaneous System Switches and Panels .................................. Overhead Console ........................................................... Page Number 7-4 7-6 7-8 7-11 7-13 7-14 7-15
7-1/7-2
MANUFACTURER'S DATA
412 FLIGI MANUAL HT
Section 7
HELICOPTERGENERAL
The Bell Helicopter Textron Model 412 is a
fifteen-place helicopter with a single four

bladed main rotor system and a tail rotor to provide directional control.
Buttock Lines (B.L.) - Buttock lines are vertical planes perpendicular to, and measured to the left and right along the lateral axis of the helicopter. Buttock line (0) is the plane at the longitudinal centerline of the helicopter.
AIRFRAME
The airframe is primarily a semi-monocoque structure with metal and fiberglass covering. Two longitudinal main beams and the pylon structure provide primary support.
ROTOR SYSTEM
The main rotor system consists of four composite blades mounted to flex beam type yokes to provide a soft-in-plane arrangement. Elastomeric bearings help dampen out vibrations and provide some lead lag for the main rotor blades.
PRINCIPAL DIMENSIONS
Figure 7-1 shows the principal dimensions of the helicopter. All height dimensions must be considered approximate due to variations in loading and alighting gear deflection.
TRANSMISSION
The transmission is mounted in the pylon support structure with four vibration isolating mounts. Two stages of planetary reduction gears and spiral bevel gears are used to reduce input RPM to the speeds required for main rotor and tail rotor drive. Both hydraulic pumps are driven by the transmission. An instrument on the panel allows the flight crew to monitor transmission oil temperature and transmission oil pressure. Caution lights are provided to warn of high transmission oil temperature, low transmission oil pressure, and metal particles in transmission oil. A remote transmission chip indicator is on the right side of the pedestal by the pilots knees.
STATIONS, WATERLINES, BUTTOCK LINES
AND
Locations on and within the helicopter can be determined in relation to fuselage stations, waterlines, and buttock lines, measured in inches from known reference points. Fuselage Stations (F.S. or STA.) - Fuselage stations are vertical planes perpendicular to, and measured along, the longitudinal axis of the helicopter. Station (0) is the Reference Datum plane and is 20 inches (508 millimeters) aft of the nose of the helicopter. Waterlines (W.L.) - Waterlines are horizontal planes perpendicular to, and measured along, the vertical axis of the helicopter. Waterline (0) is a plane usually below the lowest point on the fuselage of the helicopter.
POWERPLANT SYSTEM
The powerplant, a Pratt and Whitney PT6T3B, consists of two identical free turbine
7-3
412 FLIGHT MANU AL
MANUFACTURER'S DATA
NOTE Dimensions are given in English units with metrics in parenthesis for standard configuration and 11,600 pound (5262 kilogram) gross weight.
45 FT. 11 IN. (14 m)
56 FT. 2 IN. (17.1 m)
Figure 7-1.
Principle dimensions
7-4
MANUFACTURER'S
412 FLIGHT MANUAL
Section 7
DATA power sections connected to a combining reduction gearbox. Each power section has its own lubrication system, starter-generator, fuel control N1 tachometer generator, and NII tachometer generator. The combining gearbox has a separate lubrication system. Instruments on the panel provide an indication of NI RPM, Nil RPM, torque, interturbine temperature, oil temperature, and oil pressure for each power section. An instrument for combining gearbox oil temperature and oil pressure is provided. Caution lights provide a warning for either engine NI or NIl RPM abnormally low, either engine oil pressure below limit, metal particles in the oil of either engine, combining gearbox oil pressure too low, combining gearbox oil temperature too high, and metal particles in combining gearbox oil.
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
DC POWER SYSTEM The primary electrical system is a 28-volt direct current, negative ground system. 28 Vdc power is supplied by two 30-volt, 200ampere starter-generators, one mounted on each engine. The output voltage of each generator is monitored and regulated by a DC Control Unit. The DC control units provide overvoltage and reverse current protection and control paralleled generator operation so that the two DC generators share total load requirements within 20 amperes. Each generator supplies power to a main DC bus and to two interconnected nonessential DC buses. Each main DC bus in turn, serves as a feeder for the two essential DC buses and two emergency buses. See figure 7-2. Electrical separation between main buses and between generators is accomplished through the use of circuit breakers and isolation diodes. In the event that one generator or engine should fail, both nonessential buses are automatically dropped, and all essential DC loads are supplied by the remaining starter-generator. An override switch is available so that the pilot, at his discretion, can manually restore power to the nonessential buses. In the event that the pilot has manually restored power to the nonessential buses and the second generator fails, both nonessential buses are again automatically dropped. This arrangement allows automatic DC load shedding for 30 minute flight with battery only. The EMERG LOAD switch may be actuated to provide 90 minutes flight with battery power only. The electric power distribution system is located in the roof and in the nose of the aircraft. The generator control units, contactors, buses and feeder protection devices are located under the lower nose shelf, and the battery sits on top of this shelf. Other contactors, feeder protection devices, and the distribution buses are located in the roof. System control switches and distribution
FUEL SYSTEM
Five crashworthy fuel cells with a usable capacity of 211 U.S. gallons (798.7 liters) contain fuel for the helicopter. Two lower cells are mounted under the aft cabin floor. The three aft fuel cells which are behind the aft cabin bulkhead, gravity feed to the two lower cells. An interconnect valve prevents an out of CG condition resulting from uneven fuel flow. Crossfeed valves and boost pumps are used to ensure that fuel will be supplied to both engines at all times. Electric drain valves are mounted in the lower cell sump plates. A selector switch and fuel quantity gage on the instrument panel allows the flight crew to read the quantity of either lower cell or the total of all cells combined. Fuel pressure gages indicate fuel pressure at each engine. Caution lights give warning of boost pump failure, impending fuel filter bypass, low fuel quantity, fuel valve not completely open or closed, or fuel crossfeed valve not completely open or closed.
7-5
Section 7
412 FLIGHT MANUAL
MANUFACTURER'S DATA
NO.
ESNTLDC BUS
BATTERY 412075-57
Figure 7-2.
DC electrical system
MANUFACTURER'S DATA
412 FLIGHT MANUAL
Section 7
circuit breakers are located in the overhead console. Control of the DC system is via the following switches and circuit breakers:
No. 1 Essential Bus Feeders (2) No. 2 Essential Bus Feeders (2) Feeders (2) Nonessential Bus
Right CB Panel
Left CB Panel
Right Aux CB Panel
Battery Bus 2 Ovhd Console Off-On Control Pnl (Magnetic) Generator 1 Generator 2 Noness Bus Start Ovhd Console Reset-Off-On Control Pnl Ovhd Console Reset-Off-On Control Pnl Ovhd Console ManualControl Pnl Normal Pit Collective Stick Eng 1 - Eng 2
AC POWER SYSTEM The secondary or AC power system consists of two 450 VA, 115/26-volt, 400 Hz, single phase, solid state inverters and associated controls. Inverter 1 is energized by essential DC bus No. 1. It is controlled by inverter 1 switch located on the electrical power and lighting control panel in the overhead console. Inverter 2 is energized by essential DC bus No. 2. It is controlled by inverter 2 switch located on the electrical power and lighting control panel in the overhead console. There are three additional components essential to the control and operation of the AC power system. AC voltage sensor relay No. 1, AC voltage sensor relay No. 2, and the AC bus control relay. The AC voltage sensor relays monitor each inverter 115V output and maintains that power to the buses when voltage is 104-125 Vac. In the event voltage is out of this range, the voltage sensor relay will de-energize after one second, removing that power from the buses. Should either inverter fail, the remaining inverter will assume all AC loads. Inverter No. 1, inverter No. 2. and AC voltage sensor relays are located on lower side of lower nose shelf. The bus control relay is located in the roof aft of overhead console. Inv 1 Pwr and Inv 2 Pwr circuit breakers protect DC lines providing power to the respective inverters.
CIRCUIT BREAKERS No. 1 Bus Battery No. 2 Bus Battery No. 1 Gen Field No. 2 Gen Field Gen 1 Reset Gen 2 Reset Eng 1 Start Relay Eng 2 Start Relay No. 1 Essential Bus Feeders (2)
LOCATION Pedestal Hourmeter Panel Pedestal Hourmeter Panel Left CB Panel Right CB Panel Left CB Panel Right CB Panel Left CB Panel Right CB Panel Left CB Panel
7-7
Section 7
412 FLIGHT MANUAL
MANUFACTURER'S DATA Coplt 115V Bus Feeder AFCS Bus 3 26V AFCS Bus 3 115V
Indication of failed inverters is provided by inverter 1 and inverter 2 segments in the master caution panel. A simplified single line schematic of the AC power system is presented in figure 7-3. The following circuit breakers control the AC power. Location of these circuit breakers is in the overhead console.
Pilot 26V Bus Feeder Pilot 115V Bus Feeder Coplt 26V Bus Feeder
Figure 7-3.
AC electrical system
MANUFACTURER'S DATA
412 FLIGHT MANUAL
Section 7
HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
Two separate hydraulic systems are used to assist cyclic, collective, and anti-torque flight controls. Each system contains a reservoir, pump, integrated valve and filter assembly, accumulators and check valves. Each integrated valve and filter assembly contains a system pressure filter and a system return filter. In the event any one of these filters becomes partially clogged, a button on the housing will pop out to give a visible indication of an impending bypass. This button will also activate a switch, causing a remote hydraulic filter bypass indicator in the right cabin nose compartment, to switch from green to red. The integrated valve and filter small are visible through assemblies transparent windows in the pylon structure in the aft cabin. The pumps, which are driven by the transmission, have a different rated capacity. The System 1 pump delivers a greater volume of fluid to operate the anti-torque flight control cyclinder. Each system has an instrument to allow the flight crew to read that systems fluid temperature and pressure. A caution light warns of high temperature or low pressure.
two cyclic flight control cylinders are connected to the swashplate. The collective flight control cylinder is connected to the collective lever at the mast. The anti-torque flight control cylinder is in the aft fuselage compartment and is connected between bellcranks to assist in directional flight control. Fore and aft and lateral cyclic inputs are combined in a mixing lever assembly to provide positive cyclic control for any stick input. Hydraulically boosted flight control cylinders are used to help overcome the resistance of the elastometric bearings in the main rotor system.
INSTRUMENT PANEL
The instrument panel, which consists of three separate sections, extends across the front of the flight compartment. It is slightly tilted to provide better viewing of the instruments by the flight crew. The flight instruments are mounted on the section in front of the pilots seat. The engine instruments and the caution panel are mounted on the center section of the panel. The copilots instruments are mounted on the section in front of the left front seat. See figure 7-4 and 7-5. The pedestal between the two front seats mounts avionics control heads and essential system switches. See figure 7-6. The overhead console is centered on the cabin ceiling and mounts circuit breakers, electrical system switches, and non-essential system switches. See figure 7-7.
FLIGHT CONTROL SYSTEM

Normal helicopter type dual flight controls are provided to control attitude, altitude, and direction. Control inputs from the cyclic stick, collective stick, and anti-torque pedals are transmitted by push-pull tubes and bellcranks to the hydraulic flight control cylinders. The
7-9/7-10
L-L/L L-L
laued lueunJlsul
'--L aenB!i
13NVd NOllnVo
SMll 1i313 3H9J 30VOO
1VNOII0.v
dO
3S1V313
OOUVO
SVOol
lin
MANUFACTURER'S DATA
412 FLIGHT MANUAL
Section 7
O)
OILPRESSURE DCGENERATOR
OIL PRESSURE
RESET
DC GENERATOR
Figure 7-5.
Caution panel
7-13
Section 7
412 FLIGHT MANUAL
MANUFACTURER'S DATA
AFCS ACTUATOR POSITION
Figure 7-6.
Miscellaneous
system switches
and panels
7-14
MANUFACTURER'S DATA
412 FLIGHT MANUAL
Section 7
Figure 7-7.
Overhead panel
7-15
Section 7
412 FLIGHT MANUAL
MANUFACTURER'S DATA
PITOT-STATIC SYSTEM
The pitot system consists of electrically heated pitot tube(s) connected to the airspeed indicator(s) with tubing. The static system consists of static ports and the tubing necessary to connect them to the airspeed indicator(s), altimeter(s), and vertical speed indicator(s). The static ports are just forward of the crew doors. IMC configured helicopters are equipped with heated static ports.
white or red light can be selected and the light may be adjusted from spot beam to flood type light. Three dome lights with intensity illumination adjustments are mounted in the passenger compartment. These dome lights may also provide either red or white light. Two lights in the baggage compartment are automaticially switched on when the door is opened.
FIRE DETECTION - PROTECTION SYSTEM

A set of heat sensing elements is mounted to the cowling and forward firewall for each power section. A fire or overheat condition will cause the FIRE PULL handle for the affected power section to illuminate. A smoke detector is mounted at the forward end of the baggage compartment ceiling. Smoke in the baggage compartment will cause a warning light on the instrument panel to flash intermittently. A fire extinguisher bottle for each power section is mounted in the aft fuselage. These bottles are connected in such a way as to allow either bottle to be discharged onto either engine. Pulling the FIRE PULL handle of the affected power section closes the by-pass door in the air management system, closes the fuel shut-off valve, and arms both fire bottles. The fire extinguisher selector switch may then be used to discharge the fire bottles as selected. Additionally, two portable fire extinguishers are mounted in the cabin, one on the cabin floor to the right of the pilots seat, and the other just aft of the forward passenger seat.
HEATING SYSTEM
VENTILATING
The cabin heating system, which includes the windshield defrost system, uses bleed air from the engine compressor sections as the source of heat. A mixing valve which is controlled by a thermostat, mixes heated air with outside air to obtain the desired temperature. When windshield defrost is selected, heated air is diverted from the door post and pedestal heater outlets to the windshield nozzles. The ventilating system delivers outside air to nozzles by the instrument panel and also to the windshield nozzles to defog the windshield and provide fresh air ventilation. The overhead ventilation system delivers outside air through overhead nozzles to the crew and passenger compartments.
WINDSHIELD WIPERS
Electrically powered windshield wipers are mounted at the top of both windshields. Selector switches on the overhead console control the wipers.
AUTOMATIC
FLIGHT CONTROL
SYSTEM (AFCS)
The dual AFCS System consists of AFCS 1, a three-axis system (pitch, roll, and yaw) and AFCS 2, which has the pitch and roll channels. Each system incorporates independent gyro reference and linear actuators.
CABIN LIGHTS
Two multipurpose utility lights are mounted overhead in the crew compartment. Either
7-16
MANUFACTURER'S DATA
412 FLIGHT MANUAL
Section 7
The system operates in two basic modes: (1)
Stability Augmentation Mode and(2) Attitude

Hold Mode. Auto trim is provided in ATT mode to reduce pilot workload in trim. With single HP operating the auto trim function is inoperative.
COMM 1 or COMM 2 to allow them to communicate with each other or with other radio transceivers. If the aft intercommunications system is installed, the flight crew may communicate with passengers by selecting AFT INT in response to illumination of the AFT INT CALL lights on the instruments panel. Passengers may also use the aft intercommunications system to communicate with each other, or to monitor other communication or navigation systems being used by the flight crew.
INTERCOMMUNICATIONS SYTSTEM
The intercommunications control panel may be used by the flight crew to select ICS,
7-17/7-18
MANUFACTURER'S DATA
412 FLIGHT MANUAL
Section 8
*
TABLE OF CONTENTS Paragraph Servicing Data .................................................................... Fuel .................................................................................. Engine Oil ............................ .... ......... ........................... Oil - Approved Oils and Vendors ............................... ....................... Transmission Oil......................................................................... 90 and 42 Gearbox Oil ................................................................ Hydraulic Fluid ................................................... ..................... Fuel System Servicing ...................................................... .......... Towing.................................................................................. Covers and Tiedowns .................................................................... Plug - Engine Inlet...................................................................... Cover - Engine Exhaust.................................................................
Cover Pitot Tube ...................................................................... Page Number 8-3 8-3 8-3 8-3 8-4 8-5 8-5 8-5 8-5 8-5 8-5 8-5 8-5 8-5 8-5
Tie Down - Main Rotor ................................................................. Tie Down - Tail Rotor ..................................................................
LIST OF FIGURES
Figure Number 8-1 Title Tow ing ................................................................. Page Number 8-6
8-1/8-2
MANUFACTURER'S DATA
412 FLIGHT MANUAL
Section 8
SERVICING DATA
FUEL
Fuel conforming to PWA 522 or the following military and commercial specifications are approved for use in PT6T-3B engines. ASTM D-1655, Jet A, Jet A-1, Jet B, MIL-T5624, JP-4, JP-5, NATO F-40, NATO F-44, D.E.R.D. 2454, or D.E.R.D. 2452. Refer to fuel limitations in Section 2. ENGINE OIL Oil conforming to the following listed military and commercial specifications are approved for use in PT6T-3B engines. PWA 521, MIL-L-7808E, (and subsequent), MIL-L-23699, NATO 0-148, and NATO 0156. Engine accessory gearbox (each) Combining gearbox 6.4 quarts (6 liters)
OIL - APPROVED OILS AND VENDORS NOTE This list of approved engine oils was updated by Pratt and Whitney Engine Service Bulletin No. 5001, Rev. 10. The term engine includes the combining gear box. The same oil shall be used in all power plant components due to oil seal leakage. MIL-7808E AND SUBS.. NATO 0-148, AND PWA 521, TYPE 1 (3 centistokes) for use at all ambient temperatures.
CAUTION
DO NOT MIX BRANDS OR TYPES OF OIL. SHOULD OILS BECOME MIXED, DRAIN AND FLUSH SYSTEM AND REFILL. Stauffer Jet I Stauffer Chemical Co. 299 Park Ave. New York, N.Y. 10017
5 quarts (4.7 liters)
NOTE Type and brand of oil must be entered in aircraft and engine log books to prevent inadvertent mixing of oils.
BP Aero Turbine BP (North America) Ltd, Oil 15 620 Fifth Avenue New York, N.Y. 10020 BP Oil Limited 1245 Sherbrooks St. West Montreal, Quebec H3G1G7
8-3
Section 8
412 FLIGHT MANUAL Exxon International Co. 1251 Ave. of Americas New York, N.Y. 10020 Imperial Oil Ltd. 111 St. Clair Ave. West Toronto, Ont. M5W 1 K3
MANUFACTURER'S DATA Mobil Oil Corp. 150 East 42nd St. New York, N.Y. 10017 Stauffer Chemical Co. 299 Park Ave. New York, N.Y. 10017 Castrol Oil Canada Ltd. P.O. Box 3 New Toronto Postal Station Toronto, Ontario M8W 1 P2 Monsanto Co. 800 N. Lindbergh Bldg. St. Louis, Missouri 63166 Chevron International Oil Co., Inc. 555 Market St. San Francisco, CA 94120 BP (North America) Ltd. 620 Fifth Avenue New York, N.Y. 10020 BP Oil Limited 1245 Sherbrooke St. W. Montreal, Quebec H3G 1G7
Esso Turbo Oil 2389
Mobil Jet Oil II Mobil RM254A
Stauffer Jet II
Exxon Turbo Oil 2389
Exxon Co.. U.S.A. P.O. Box 2180 Houston, Texas 77001 Mobil Oil Corp. 150 East 42nd Street New York, N.Y. 10017
Castrol 5000
Mobil Avrex S Turbo 256
Monsanto Skylube 450 Chevron Jet Engine Oil 5
MIL-L-23699, NATO 0-156, and PWA 521, TYPE II (5 centistokes) for use above -40C (-40F) only.
CAUTION BP Enerjet 51 DO NOT MIX BRANDS OR TYPES OF OIL. SHOULD OILS BECOME MIXED, DRAIN AND FLUSH THE SYSTEM AND REFILL. Esso Turbo Oil 2380 Exxon International Co. 1251 Ave. of Americas New York, N.Y. 10020 Imperial Oil Ltd. 111 St. Clair Ave. W. Toronto, Ontario, M5W 1 K3 Exxon Turbo Oil 2380 Aero Shell Turbine Oil 500 Exxon Co., U.S.A. P.O. Box 2180 Houston, Texas, 77001 TRANSMISSION Shell Oil Company One Shell Plaza P.O. Box 2463 Houston, Texas 77001 Shell Canada Ltd. 505 University Ave. Toronto, Ontario M5G 1X4
Royco Turbine Oil 555 Aero Shell Turbine Oil 555
Royal Lubricants Co., Inc. P.O: Box 298 East Hanover, N.J. 07926 Shell International Petroleum Co. Shell Centre London, England 7 NA OIL
Oils conforming to MIL-L-7808E and subsequent, NATO 0-148, MIL-L-23699, NATO 0-156. and also Aero Shell Turbine Oil 555, or Royco Turbine Oil 555, are approved for use in the transmission. Oils conforming to MIL-L-7808E end NATO 0-148 may be used at all ambient temperatures. Aero Shell
<
MANUFACTURER'S DATA
412 FLIGHT MANUAL
Section
Turbine Oil 555. Royco Turbine Oil 555, and oilsconforming to MIL-L-23699, and NATO may only be used at ambient 0-156, temperatures above -22F (-30C). NOTE Do not mix brands of oil. 90
TOWING
The helicopter may be towed at walking speeds for very short distances using ground handling wheels and a standard tow bar. Refer to figure 8-1.
COVERS AND TIEDOWNS

Protective covers and tiedowns are furnished as loose equipment and are used for parking the helicopter. Additional equipment such as ropes, cables, clevises, ramp tiedown or dead man tiedowns will be required during mooring. PLUG-ENGINE INLET
AND 42
GEARBOX
OIL
Oils conforming to MIL-L-7808E and subsequent and NATO 0-148 may be used at any ambient temperatures in the 90 gearbox and the 42 gearbox. Aero Shell 555 or Royco Turbine Oil 555, and oils conforming to MIL-L-23699 and NATO 0 156 may be used in the 90 gearbox and 42 above -22F gearbox at ambient temperatures (-30C). NOTE
The engine inlet plugs are foam covered with cloth. Each plug is attached with a red streamer stenciled in white letters REMOVE BEFORE FLIGHT. Press inlet plugs in engine air inlet. COVER ENGINE EXHAUST
Do not mix types or brands of oils. HYDRAULIC FLUID The engine exhaust cover is installed on each tail pipe and tied with a nylon cord in the cover. Each cover has a streamer on each side stenciled in white letters REMOVE BEFORE FLIGHT. COVER PITOT TUBE
Hydraulic fluid conforming to MIL-H-5606 is approved for use in the hydraulic systems. Reservoir capacity (each) 5.3 pints (2.5 liters).
FUEL SYSTEM SERVICING The fuel system contains five interconnected crashworthy fuel cells which are serviced through a single filler port on the right side of the aft fuselage. The capacity of these cells is 211 U.S. gallons (1400 pounds at 15C). NOTE If fueling to a total of less than 600 pounds, open interconnect valve prior to fueling. Close interconnect valve prior to engine start.
The pitot tube covers are flame resistant and are attached with a red streamer stenciled in white letters REMOVE BEFORE FLIGHT. Cover pitot tubes and tie cord to secure to pitot tubes. TIE DOWN MAIN ROTOR
Tiedown main rotor blades whenever any of the following conditions exist: Thunderstorms are in the local area or forecasted. Winds in excess of 20 knots or a gust spread of 15 knots exists or is forecasted.
Rev. 3
8-5
Section 8
412 FLIGHT MANUAL
MANUFACTURER'S DATA
Helicopter is parked within 150 feet of hovering or taxiing aircraft that are in excess of 11,600 pounds gross weight. Helicopter to be parked overnight. The main rotor tiedowns are socks which fit over the end of each blade with cords which attach to mooring points on the fuselage. The tiedown cords are manufactured to specified lengths for forward and aft mooring points, as identified by streamers adjacent to the brass rings to which the snap hooks attach.
When secure, the tiedowns should be free of slack or under slight tension, but not under sufficient tension to flex the main rotor blades appreciably. The cords should never be shortened from their design lengths, as excessive loads could be induced in the main rotor yokes. TIE DOWN TAIL ROTOR
The tail rotor tie down is a strap which is used to secure the tail rotor blade to the vertical fin.
0
1. Tow bar 2. Tow ring 3. Ground handling wheels
0
412900-4A
Figure 8-1.
Towing
8-6
Rev. 3
MANUFACTURER'S DATA
412 FLIGHT MANUAL
Section 9
LIST OF TABLES
Table Number 9-1 9-2 9-3 9-4 9-5 9-6 9-7 Title Celsius to Fahrenheit Conversion ............................................ Gallons to Liters Conversion ................................................. Inches to Millimeters Conversion............................................. Feet to Meters Conversion ................................................... Pounds to Kilograms Conversion ............................................. Velocity Conversion ......................................................... Standard Atmosphere ....................................................... Page Number 9-4 9-5 9-6 9-6 9-7 9-8 9-9
9-1/9-2
MANUFACTURER'S DATA
412 FLIGHT MANUAL
Section 9
Sektiti 9
CONVERSION TABLES
The tables contained on the following pages are intended to provide useful information that is normally located in various and numerous other sources. The prime intent of furnishing this data is to assist in flight planning, operations, and for purposes other than flight, transposing available information to the type desired.
9-3
Section 9
412 FLIGHT MANUAL
MANUFACTURER'S DATA
Table 9-1.
Celsius to fahrenheit conversion
CELSIUS - FAHRENHEIT CONVERSION TABLE
C -62.2 -66.7 -61.1 -46.6 -40.0 -34.4 -31.7 -28.9 -26.1 -23.3 -20.6 -17.8 -15.0 -12.2
- 9.4 - 6.7 - 3.9 - 1.1 1.7
C -80 -70 -60 -60 -40 -30 -26

-20
F -112.0 - 94.0 - 76.0 - 68.0 - 40.0 - 22.0 - 13.0

4.0
C 71.1 73.9 76.7 79.4 82.2 85.0 87.8

90.6
C 160
F 320.0
C 260.0
-16 -10
- 5
+ 5.0 14.0
23.0
93.3 96.1
98.9
4.4
7.2 10.0
12.8 15.6 18.3 21.1 23.9 26.7 29.4 32.2 36.0 37.8 40.6 43.3 46.1 48.9 51.7
54.4
0 5 10 16 20 25 30 36 40 45 60 56 60 65
32.0 41.0 50.0 69.0 58.0 77.0 85.0 95.0 104.0 113.0 122.0 131.0 140.0 149.0
101.7 104.4 107.2 110.0 112.8 115.6 118.3 121.1 126.7 132.2 137.8 143.3 148.9 154.4
57.2 60.0 52.8 66.6 58.3
MANUFACTURER'S DATA
412 FLIGHT MANUAL
Section 9
Table 9-2.
Gallons to liters conversion
GALLONS -
LITERS CONVERSION
TABLE
U.S GALLON
IMPERIAL GALLON
LITER
U.S. GALLON
IMPERIAL GALLON
LITER
10 20 30 40 60 60 70 80 90 100 110 120 130
8.33 16.66 24.98 33.31 41.63 49.96 58.28 66.61 74.94 83.26 91.59 99.92 108.24 116.57 124.90 133.22
37.85 76.71 113.56 151.42 189.27 227.13 264.98 302.83 340.69 378.54 416.35 454.20 492.05 529.90 567.75 605.60
170 180 190 200 210 220 230 240 250 260 270 280 290 300 310 320
141.55 149.86 158.20 166.52 174.84 183.18 191.50 199.84 208.14 216.48 224.82 233.14 241.66 249.80 258.12 266.44
643.45 681.30 719.16 757.18 795.03 832.89 870.74 908.60 946.45 984.45 1022.16 1060.01 1097.87 1135.62 1173.47 1211.33
0
0
140 160 160
412900-46
9-5
Section 9
412 FLIGHT MANUAL
MANUFACTURER'S DATA
Table 9-3.
Inches to millimeters conversion
INCHES TO MILLIMETERS CONVERSION TABLE

0 Inches 1 2 mm 50.8 304.8 558.8 812.8 1066.8 1320.8 1674.8 1828.8 2082.8 2336.8 2590.8 3 mm 76.2 330.2 584.2 838.2 1092.2 1346.2 1600.2 1854.2 2108.2 2362.2 2616.2 4 mm 101.6 365.6 609.6 863.6 1117.6 1371.6 1625.6 1879.6 2133.6 2387.6 2641.6 5 mm 127.0 381.0 636.0 889.0 1143.0 1397.0 1651.0 1905.0 2159.0 2413.0 2667.0 6 mm 152.4 406.4 660.4 914.4 1168.4 1422.4 1676.4 1930.4 2184.4 2438.4 2692.4 7 mm 177.8 431.8 686.8 939.8 1193.8 1447.8 1701.8 1955.8 2209.8 2463.8 2717.8 8 mm
mm
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 --254.0 508.0 762.0 1016.0 1270.0 1524.0 1778.0 2032.0 2286.0 2640.0
mm
25.4 279.4 533.4 787.4 1041.4 1295.4 1649.4 1803.4 2057.4 2311.4 2565.4
mm
228.6 482.6 736.6 990.6 1244.6 1498.6 1752.6 2006.6 2260.6 2614.6 2768.6 222900-6B
203.2 457.2 711.2 965.2 1219.2 1473.2 1727.2 1981.2 2236.2 2489.2 2743.2
Table 9-4.
Feet to meters conversion
FEET TO METERS CONVERSION TABLE

0
Feet 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 Meter -----3.048 6.096 9.144 12.192 16.230 18.287 21.335 24.383 27.431 30.479
1
Mete rs 0.305 3.363 6.401 9.449 12.496 16.544 18.592 21.640 24.688 27.736 30.784
2
Meter s 0.610 3.668 6.706 9.763 12.801 15.849 18.897 21.946 24.993 28.041 31.089
3
Meter s 0.914 3.962 7.010 10.068 13.106 16.164 19.202 22.260 26.298 28.346 31.394
4
Mete rs 1.219 4.267 7.315 10.363 13.411 16.459 19.607 22.665 26.602 28.651 31.698
5
Meter s 1.524 4.672 7.620 10.668 13.716 16.763 19.811 22.859 25.907 28.955 32.003
6
Mete rs 1.829 4.877 7.926 10.972 14.020 17.068 20.116 23.164 26.212 29.260 32.308
7
Meters 2.134 5.182 8.229 11.277 14.326 17.373 20.421 23.469 26.617 29.666 32.613
8 Meters 2.438 5.486 8.634 11.682 14.630 17.678 20.726 23.774 26.822 29.870 32.918
9 Meters 2.743 6.791 8.839 11.887 14.936 17.983 21.031 24.070 27.126 30.174 33.222 L206900-53B
9-6
MANUFACTURER'S DATA
412 FLIGHT MANUAL
Section 9
Table 9-5.
Pounds to kilogram conversion
POUNDS TO KILOGRAMS CONVERSION TABLE

0
Pounds KilogramKilograms 1 Kilograms 0.454 4.536 9.072 13.608 18.144 22.680 27.216 31.751 36.287 40.823 45.359 4.990 9.525 14.061 18.597 23.133 27.669 32.205 36.741 41.277 45.813 2 Kilograms 0.907 5.443 9.979 14.515 19.051 23.687 28.123 32.659 37.195 41.730 46.266 3 Kilograms 1.361 6.897 10.433 14.969 19.504 24.040 28.576 33.112 37.648 42.184 46.720 4 Kilograms 1.814 6.360 10.886 15.422 19.958 24.494 29.030 33.566 38.102 42.638 47.174 5 Kilograms 2.268 6.804 11.340 15.876 20.412 24.948 29.484 34.019 38.555 43.091 47.627 6 Kilograms 2.722 7.257 11.793 16.329 20.865 25.401 29.937 34.473 39.009 43.545 48.081 7 Kilograms 3.175 7.711 12.247 16.783 21.319 25.865 30.391 34.927 39.463 43.998 48.534 8 Kilograms 3.629 8.165 12.701 17.237 21.722 26.308 30.844 35.380 39.916 44.453 48.988 9 Kilograms 4.082 8.618 13.154 17.690 22.226 26.762 31.298 35.834 40.370 44.906 49.442
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100
L206900-54A
9-7
Section 9
412 FLIGHTMANUAL
MANUFACTURER'S DATA
Table 9-6. Velocity conversion VELOCITY CONVERSION TABLE KNOTS 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40

45
MPH 5.8 11.5 17.3 23.0 28.8 34.5 40.3 46.0 51.8 57.5 63.3 69.0 74.8 80.6 86.3 92.1 97.8 103.6 109.3 115.1 120.8 126.6 132.3 138.1 143.8 149.6 155.4 161.1 166.9 172.6
km/HR 9.3 18.5 27.8 37.0 46.3 55.6 64.8 74.1 83.3 92.6 101.9 111.1 120.4 129.6 138.9 148.1 157.4 166.7 175.9 185.2 194.4 203.7 213.0 222.2 231.5 240.7 250.0 259.3 268.5 277.8
METERS/SEC 2.6 5.1 7.7 10.3 12.9 15.4 18.0 20.6 23.1 25.7 28.3 30.9 33.4 36.0 38.6 41.2 43.7 46.3 48.9 51.4 54.0 56.6 69.2 61.7 64.3 66.9 69.4 72.0 74.6 77.2 222900-2A
50 55 60 65 70 75 80 85 90 95 100 105 110 115 120 125 130 135 140 145 150
9-8
MANUFACTURER'S DATA
412 FLIGHT MANUAL
Section 9
Table 9-7.
Standard atmosphere
STANDARD S L CONDITIONS: TEMPERATURE 15C (59F) PRESSURE 29.921 IN. Hg 2116.216 LB/SQ FT DENSITY 0.0023769 SLUGS/CU FT SPEED OF SOUND 1116.89 FT/SEC 661.7 KNOTS ALTITUDE DENSITY -1/2 TEMPERATURE FEET RATIO -F 0 0 1.0000 1.0000 15.000 59.000 1000 0.9711 1.0148 13.019 55.434 2000 0 9428 1.0299 11.038 51.868 3000 0.9151 1.0454 9.056 48.302 4000 0.8881 1.0611 7.076 44.735 5000 0.8617 1.0773 5.094 41.169 6000 7000 8000 9000 10.000 11,000 12.000 13,000 14,000 15.000 16,000 17,000 18,000 19.000 20.000 21.000 22.000 23.000 24.000 25.000 0.8359 0.8106 0.7860 0.7620 0.7385 0.7155 0.6932 0.6713 0.6500 0.6292 0.6090 0.5892 0.5699 0.5511 0.5328 0.5150 04976 0.4806 0.4642 0.4481 1.0938 1.1107 1.1279 1.1456 1.1637 1.1822 1.2011 1.2205 1.2403 1.2606 1.2815 1.3028 1.3246 1.3470 1.3700 1.3935 1.4176 1.4424 1.4678 1.4938 3.113 1.132 -0.850 -2.831 -4.812 .6.793 -8.774 -10.756 .12.737 -14.718 -16.699 -18.680 -20.662 -22.643 -24.624 -26.605 -28.587 -30.568 -22.549 -34.530 37.603 34.037 30.471 26.905 23.338 19.772 16.206 12 640 9.074 5.508 1.941 -1.625 -5.191 -8.757 -12.323 -15.899 -19.456 -23.022 -26.588 -30.154
CONVERSION FACTORS: 1 IN. Hg 70.727 LB/SQ FT 1 IN. Hg 0.49116 LB/SQ IN. 1 KNOT 1.151 M.P.H. 1 KNOT 1.688 FT/SEC SPEEDOF PRESSURE PRESSURE SOUND IN. Hg RATIO KNOTS 661.7 29.921 1.0000 659.5 28.856 0.9644 657.2 27.821 0.9298 654.9 26.817 0.8962 652.6 25.842 0.8637 650.3 24.896 0.8320 648.7 645.6 643.3 640.9 638.6 636.2 633.9 631.5 629.0 626.6 624.2 621.8 619.4 617.0 614.6 612.1 609.6 607.1 604.6 602.1 23.978 23.088 22.225 21.388 20.577 19.791 19.029 18.292 17.577 16.886 16.216 15.569 14.942 14.336 13.750 13.184 12.636 12.107 11.597 11.103 0.8014 0.7716 0.7428 0.7148 0.6877 0.6614 0.6360 0.6113 0.5875 0.5643 0.5420 0.5203 0.4994 0.4791 0.4595 0.4406 0.4223 0.4046 0.3874 0.3711 L206900-45B
9-9/9-10
MANUFACTURER'S DATA
412 FLIGHT MANUAL
Section 10
OPTIONAL EQUIPMENT
optional equipment listed in this section requires a Flight Manual Supplement. RESUPPLEMENTS FLIGHT MANUAL QUIRED WHEN OPTIONAL EQUIPMENT ITEMS ARE INSTALLED.
The following items may be installed on the basic helicopter by authorized personnel. The
NAME OF EQUIPMENT BHT-412-FMS-CAA-1 Winterization Heater BHT-412-FMS-CAA-2 Emergency Floats BHT-412-FMS-CAA-3 Heated Windshield BHT-412-FMS-CAA-4 Auxiliary Fuel BHT-412-FMS-CAA-5 Group A Operations BHT-412-FMS-CAA-6 Flight Director BHT-412-FMS-CAA-7 Internal Hoist BHT-412-FMS-CAA-8 Litter Kit BHT-412-FMS-CAA-9 External Cargo Operation
KIT NUMBER 212-706-008 412-706-004
DATE CAA CERTIFIED
CURRENT REVISION
Oct. 20. 1981 Oct. 20, 1981
412-706-010 412-706-007
Oct. 20. 1981 Oct. 20, 1981
Oct. 20, 1981 Oct. 20, 1981
412-706-111 214-706-003 412-706-006 212-706-103
Jan. 29, 1982
Jan. 29. 1982 Oct. 20, 1981
10-1
SSection 10
412 FLIGHT MANUAL
MANUFAC' TURER'S DATA
Table 10-1.
Approved supplements
This table provides a list of Agencies that have approved Flight Manual Supplements for the optional equipment or type of Operation listed. APPROVING PUBLICATION FAA (USA) DOT (CAN.) DOT (AUS.) CAA (U.K.) AGENCY LBA (GER.)
JCAB DGAC CTA (BRAZIL) FRANCE) (JAPAN)
412 FLIGHT MANUAL 212 -706-008

WINTERIZATION
X2
X3
X'
'
X X4
HEATER
412-706-004 X
EMERGENCY FLOATS
412-706-010
HEATED WINDSHIELD
412-706-007
X
3
X'
X'
X'
X'
AUXILIARY FUEL CATEGORY A X GROUP A
412-706-111
FLIGHT DIRECTOR 214-706-003 INTERNAL HOIST
X'
X'
X'
4
X'
X'
412-706-006
LITTER KIT 212-706-103 EXTERNAL CARGO 212-899-333 NIGHTSUN SEARCHLIGHT
X'
X'
X'
X'
X X
X
412100-22
1. 2. 3. 4.
FAA Approved publication accepted. FAA Approved publication approved with addendum. FAA Approved publication approved with supplement. FAA Approved publication accepted with appropriate signature page.
10-2
BHT-41 2-FMS-CAA-1
FLIGHT MANUAL
SUPPLEMENT FOR WINTERIZATION HEATER OPERATIONS
(212-706-008)
CERTIFIED OCTOBER 20, 1981
This supplement shall be attached to the CAA Model 412 Right Manual when the 212-706-008 Winterization Heater has been installed. The information contained herein supplements the information of the basic Flight Manual; for Limitations. Procedures and Performance Data not contained in this supplement, consult the basic Flight Manual.
Bell Helicopter II
POST OFFICE BOX 4u2
:i I 7
.lI
Inc of A Subsidiary Textron

FORT WORTH. TEXAS 76101
Log of Pages WINTERIZATION HEATER
412 FLIGHT MANUAL
CAA APPROVED SUPPLEMENT
LOG OF PAGES
Original ..... 0......... October 20, 1981 Revision No. 0 0 0 0 Revision No.
Page Title ................................ A ................................... i/ ii .................................. 1 - 1 8 ..............................
Page
APPROVED: for:
APPROVED: CHIEF CIVIL AVIATION AUTHORITY AIRWORTHINESS DIVISION BRABAZON HOUSE REDHILL SURREY. ENGLAND
October 20. 1981
NOTE: Revised text is indicated by a black vertical line. Insert latest revision pages; dispose of superseded pages.
412 FLIGHT MANUAL
Introduction WINTERIZATION HEATER
INTRODUCTION
The Winterization Heater kit is installed to provide increased cabin heating capacity. The kit basically consists of a larger mixing valve, a larger noise suppressor, extra outlets, ducts, and hardware necessary for installation. Operation of the Winterization Heater is identical to the basic heater.
412 FLIGHT MANUAL
Section
WINTERIZATION HEATER
NOTE The contents of this supplement shall be used in conjunction with the basic flight manual for helicopters equipped with Winterization Heater Kit.
WEIGHT/CG
LIMITATIONS
Actual weight change shall be determined after kit is installed and ballast readjusted if necessary to return empty weight CG within allowable limits.
Section 2
412 FLIGHT MANUAL
Section 2
PRESTART CHECK
Battery switch ON. Heater switch ON. setting and observe Increase thermostat heated air-flow. Heater circuit breaker switch - In. Heater switch ON.
Check "Heater Air Line" light illuminates. Heater switch OFF.
Return thermostat to full cold and observe heater airflow shut off. If heater airflow shutoff is observed, reset thermostat to desired temperature if heater operation is desired.
HEATER OPERATION CHECK

TURN HEATER OFF WHEN: Operation check may be accomplished at this time or at any time heater operation is desired. 100% (N11)rpm and at least 75% N1 on both engines. Thermostat Full cold. 1. THE HEATER AIRFLOW DOES NOT SHUT OFF WHEN THERMOSTAT IS TURNED TO FULL COLD. 2. THE "HEATER AIR LINE" LIGHT ILLUMINATES. 3. THE HEATER CIRCUIT BREAKER TRIPS. NOTE If heater is on for takeoff, refer to appropriate performance chart in Section IV.
WARNING
DO NOT OPERATE ABOVE 21 C OAT. HEATER
412 FLIGHT MANUAL
Sections 3 & 4 WINTERIZATION HEATER
No change
Figures 4-1 through 4-3 present performance with Winterization Kit on. Refer to figure 4-1 for out-of-ground-effect, maximum continuous power, hover performance. For all others, refer to basic Flight Manual - heater on charts.
Refer to figure 4-2 for takeoff performance. Refer to figure 4-3 for climb performance.
Section 4 WINTERIZATION HEATER HOVER
412 FLIGHT MANUAL
HOVERING CEILING OUT-OF-GROUND EFFECT

MAXIMUM CONTINUOUS POWER ENGINE RPM 100% GENERATOR 150 AMPS (EA) SKID HEIGHT60 FEET WINTERIZATIONHEATERON -30 TO 20C
14,000 FT.DEN.ALT.
-30-20-10
10 9 0 10 20 8 GROSS WEIGHT OAT - C
12 11 LBS x 1000
Figure 4-1.
412900-35B
412 FLIGHT MANUAL
Section 4
TAKEOFF
TAKE-OFF DISTANCE OVER 50 FT. OBSTACLE

INITIATED FROM 4 FT SKID HEIGHT WINTERIZATION HEATER ON 45 KIAS AT ROTATION
MIN.
OAT
-40-20
0 20
200
400 600 800 1000 1200 TAKE-OFF DISTANCE - FEET ENGLISH
Figure 4-2.
(Sheet 1 of 2)
412900-36-1B
Section 4
412 FLIGHT MANUAL
TAKEOFF
TAKEOFF DISTANCE OVER 15m OBSTACLE

HOVER POWER+ 15% TORQUE ENGINE RPM 100% GENERATOR 150 AMPS (EA.) INITIATED FROM 1.3m SKID HEIGHT WINTERIZATION HEATERON 45 KIAS AT ROTATION
0 20 -40-20 OAT - C
300 150 200 250 100 TAKEOFF DISTANCE - METERS

METRIC
412900-68
Figure 4-2.
(Sheet 2 of 2)
412 FLIGHT MANUAL
Section 4
CLIMB
65 KCAS TAKE-OFF POWER WINTERIZATIONHEATER ON ENGINE RPM 100% GENERATOR 150 AMPS (EA.) GROSS WEIGHT 7000 LB. (3175.2 kg)
20,000 18,000 16,000

LIMIT
-6000 -5500 -5000 -4500

w
-4000 -3500
-3000
-2500
w
-2000 -1500
-1000 -500
WINTERIZATION HEATER ON
400
800
1200
1600
2000
2400
2800
3200
Figure 4-3.
(Sheet 1 of 12)
Section 4
412 FLIGHT MANUAL
CLIMB (Cont)
WINTERIZATION
65 KCAS HEATER ON
20,000
GROSS WEIGHT 8000 LB. (3628.8 kg)
-6000 -5500 -5000
18.000
16,000
14.000
12,000
8.000
6.000
4,000
-1000
2,000
WINTERIZATION HEATER ON
-500
400
800
1200
1600
2000
FT/MIN
2400
(m/s)
2800
3200
412900-36-9C
RATE OF CLIMB Figure 4-3.
(Sheet 2 of 12)
412 FLIGHT MANUAL
Section 4
CLIMB (Cont)
TAK
20,000
18,000
16,000
14,000
-500
400 (2)
800 (4)
1200 (6)
1600 (8)
2000 (10)
2400 (12)
2800 (14)
3200 (16)
Figure 4-3.
(Sheet 3 of 12)
412 FLIGHT MANUAL
CLIMB (Cont)
TAKE-OFF POWER ENGINE RPM 100% GENERATOR 150 AMPS (EA.) 65 KCAS WINTERIZATIONHEATER ON
20,000
18.000
16,000
14,000
.
12,000
Figure 4-3.
(Sheet4of
12)
412 FLIGHT MANUAL
Section 4
CLIMB (Cont)
AKE-OFF POWER ENGINE RPM 100% 65 KCAS WINTERIZATIONHEATER ON
20,000
GROSS WEIGHT 11,000 LB. (4989.6 kg)
-6000 -5500 -5000
18,000
16,000 -
I-
14,000 -4000 12,000 -3500
LU.
10,000
8.000
6,000
4,000
2,000
-500
00
400 RATE OF CLIMB FT/MIN (m/s)

412900-36-12C
Figure 4-3.
(Sheet 5 of 12)
11
20,000
-6000 -5500 -5000
18,000
16,000
OAT
-4500 -4000 -3500 -3000 -2500 -2000 -1500
200
(1)

MAXIMUM CONTINUOUS POWER ENGINE RPM 100% GENERATOR 150 AMPS (EA.) WINTERIZATION 65 KCAS HEATER ON
GROSSWEIGHT7000 LB. (3175.2 kg) 20,00
18,00
16,000
Figure 4-3.
(Sheet 7 of 12)
13
Section 4
412 FLIGHT MANUAL
CLIMB (Cont)
MAXIMUM CONTINUOUS POWER ENGINE RPM 100% GENERATOR 160 AMPS (EA.) 65 KCAS WINTERIZATIONHEATERON
GROSSWEIGHT8000 LB. (3628.8 kg).
-1500 4000
2000
-500 0 0
400
800
1200
RATE
1600
-
2000
FT/MIN
2400
(m/s)
2800
3200
412900-36-3C
OF CLIMB
Figure 4-3.
(Sheet 8 of 12)
412 FLIGHT MANUAL
Section 4
CL
WINTERIZATION HEATERON
ENGINE RPM 100%
GROSSWEIGHT9000 LB. (4082.4 kg)
-1500 4,000 -1000 2,000 -500
200 (1)
400 (2)
600 (3)
800 (4)
1000 (5)
FT/MIN
1200 (6)
(m/s)
1400 (7)
1600 (8)
412900-36-4C
RATE OF CLIMB -
Figure 4-3.
(Sheet 9 of 12)
15
Section 4
412 FLIGHT MANUAL
CLIMB (Cont)
MAXIMUM CONTINUOUS POWER ENGINE RPM 100% GENERATOR160 AMPS (EA.)
65 KCAS WINTERIZATION HEATERON
UJ
LU
(1)
(2)
(3) (4) (5) (6) RATE OF CLIMB - FT/MIN (m/s) (Sheet 10 of 12)
(7)
(8) 412900-36-5C
Figure 4-3.
412 FLIGHT MANUAL
Section 4
CLIMB (Cont
TWIN ENGINE RATE OF CLIMB MAXIMUM CONTINUOUS POWER ENGINE RPM 100% GENERATOR150 AMPS (EA.) 65 KCAS WINTERIZATIONHEATERON
GROSS WEIGHT 11,000 LB. (4989.6 kg)
-5500 -5000
16000
-1500 4,000 -1000 WINTERIZATION HEATER ON 2,000 -500
200
(1)
400
600
800
1000
(5) FT/MIN
1200
(6)
1400
(7)
1600
(8) 412900-36-6C
(2) (3) (4) RATE OF CLIMB -
(m/s)
Figure 4-3.
(Sheet 11 of 12)
17
Section 4 WINTERIZATION HEATER
412 FLIGHT MANUAL
CLIMB (Cont)
MAXIMUM CONTINUOUS POWER ENGINE RPM 100% GENERATOR150 AMPS (EA.) 65 KCAS WINTERIZATIONHEATERON
20,000
GROSSWEIGHT11,600 LB. (5261.8 kg) -6000 -5500 -6000
18,000
16,000
6,000 -1500 4,000 WINTERIZATION HEATERON 2.000 -1000
RATE OF CLIMB - FT/MIN (m/s)
412900-36-7C
Figure 4-3.
(Sheet 12 of 12)
BHT-412-FMS-CAA-2
SUPPLEMENT FOR EMERGENCY FLOAT KIT

(412-706-004)
supplement consult the basic Flight Manual.
Log of Pages
412
FLIGHT MANUAL
EMERGENCY
FLOAT KIT
LOG OF PAGES
Original..... Page Title ........................... A............................. 1 - 4 ................... ........ October 20, 1981 Revision No. 0 0 0 Page Revision No .
APPROVED:
October 20, 1981
APPROVED: CHIEF CIVIL AVIATION AUTHORITY AIRWORTHINESS DIVISION BRABAZON HOUSE REDHILL SURREY, ENGLAND
412 FLIGHT MANUAL EMERGENCY
Section 1
FLOAT KIT
AIRSPEED
Autorotation
LIMITATIONS
= 105 knots to 10,000 feet 80 knots above 10,000 feet
Maximum forward speed for ditching is 33 knots in calm water, and 15 knots in rough water, with lowest possible sink rate upon water contact. Flight operations with Emergency Float Kit inflated are not intended.
ALTITUDE LIMITATIONS
Maximum pressure altitude for inflation of Emergency FloatKitis 1000feet. Helicopter operation above 10,000 feet is permitted provided the FLOATS switch is in the OFF and FLOATS caution light is position, extinguished. Inflation of Emergency Float Kit above 5,000 feet and below 10,000 feet pressure altitude requires different pressure limits for nitrogen bottle. Refer to Section 2., EXTERIOR INSPECTION, of this supplement.
Inflation of Emergency Float Kit during forward flight is prohibited. Forward flight after inflation of Emergency Float Kit is prohibited.
SEVERE NOSE UP PITCHING THE OCCUR IF WILL FLOAT KIT IS EMERGENCY IN FORWARD INFLATED OR DESCENT. FLIGHT TO INADVERTENT REFER KIT FLOAT EMERGENCY IN FLIGHT, INFLATION THIS 3, OF SECTION SUPPLEMENT.
CENTER OF GRAVITY
Float Kit does NOT The Emergency change the CG limits of the helicopter.
TYPES OF OPERATION
The Emergency Float Kit is installed for assistance during emergency ditching, and is approved for VFR and IFR operation. It is mandatory to have the FLOATS switch OFF and FLOATS caution light extinguished when operating over land. It is mandatory to have the Emergency Float Kit safety pin removed prior to flight over water. 1
WARNING
CREW DOORS CLOSED
AND PASSENGER SHALL REMAIN DURING DITCHING.
Sections 1 & 2
412
FLIGHT MANUAL
CAA APPROVED SUPPLEMENT EMERGENCY FLOAT KIT
PLACARDS
FLOAT INFLATION OR OPERATION IN FORWARD FLIGHT IS PROHIBITED (Located above pilot airspeed indicator.) REMOVE BEFORE FLIGHT (Located on nitrogen bottle.)
REDUCEFILLPRESSURE 100 PSI

PER 1,000 FEET ABOVE S.L. (Located on nitrogen bottle.)
EXTERIOR INSPECTION
Emergency Float Kit - Stowed. Kit, covers Float Emergency supports - Clean and secured. and
FLOATS switch - ARMED. FLOATS (amber). caution light Illuminated
NOTE It is advisable to have FLOATS switch - ARMED, FLOATS caution light - Illuminated (amber) during FLOATS takeoff and landing. switch - OFF and FLOATS caution light extinguished when operating over land or reaching safe altitude.
Nitrogen bottle - Secured and pressure for ambient allowable limits within temperature as shown on chart decal, located by nitrogen bottle. NOTE Ascertain Emergency Float Kit has had periodic inflation and inspection. Float Kit safety Emergency Remove for over water flight. pin -
BEFORE LANDING WATER OPERATION

FLOATS switch - ARMED.
OVER
BEFORE TAKEOFF WATER OPERATION

Passenger step Retracted. -
OVER
FLOATS (amber).
caution
light
Illuminated
LEAVING BEFORE HELICOPTER

Emergency Float Kit safety pin -
THE
EMER INFLATION Down and safetied.
PULL handle Install.
412 FLIGHT MANUAL

EMERGENCY
Section 3
FLOAT KIT
Section 3
INADVERTENT EMERGENCY
WHEN THE EMERGENCY FLOAT EGRESS KIT IS INFLATED, THROUGH CREW DOORS MAY
FLOAT KIT INFLATION IN FLIGHT

In event of unintended inflation, reduce airspeed, adjust sink rate to 200 fpm or less, and land immediately.
BE ACCOMPLISHED THE JETTISONING

DOORS. PASSENGER
BY CREW
EGRESS
EMERGENCY - OVER WATER

Establish an autorotative glide speed of 65 to 70 knots for all gross weights. At 100 feet altitude execute a moderate cyclic flare to reduce airspeed. Adjust collective and cyclic pitch sufficient to perform a touchdown with nose up attitude and a water speed as low as possible.
IS ACCOMPLISHED THROUGH
WINDOWS,
EMERGENCY
MARKED,
HERE,
LOCATED IN REAR DOORS. NOTE
PUSH
Further flight after a water landing is prohibited.
ELECTRICAL
ACTUATION
MODE
FLOATS switch - ARMED.
WARNING
FLOATS caution light (amber).

FLOAT EMER INFLATION -
Illuminated
MANUAL ACTUATION MODE

IF THE EMERGENCY PULL handle Pull.
KIT DOES NOT OPERATE IMMEDIATELY UPON WATER
EMERGENCY
CONTACT
PULL
EMER
LANDING
(AUTOROTATION)
WATER
INFLATION - PULL HANDLE.
WITH ELECTRICAL FAILURE

Establish an autorotative glide speed of 65 to 70 knots for all gross weights.
After water landing, inspect for damage if helicopter should be and determine abandoned.
At 100 feet altitude execute a moderate cyclic flare to reduce airspeed. Adjust
Sections 3, 4, & 5
EMERGENCY FLOAT KIT
412 FLIGHT MANUAL
CAA APPROVED
SUPPLEMENT
collective and cyclic pitch sufficient to perform a touchdown with nose up attitude and a water speed as low as possible. Pull the EMER INFLATION PULL handle when water contact is imminent. After water landing, inspect for damage and determine if helicopter should be abandoned.
ELECTRICAL FAILURE
If the FLOATS caution light illuminates with FLOATS switch OFF - Pull circuit breaker. If the FLOATS caution light remains illuminated after pulling circuit breaker Land as soon as practical. Inflation may be made manually by pulling the EMER INFLATION - PULL handle.
WARNING
WHEN THE EMERGENCY FLOAT
KIT IS INFLATED, EGRESS THROUGH CREW DOORS MAY BE ACCOMPLISHED BY

JETTISONING THE CREW DOORS. PASSENGER EGRESS IS ACCOMPLISHED THROUGH
Certification
of the Emergency
Floats Kit is based on both the electrical and manual system operating.
WINDOWS.
EMERGENCY PUSH HERE

LOCATED IN REAR DOORS.
NOTE
MARKED.
FAILURE TO INFLATE AFTER WATER CONTACT WITH FLOATS SWITCH IN ARMED POSITION
Pull the EMER INFLATION PULL handle to inflate the Emergency Float Kit.
Further flight after a water landing is prohibited.
Section 4
No Change.
Section 5
No Change.
BHT-412-FMS-CAA-3
MODEL 412
FLIGHT MANUAL
SUPPLEMENT FOR HEATED WINDSHIELD
(412-706-010)
This supplement shall be attached to the CAA Model 412 Flight Manual when the 412-706-010 Heated Windshield has been installed. The information contained herein supplements the information of the basic Flight Manual; for Limitations, Procedures, and Performance Data not contained in this supplement, consult the basic Flight Manual.
Bell Helicopter
A Subsidiary Textron of Inc POST OFFICEBOX482 FORT WORTH, TEXAS 76101
Log of Pages
412
FLIGHT MANUAL
HEATED WINDSHIELD
LOG OF PAGES
Original ..............
October 20, 1981 Revision No. 0 0 0 Revision No.
Page Title ................................ A ................................... 1 - 3/4 ............................
Page
APPROVED:
October 20, 1981
APPROVED: CHIEF CIVIL AVIATION AUTHORITY AIRWORTHINESS DIVISION BRABAZON HOUSE REDHILL SURREY, ENGLAND
412 FLIGHT MANUAL
Section 1 HEATED WINDSHIELD
PLACARDS AND DECALS
CAUTION STAND-BY COMPASS UNRELIABLE WITH WINDSHIELD HEAT ON.
WSHLD HEAT LH RH
INDICATOR ON HOT ON HOT GREEN YELLOW
Section 2
412 FLIGHT MANUAL
HEATED WINDSHIELD
ENGINE PRE-START CHECK

WSHLD HEAT LH - OFF. WSHLD HEAT RH - OFF. WINDSHIELD HEAT circuit breakers Batteries ON. PRESS In.
BEFORE TAKE-OFF
WSHLD HEAT LH ON (if desired) left-hand segment illuminates ON (green). WSHLD HEAT RH ON (if desired) right-hand segment illuminates ON (green). NOTE The ON (green) hand windshield illuminate and windshield heat left-hand and rightheat segments will extinguish as the cycle occurs.
WINDSHIELD HEAT Segment TO TEST. Both "ON" (green). Both "HOT" (yellow). NOTE lights lights
illuminated illuminated
The bright or dim intensity of the heated windshield lights is controlled by the MASTER CAUTION PANEL BRT/DIM switch. During daylight MASTER place operations, CAUTION BRT/DIM switch in BRT position.
412 FLIGHT MANUAL
Sections
3 & 4
HEATED WINDSHIELD
3
DC GENERATOR FAILURE
NON ESS BUS MANUAL. LH WINDSHIELD HEAT circuit breakers trip - WSHLD HEAT - OFF. Windshield heat right-hand illuminates HOT (yellow) - WSHLD HEAT RH - OFF.
NOTE DC power for the heated windshield is supplied by the nonessential bus. Windshield heat left-hand illuminates HOT (yellow) - WSHLD HEAT LH - OFF.
RH WINDSHIELD HEAT circuit breakers trip - WSHLD HEAT - OFF.
4
No Change.
3/4
BHT-41 2-FMS-CAA-4
MODEL 412
FLIGHT MANUAL
SUPPLEMENT FOR AUXILIARY FUEL OPERATIONS
(412-706-007)
This supplement shall be attached to the CAA Model 412 Flight Manual when the 412-706-007 Auxiliary Fuel Kit has been installed. The information contained herein supplementsthe information of the basic Flight Manual. For Limitations, Procedures, and Performance Data not contained in this supplement, consult the basic Flight Manual.
Bell Helicopter
A Subsidiary of Textron Inc POST OFFICE BOX 482 . FORT WORTH, TEXAS 76101
Log of Pages AUXILIARY FUEL OPERATIONS
412 FLIGHT MANUAL
LOG OF PAGES
Original ..... Page Title ........................... A .............................. 1 - 14 ........................ 0........ October 20, 1981 Revision No. 0 0 0 Page Revision No.
APPROVED:
October 20, 1981
APPROVED: CHIEF CIVIL AVIATION AUTHORITY AIRWORTHINESSDIVISION BRABAZONHOUSE REDHILL SURREY, ENGLAND
412 FLIGHT MANUAL
Sections 1, 2, & 3 AUXILIARY FUEL OPERATIONS
1
NOTE The contents of this supplement shall be used in conjunction with the basic flight manual for helicopters equipped with the auxiliary fuel kit.
WEIGHT/CG
LIMITATIONS
Actual weight changes shall be determined after kit is installed and ballast readjusted, if necessary, to return empty weight CG within allowable limits.
2
No Change.
3
No Change.
Sections 4, 5 & 6 AUXILIARYFUELOPERATIONS
412 FLIGHTMANUAL
No Change.
SERVICING DATA
FUEL DATA: Total usablecapacitywith 412-706-007 (both) tanks is 374.7 U.S. gallons (table
6-5). Total usable fuel capacity with 412-706-007 (right) tank is 293 U.S. gallons (table 6-3), 1109.1 liters (table 6-6).
412 FLIGHT MANUAL
Section 6
Table 6-1.
AUXILIARY FUEL OPERATIONS Usable fuel loading table (Sheet 1 of 2) AUXILIARY Jet B. TANKS INSTALLED
163 U.S. GALLON ENGLISH U.S. GAL. 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 *72.6 80 90 100 110 120 130 140 150 160 170 180 190 200 210 220 230 240 250 260 270 280 290 300 310 320 330 340 350 360 370 380 390 WEIGHT 6.5 LB/GAL 65 130 195 260 325 390 455 472 520 585 650 715 780 845 910 975 1040 1105 1170 1235 1300 1365 1430 1495 1560 1625 1690 1755 1820 1885 1950 2015 2080 2145 2210 2275 2340 2405 2470 2535
JP-4 LONGITUDINAL MOMENT 9334 18668 27348 35055 42771 50480 58186 60227 66706 76284 86840 93783 107796 118131 128310 138450 148720 158789 169065 179199 189540 199700 210067 219915 230412 240663 250796 260969 271180 281431 291720 302049 312208 322608 332605 342843 353106 363155 373464 383799 LATERAL MOMENT IS ZERO
CG 143.6 143.6 140.2 134.8 131.6 129.4 127.9 127.6 128.3 130.4 133.6 136.2 138.2 139.8 141.0 142.0 143.0 143.7 144.5 145.1 145.8 146.3 146.9 147.1 147.7 148.1 148.4 148.7 149.0 149.3 149.6 149.9 150.1 150.4 150.5 150.7 150.9 151.0 151.2 151.4
* Most Critical Fuel Amount for Most Forward CG Condition.
Section 6
412 FLIGHT MANUAL
AUXILIARY FUEL OPERATIONS Table 6-1.
Usable fuel loading (Sheet 2 of 2) AUXILIARY Jet A, JP-5 LONGITUDINAL MOMENT 9765 19530 28601 36666 44744 62795 60880 62994 69795 79805 90848 101878 112771 123583 134232 144840 155584 166117 176868 187469 198288 208916 219762 230064 241046 261770 262371 273013 283696 294420 305184 315989 326618 337498 347956 358666 369403 379916 390701 401513 LATERAL MOMENT IS ZERO TANKS INSTALLED
163 U.S. GALLON ENGLISH U.S. GAL. 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 *72.6 80 90 100 110 120 130 140 150 160 170 180 190 200 210 220 230 240 250 260 270 280 290 300 310 320 330 340 350 360 370 380 390 WEIGHT 6.8 LB/GAL 68 136 204 272 340 408 476 494 544 612 680 748 816 884 952 1020 1088 1156 1224 1292 1360 1428 1496 1564 1632 1700 1768 1836 1904 1972 2040 2108 2176 2244 2312 2380 2448 2516 2584 2652 CG 143.6 143.6 140.2 134.8 131.6 129.4 127.9 127.6 128.3 130.4 133.6 136.2 138.2 139.8 141.0 142.0 143.0 143.7 144.5 145.1 145.8 146.3 146.9 147.1 147.7 148.1 148.4 148.7 149.0 149.3 149.6 149.9 150.1 150.4 150.5 150.7 150.9 151.0 151.2 151.4
412 FLIGHT MANUAL
Section 6 AUXILIARY FUEL OPERATIONS
Table 6-2.
Usable fuel loading table (Sheet 1 of 2) FUEL TANK ON LEFT SIDE OF CABIN
82 U.S. GALLON AUXILIARY
ENGLISH U.S. GAL.

10 20 30 40 50 60 70 *72.6 80 90 100 110 120 130 140 150 160 170 180 190 200 210 220 230 240 250 260 270 280 290 300 310
Jet B. JP-4 WEIGHT 6.6 LB/GAL

65 130 195 260 325 390 455 472 520 585 650 715 780 845 910 975 1040 1105 1170 1236 1300 1365 1430 1495 1560 1625 1690 1755 1820 1885 1950 2015 LONGITUDINAL ARM MOMENT 143.6 143.6 140.2 134.8 131.6 129.4 127.9 127.6 128.3 131.5 134.6 136.8 138.6 140.2 141.7 143.0 144.2 146.2 146.1 146.9 147.7 148.3 148.8 149.4 149.8 150.3 150.6 151.0 161.3 151.6 151.9 152.2 9334 18668 27348 36056 42771 50480 58186 60227 66706 76928 87490 97812 108108 118469 128947 139425 149968 160446 170937 181422 192010 202430 212784 223353 233688 244238 264514 265006 276366 286766 296205 306683 ARM 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 -0.5 -1.0 -1.8 -2.5 -3.2 -3.9 -4.4 -4.9 -5.3 -6.7 -6.1 -6.3 -6.6 -6.8 -7.0 -7.2 -7.4 -7.6 -7.8 -7.9 -8.0 -8.0 -8.1 LATERAL MOMENT 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 -293 -660 -1287 -1950 -2704 -3649 -4290 -5096 -5857 -6669 -7534 -8190 -9009 -9724 -10466 -11232 -12026 -12844 -13689 -14378 -15080 -15600 -16322
* Most Critical Fuel Amount for Most Forward CG Condition. NOTE Minus (-) lateral arm/moment denotes left lateral shift.
Section 6
412 FLIGHT MANUAL
AUXILIARY FUEL OPERATIONS Table 6-2. 82 U.S. GALLON ENGLISH U.S. GAL. 10 20 30 40 60 60 70 *72.6 80 90 100 110 120 130 140 150 160 170 180 190 200 210 220 230 240 250 260 270 280 290 300 310 WEIGHT 6.8 LB/GAL 68 136 204 272 340 408 476 494 544 612 680 748 816 884 952 1020 1088 1156 1224 1292 1360 1428 1496 1664 1632 1700 1768 1836 1904 1972 2040 2108 Usable fuel loading table (Sheet 2 of 2) FUEL TANK ON LEFT SIDE OF CABIN Jet A, JP-5 ARM 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 -0.5 -1.0 -1.8 -2.5 -3.2 -3.9 -4.4 -4.9 -5.3 -5.7 -6.1 -6.3 -6.6 -6.8 -7.0 -7.2 -7.4 -7.6 -7.8 -7.9 -8.0 -8.0 -8.1 LATERAL MOMENT 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 -306 -608 -1346 -2040 -2829 -3713 -4488 -5331 -6127 -6977 -7881 -8668 -9425 -10173 -10948 -11750 -12680 -13437 -14321 -15042 -15776 -16320 -17075
AUXILIARY
LONGITUDINAL ARM MOMENT 143.6 143.6 140.2 134.8 131.6 129.4 127.9 127.6 128.3 131.5 134.6 136.8 138.6 140.2 141.7 143.0 144.2 145.2 146.1 146.9 147.7 148.3 148.8 149.4 149.8 150.3 150.6 151.0 151.3 151.6 151.9 152.2 9765 19530 28601 3666 44744 52795 60880 62994 69796 80478 91528 102326 113098 123937 134898 145860 156890 167851 178826 189795 200872 211772 222606 233662 244474 255510 266261 277236 288076 298955 309876 320838
412 FLIGHT MANUAL
Table 6-3. 82 U.S. GALLON ENGLISH WEIGHT 6.5 LB/GAL 65 130 195 260 325 390 455 472 520 585 650 715 780 845 910 975 1040 1105 1170 1235 1300 1365 1430 1495 1560 1625 1690 1755 1820 1885 1950 2015
Usable fuel loading table (Sheet 1 of 2) FUEL TANK ON RIGHT SIDE OF CABIN Jet B, JP-4 LATERAL MOMENT 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 293 650 1287 1950 2704 3549 4290 5096 5857 6669 7534 8190 9009 9724 10465 11232 12025 12844 13689 14378 15080 15600 16322
AUXILIARY
U.S. GAL. 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 *72.6 80 90 100 110 120 130 140 150 160 170 180 190 200 210 220 230 240 250 260 270 280 290 300 310
LONGITUDINAL ARM MOMENT 143.6 143.6 140.2 134.8 131.6 129.4 127.9 127.6 128.3 131.5 134.6 136.8 138.6 140.2 141.7 143.0 144.2 145.2 146.1 146.9 147.7 148.3 148.8 149.4 149.8 150.3 150.6 151.0 151.3 151.6 151.9 152.2 9334 18668 27348 35055 42771 50480 58186 60227 66706 76928 87490 97812 108108 118469 128947 139425 149968 160446 170937 181422 192010 202430 212784 223353 233688 244238 254514 265006 276366 285766 296205 306683
ARM 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.5 1.0 1.8 2.5 3.2 3.9 4.4 4.9 5.3 5.7 6.1 6.3 6.6 6.8 7.0 7.2 7.4 7.6 7.8 7.9 8.0 8.0 8.1
* Most Critical Fuel Amount for Most Forward CG Condition. NOTE Lateral arm/moment denotes right lateral shift.
Section 6 AUXILIARY FUEL OPERATIONS Table 6-3. 82 U.S. GALLON ENGLISH U.S. GAL. 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 *72.6 80 90 100 110 120 130 140 150 160 170 180 190 200 210 220 230 240 250 260 270 280 290 300 310 WEIGHT 6.8 LB/GAL 68 136 204 272 340 408 476 494 544 612 680 748 816 884 952 1020 1088 1156 1224 1292 1360 1428 1496 1564 1632 1700 1768 1836 1904 1972 2040 2108
412 FLIGHT MANUAL
Usable fuel loading table (Sheet 2 of 2) FUEL TANK Jet A, JP-5 ARM 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.5 1.0 1.8 2.5 3.2 3.9 4.4 4.9 5.3 5.7 6.1 6.3 6.6 6.8 7.0 7.2 7.4 7.6 7.8 7.9 8.0 8.0 8.1 LATERAL MOMENT 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 306 608 1346 2040 2829 3713 4488 5331 6127 6977 7881 8568 9425 10173 10948 11750 12580 13437 14321 15042 15776 16320 17075 ON RIGHT SIDE OF CABIN
AUXILIARY
LONGITUDINAL MOMENT ARM 143.6 143.6 140.2 134.8 131.6 129.4 127.9 127.6 128.3 131.5 134.6 136.8 138.6 140.2 141.7 143.0 144.2 145.2 146.1 146.9 147.7 148.3 148.8 149.4 149.8 150.3 150.6 151.0 151.3 151.6 151.9 152.2 9765 19530 28601 36666 44744 52795 60880 62994 69795 80478 91528 102326 113098 123937 134898 145860 156890 167851 178826 189795 200872 211772 222605 233662 244474 255510 266261 277236 288075 298955 309876 320838
Most Critical Fuel Amount for Most Forward CG Condition. NOTE Lateral arm/moment denotes right lateral shift.
412 FLIGHT MANUAL
Table 6-4. 635.9 METRIC LITERS 40 80 120 160 200 240 *274.8 280 320 360 400 440 480 520 560 600 640 680 720 760 800 840 880 920 960 1000 1040 1080 1120 1160 1200 1240 1280 1320 1360 1400 1440 1480 WEIGHT 0.779 kg/I 31.2 62.3 93.5 124.6 155.8 187.0 214.1 218.1 249.3 280.4 311.6 342.8 373.9 405.1 436.2 467.4 498.6 529.7 560.9 592.0 623.2 654.4 685.5 716.7 747.8 779.0 810.2 841.3 872.5 903.6 934.8 966.0 997.1 1028.3 1059.4 1090.6 1121.8 1152.9
Usable fuel loading table (Sheet 1 of 2) TANKS JP-4 LONGITUDINAL MOMENT 1137.9 2272.1 3310.8 4235.2 5175.7 6118.6 6939.0 7079.5 8169.6 9421.4 10694.1 11974.0 13228.6 14466.1 15711.9 16952.6 18198.9 19429.4 20686.0 21921.8 23176.8 24415.7 25665.1 26904.9 28147.2 29399.5 30641.8 31885.3 33128.8 34382.0 35615.9 36852.9 38119.1 39363.3 40606.8 41824.5 43077.1 44340.5 LATERAL MOMENT IS ZERO INSTALLED
LITERS AUXILIARY Jet A, CG 3647 3647 3541 3399 3322 3272 3241 3246 3277 3360 3432 3493 3538 3571 3602 3627 3650 3668 3688 3703 3719 3731 3744 3754 3764 3774 3782 3790 3797 3805 3810 3815 3823 3828 3833 3835 3840 3846
Section 6
412 FLIGHT MANUAL
AUXILIARY FUEL OPERATIONS Table 6-4. 635.9 METRIC LITERS WEIGHT 0.815 kg/I CG Usable loading table (Sheet 2 of 2) TANKS JP-5 LONGITUDINAL MOMENT LATERAL MOMENT IS ZERO INSTALLED
LITERS AUXILIARY Jet A,
1188.9 3647 40 32.6 2377.8 3647 80 65.2 3463.1 97.8 3541 120 3399 4432.3 130.4 160 3322 5414.9 163.0 200 6400.0 3272 240 195.6 3241 7259.8 *274.8 224.0 7407.4 280 228.2 3246 3277 8546.4 320 260.8 9858.2 3360 360 293.4 11188.3 3432 326.0 400 12525.9 3493 440 358.6 13840.7 3538 480 391.2 3571 15133.9 520 423.8 16439.5 3602 560 456.4 17736.0 3627 600 489.0 19038.4 3650 640 521.6 20328.1 3668 680 554.2 21641.2 586.8 3688 720 22936.4 3703 760 619.4 24247.9 3719 652.0 800 25542.4 3731 840 684.6 3744 26852.0 880 717.2 3754 28147.5 749.8 920 29449.5 3764 960 782.4 30758.1 3774 1000 815.0 32056.2 3782 1040 847.6 3790 33359.6 1080 880.2 3797 34659.0 1120 912.8 35972.5 3805 945.4 1160 37261.8 1200 978.0 3810 38554.4 3815 1240 1010.6 39881.5 3823 1043.2 1280 41181.6 3828 1320 1075.8 42485.0 3833 1108.4 1360 43757.4 3835 1141.0 1400 45066.2 3840 1440 1173.6 46390.5 3846 1480 1206.2 * Most Critical Fuel Amount for Most Forward CG Condition.
412 FLIGHT MANUAL
Table 6-5. 318 METRIC LITERS 40 80 120 160 200 240 '274.8 280 320 360 400 440 480 520 560 600 640 680 720 760 800 840 880 920 960 1000 1040 1080 1120 1160 1180 WEIGHT 0.779 kg/1 31.2 62.3 93.5 124.6 155.8 187.0 214.1 218.1 249.3 280.4 311.6 342.8 373.9 405.1 436.2 467.4 498.6 529.7 560.9 592.0 623.2 654.4 685.5 716.7 747.8 779.0 810.2 841.3 872.5 903.6 919.2
Usable fuel loading table (Sheet 1 of 2) FUEL TANK ON LEFT SIDE OF CABIN Jet B. JP-4 LATERAL MOMENT 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 -50.5 -118.4 -192.0 -284.2 -380.8 -475.5 -570.2 -673.1 -768.1 -869.4 -947.2 -1047.0 -1138.7 -1233.9 -1333.1 -1428.3 -1519.1 -1604.2 -1691.0 -1797.4 -1879.5 -1930.3
LITERS AUXILIARY
LONGITUDINAL ARM MOMENT 3647 3647 3541 3399 3322 3272 3241 3246 3277 3381 3452 3505 3548 3589 3627 3658 3686 3711 3734 3752 3769 3785 3797 3810 3820 3830 3840 3848 3856 3863 3866 1137.9 2272.1 3310.8 4235.2 5175.7 6118.6 6939.0 7079.5 8169.6 9480.3 10756.4 12015.1 13266.0 14539.0 15821.0 17097.5 18378.4 19657.2 20944.0 22211.8 23488.4 24769.0 26028.4 27306.3 28566.0 29835.7 31111.7 32373.2 33643.6 34906.1 35536.3
ARM 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 -18 -38 -56 -76 -94 -109 -122 -135 -145 -155 -160 -168 -174 -180 -186 -191 -195 -198 -201 -206 -208 -210
11
Section 6 AUXILIARY FUEL OPERATIONS Table 6-5.
412 FLIGHT MANUAL
Usable fuel loading table (Sheet 2 of 2) FUEL TANK Jet A, JP-5 LATERAL MOMENT 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 -52.8 -123.9 -200.8 -297.3 -398.4 -497.5 -596.6 -704.2 -803.6 -909.5 -991.0 -1095.4 -1191.2 -1291.0 -1394.6 -1494.4 -1589.3 -1678.2 -1769.2 -1880.4 -1966.4 -2019.6 ON LEFT SIDE OF CABIN
318 LITERS AUXILIARY
METRIC LITERS 40 80 120 160 200 240 *274.8 280 320 360 400 440 480 520 560 600 640 680 720 760 800 840 880 920 960 1000 1040 1080 1120 1160 1180 WEIGHT 0.815 kg/I 32.6 65.2 97.8 130.4 163.0 195.6 224.0 228.2 260.8 293.4 326.0 358.6 391.2 423.8 456.4 489.0 521.6 554.2 586.8 619.4 652.0 684.6 717.2 749.8 782.4 815.0 847.6 880.2 912.8 945.4 961.7 LONGITUDINAL ARM MOMENT 3647 3647 3541 3399 3322 3272 3241 3246 3277 3381 3452 3505 3548 3589 3627 3658 3686 3711 3734 3752 3769 3785 3797 3810 3820 3830 3840 3848 3856 3863 3866 1188.9 2377.8 3463.1 4432.3 5414.9 6400.0 7259.8 7407.4 8546.4 9919.9 11253.5 12568.9 13879.8 15210.2 16553.6 17887.6 19226.2 20566.4 21911.1 23239.9 24573.9 25912.1 27232.1 28567.4 29887.7 31214.5 32547.8 33870.1 35197.6 36520.8 37179.3 ARM 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 -18 -38 -56 -76 -94 -109 -122 -135 -145 -155 -160 -168 -174 -180 -186 -191 -195 -198 -201 -206 -208 -210
412 FLIGHT MANUAL
Secton 6 AUXILIARY FUEL OPERATIONS
Table 6-5.
Usable fuel loading table (Sheet 1 of 2) FUEL TANK ON RIGHT SIDE OF CABIN Jet B. JP-4 LATERAL MOMENT 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 50.5 118.4 192.0 284.2 380.8 475.5 570.2 673.1 768.1 869.4 947.2 1047.0 1138.7 1233.9 1333.1 1428.3 1519.1 1604.2 1691.0 1797.4 1879.5 1930.3
318 LITERS AUXILIARY METRIC LITERS 40 80 120 160 200 240 274.8 280 320 360 400 440 480 520 560 600 640 680 720 760 800 840 880 920 960 1000 1040 1080 1120 1160 1180 WEIGHT 0.779 kg/1 31.2 62.3 93.5 124.6 155.8 187.0 214.1 218.1 249.3 280.4 311.6 342.8 373.9 405.1 436.2 467.4 498.6 529.7 560.9 592.0 623.2 654.4 685.5 716.7 747.8 779.0 810.2 841.3 872.5 903.6 919.2
LONGITUDINAL ARM MOMENT 3647 3647 3541 3399 3322 3272 3241 3246 3277 3381 3452 3505 3548 3589 3627 3658 3686 3711 3734 3752 3769 3785 3797 3810 3820 3830 3840 3848 3856 3863 3866 1137.9 2272.1 3310.8 4235.2 5175.7 6118.6 6939.0 7079.5 8169.6 9480.3 10756.4 12015.1 13266.0 14539.0 15821.0 17097.5 18378.4 19657.2 20944.0 22211.8 23488.4 24769.0 26028.4 27306.3 28566.0 29835.7 31111.7 32373.2 33643.6 34906.1 35536.3
ARM 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 18 38 56 76 94 109 122 135 145 155 160 168 174 180 186 191 195 198 201 206 208 210
* Most Critical Fuel Amount for Most Forward CG Condition. NOTE Lateral arm/moment denotes right lateral shift.
13
Section 6
412 FLIGHT MANUAL
AUXILIARY FUEL OPERATIONS Table 6-6. Usable fuel loading table (Sheet 2 of 2) FUEL TANK ON RIGHT SIDE OF CABIN Jet A, METRIC LITERS 40 80 120 160 200 240 *274.8 280 320 360 400 440 480 520 560 600 640 680 720 760 800 840 880 920 960 1000 1040 1080 1120 1160 1180 WEIGHT 0.815 kg/I 32.6 65.2 97.8 130.4 163.0 195.6 224.0 228.2 260.8 293.4 326.0 358.6 391.2 423.8 456.4 489.0 521.6 554.2 586.8 619.4 652.0 684.6 717.2 749.8 782.4 815.0 847.6 880.2 912.8 945.4 961.7 LONGITUDINAL MOMENT ARM 3647 3647 3541 3399 3322 3272 3241 3246 3277 3381 3452 3505 3548 3589 3627 3658 3686 3711 3734 3752 3769 3785 3797 3810 3820 3830 3840 3848 3856 3863 3866 1188.9 2377.8 3463.1 4432.3 5414.9 6400.0 7259.8 7407.4 8546.4 9919.9 11253.5 12568.9 13879.8 15210.2 16553.6 17887.6 19226.2 20566.4 21911.1 23239.9 24573.9 25912.1 27232.1 28567.4 29887.7 31214.5 32547.8 33870.1 35197.6 36520.8 37179.3 ARM 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 18 38 56 76 94 109 122 135 145 155 160 168 174 180 186 191 195 198 201 206 208 210 LATERAL MOMENT 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 52.8 123.9 200.8 297.3 398.4 497.5 596.6 704.2 803.6 909.5 991.0 1095.4 1191.2 1291.0 1394.6 1494.4 1589.3 1678.2 1769.2 1880.4 1966.4 2019.6 JP-5
318 LITERS AUXILIARY
Most Critical Fuel Amount for Most Forward CG Condition. NOTE Lateral arm/moment denotes right lateral shift.
BHT-412-FMS-CAA-5
412
FLIGHT MANUAL
SUPPLEMENT FOR GROUP A OPERATIONS
CAA APPROVED OCTOBER 20, 1981
This supplement shall be attached to the CAA Model 412 Flight Manual. The information contained herein supplements the information of the basic Flight Manual; for Limitations, -Procedures and Performance Data not contained in this supplement, consult the basic Flight Manual.
Log of Pages
412
FLIGHT MANUAL
GROUP A OPERATIONS
LOG OF PAGES
Original ..... 0 ........ October 20, 1981 Revision No. Title ........................... A .............................. i- ii........................... 1 - 26 ........................ 0 0 0 0 Page Revision No.
APPROVED:
October 20. 1981
CIVIL AVIATION AUTHORITY AIRWORTHINESSDIVISION BRABAZONHOUSE REDHILL SURREY, ENGLAND
NOTE: Revised text is indicated by a black vertical line. Insert latest revision pages: dispose of superseded pages.
412 FLIGHT MANUAL
Introduction GROUP A OPERATIONS
INTRODUCTION DEFINITIONS:
GROUP "A" TAKEOFF Operation of the helicopter in such a manner that if one engine fails at any time after the start of the takeoff, the helicopter can 1. Return to, and safely stop on the takeoff or 2. Climb out from point of single engine forward flight. GROUP "A" LANDING failure area;
and maintain
of the helicopter in such a manner Operation that if one engine fails at any time in the approach, the helicopter can 1. Land and stop safely on the intended landing area; or 2. Climb out from point of single engine forward flight. failure and attain
CRITICAL DECISION POINT
That point on takeoff profile after which, if a single engine failure is experienced, the helicopter can climb out and maintain single engine forward flight. That poiit on the landing profile after which the helicopter is committed to landing. The horizontal distance necessary to Vtoss and/or a height of 50 feet (15.2 whichever is higher. achieve meters),
LANDING DECISION POINT TAKEOFF SPACE
REJECTED TAKEOFF AREA
The horizontal distance necessary to accelerate with all power units operating from a starting point to CDP, to suffer a power unit failure, and to reject the takeoff.
ABBREVIATIONS:
CDP LDP VTOSS (V2) Vy Critical Decision Point Landing Decision Point Takeoff Safety Speed Best Rate of Climb Speed (65 KIAS)
Introduction
412 FLIGHT MANUAL
GROUP A OPERATIONS
INTRODUCTION (Cont) ABBREVIATIONS:

GROC NROC
(Cont)
Gross Rate of Climb Net Rate of Climb
41 2 FLIGHT MANUAL
Section 1
GROUP A OPERATIONS
ATTENTION
Mandatory compliance with the operating limitations in this section is required by law.
CROSSWIND
LIMITATIONS
The crosswind limit for takeoff and landing is 20 knots. Refer to the Headwind Component Chart. or landing downwind Takeoff quartering tailwinds is prohibited. or with
TAKEOFF AND LANDING WEIGHT VS ALTITUDE LIMITATIONS

Refer to Gross Weight - Altitude - Ambient Limits Charts. Charts Air Temperature designated Part A may be used for gross weights to 10.000 pounds (4536 kg). Part B charts may be used for gross weights to 10,800 pounds (4899 kg). Part C charts may be used for gross weights to 11,600 pounds (5262 kg). Interpolation of data between charts for different parts is not permitted. Testing has not been conducted in areas between Parts A, B. and C.
MAXIMUM REQUIRED
TAKEOFF
SPACE
The takeoff space required is obtained from the appropriate Takeoff Space Required Chart, using the headwind component from the unfactored Headwind Component Chart. The minimum width of takeoff and rejected takeoff area is 100 feet (30.5 meters).
ALTITUDE LIMIT FOR TAKEOFF AND LANDING

4000 feet (1219 meters) pressure altitude.
CONFIGURATION
Standard landing gear or high skid gearwith or without emergency floats (floats stowed).
Section 1
412 FLIGHT MANUAL
GROUP A OPERATIONS
PART A W.A.T. LIMITS CHART VTOSS IS 40 KIAS G.W. TO 10.000 LBS (4536 kg)
4000
2000
GROSS WEIGHT PART A WEIGHT- ALTITUDE - TEMPERATURE FORTAKE-OFF AND LANDING
40 KIAS VTOSS G.W. TO 10,000 LB (4536 kg)

412100-16-1C
PART A.
Gross weight - altitude - ambient air temperature limits
412 FLIGHT MANUAL
Section 1
GROUP A OPERATIONS
PART B W.A.T. LIMITS CHART VTOSS IS 45 KIAS G.W. TO 10.800 6000 LBS (4899 kg)
PART B
WEIGHT- ALTITUDE -TEMPERATURE FOR TAKE-OFF AND LANDING 45 KIAS VTOSS G.W. TO 10,800 LB (4899 kg) 412100-16-2C
PART B. Gross weight -
altitude - ambient air temperature limits
Section 1
412 FLIGHT MANUAL
GROUP A OPERATIONS
PART C W.A.T
LIMITS CHART LBS (5262 kg)
VTOSS IS 55 KIAS G.W. TO 11,600
5000 4000
2000
-1000
Kg X 100 PART C WEIGHT- - ALTITUDE - TEMPERATUREFOR TAKE-OFF AND LANDING 55 KIAS VToss G.W. TO 11,600 LB (5262 kg) 412100-16-3C
PART C.
Gross weight - altitude - ambient air temperature limits
4 12 FLIGHT MANUAL
Section 2
GROUP A OPERATIONS
2
STANDARD
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8.
TYPE TAKEOFF
9.
Collective - Flat pitch. N11RPM 100%.
Maintain pitch attitude as the helicopter moves forward to achieve the correct Critical Decision Point (CDP) shown on the takeoff flight path profile diagram. NOTE CDP height is determined by reference to the pilots barometric altimeter. Indicated altitude with collective full down on the takeoff surface is used as a ground level reference.
Altimeter - Set, note indication with collective full down. Instruments Range. Area - Clear. Hover at approximately 4 feet (1.2 meters) skid height and note torque. Adjust ADI pitch bar to indicate level. Initiate a takeoff from hover using a transmission torque of 10% above that required to hover and ten degrees nose down attitude. NOTE Do not exceed transmission torque, ITT, or N1 limits. Normal Operating
10. After attaining CDP, accelerate the helicopter to 65 KIAS and continue the climb.
STANDARD TYPE LANDING

NOTE A standard type landing is initiated from a Landing Decision Point(LDP) of 40 KIAS and an altitude of 100 feet (30.5 meters) above the runway, either in level flight or with a rate of descent of not more than 500 feet per minute.
Section 3
412 FLIGHT MANUAL
GROUP A OPERATIONS
ENGINE OUT PROCEDURES

DURING TAKEOFF AT/OR PRIOR CRITICAL DECISION POINT (CDP) TO
NOTE During takeoff, after passing CDP. it is permissible, during the transition from two engine to single engine flight following an engine failure, to droop the rotor speed to as low as 91%. Rotor speed should be regained to normal operating range at or before attaining appropriate best rate of climb speed. DURING LANDING PRIOR LANDING DECISION POINT (LDP) TO
An engine failure prior to reaching CDP will necessitate a landing back to the takeoff If height permits, a positive surface. deceleration to reduce forward airspeed is required. As the helicopter descends, it should be leveled and the collective should be used as required to cushion the landing. Some forward ground speed is normally required at touchdown. TAKEOFF AFTER DURING DECISION POINT (CDP) CRITICAL
Execute the same procedures as for single engine failure after CDP or proceed to the LDP and use the procedure below. DURING LANDING AT/OR AFTER THE LANDING DECISION POINT (LDP) The helicopter is emergency at/or is accomplished power of the maintaining rotor committed to land with an after the LDP. The landing using up to the maximum remaining engine while speed within limits.
In the event of an engine failure at or following CDP, airspeed should be increased to the takeoff safety speed (VTOSS), or maintained, whichever is higher. Climb out to 500 feet (152 meters) above the takeoff surface and accelerate to 65 KIAS. Reduce power to Intermediate Contingency limits.
412 FLIGHT MANUAL
Section 3
GROUP A OPERATIONS
TAKE-OFF FLIGHT PATH PROFILE MAXIMUM CONTINGENCY POWERRATING AFTER POWER FAILURE,THEN REDUCETO INTERMEDIATE CONTINGENCY AT 500 FT (152m) AGL.
412100-15
Takeoff flight path profile
Section 3
412 FLIGHT MANUAL
GROUP A OPERATIONS
6000
5000
4000
3000
0
2000
MAX GW 1600 LB (5262 kg)
1000
000
78
80 36
82 37
84 38
86 39
88 40
90 41
92 42
94 4
96 41
98 44
100 5
102 46
104 41
106 48
108 419
110 50
112 5'1
114 52
116LB
X00
Kg X 100
GROSS WEIGHT ENROUTE WEIGHT - ALTITUDE - TEMPERATURE - OEI - INTERMEDIATE POWER - VY = 65 KIAS 7,500 TO 11.600 LB (3402 TO 5262 Kg) CONTINGENCY
412100-17A
Single engine enroute weight - altitude - temperature chart
412 FLIGHT MANUAL
Section 3
GROUP A OPERATIONS
2000 (10 16)
INTER CONTINGENCY POWER ENGINE RPM 97% GENERATOR 150 AMPS
65 KIAS HEATER OFF INOPERATIVE ENGINE
412900-58A
Single engine enroute net rate of climb
Section 4
412 FLIGHT MANUAL
GROUP A OPERATIONS
PERFORMANCE DATA
The performance data presented in this section are based on the engine manufacturers power for the specification minimum PT6T-3B engine with installation losses. An engine power assurance check chart is presented in the basic rotorcraft flight manual is also based on a minimum which specification engine with installation losses and proper rigging of engine controls. If engine performance does not meet that shown in the Power Assurance Chart, steps should be taken to ascertain the causes of engine power loss. The minimum runway length for standard takeoff and landing procedures varies with wind, gross weight, pressure altitude, and temperature. The headwind component from the Headwind Component Chart is applied to the Part A. Part B, or Part C Takeoff Space Required Chart or Landing Space Required Chart.
an engine failure at CDP, return takeoff surface, and stop safely.
to the
Rejected Takeoff Area required is obtained from the appropriate Rejected Takeoff Area Required Chart.
TAKEOFF SPACE REQUIRED

Takeoff Space Required is space required to takeoff, climb to CDP, encounter an engine failure, accelerate to VTOSS, and climb to 50 feet (15.2 meters) above the takeoff space. Takeoff space required is obtained from the appropriate Takeoff Space Required Chart.
TAKEOFF NET FLIGHT PATH

The takeoff net flight path begins at the end of the takeoff distance, at 50 feet (16.2 meters) or higher above the takeoff space and at VTOSS. Takeoff Net Flight Path Charts provide data for 50 to 500 feet (15.2 to 152 meters) above takeoff surface and 500 to 1000 feet (152 to 305 meters) above the takeoff surface. These charts provide altitude gain for each 100 feet (30.5 meters) horizontal distance traveled.
TAKEOFF PERFORMANCE
Takeoff Safety Speed (VTOSS) varies when operating under Parts A, B, or C. Refer to the applicable WAT limit chart for the appropriate VTOSS.
LANDING
LANDING
PERFORMANCE
SPACE REQUIRED
REJECTED REQUIRED
TAKEOFF
AREA
Rejected Takeoff Area required is space required to takeoff, climb to CDP, encounter
Landing distance is the distance necessary to come to a stop from the LDP with one engine inoperative.
412 FLIGHT MANUAL
Section 4
GROUP A OPERATIONS
LANDING PERFORMANCE (Cont)

CORRECTED FROM LDP LANDING DISTANCE
Corrected landing distance from LDP is landing distance corrected for wind factor. The headwind component is obtained from the Headwind Component Chart end is applied to the Landing Space Required Chart to obtain corrected landing distance.
Section 4
412 FLIGHT MANUAL
GROUP A OPERATIONS
6000
(1829)
24 NET GRADIENT-% ENROUTE NET GRADIENT OF CLIMB-ONE ENGINE INOPERATIVE
INTER CONTINGENCY ENGINE RPM 97% GENERATOR
POWER
65 KIAS HEATER OFF INOPERATIVE ENGINE
150 AMPS
412900-53A
OEI enroute net climb gradient chart
412 FLIGHT MANUAL
Section 4 GROUP A OPERATIONS
40 353035 30 25 HEADWIND
COMPONENT
15 10
EXAMPLE
7. 8.
PROCEED HORIZONTALLY TO THE HEADWIND COMPONENT SCALE AND READ HEADWIND COMPONENT TAILWINDS HAVE NOT BEEN DEMONSTRATED
.......
17 KNOTS
412900-52
Unfactored headwind component chart
13
Section 4
412 FLIGHT MANUAL
GROUP A OPERATIONS
PART A VTOSS = 40 KIAS
10
20
30 200 (61)
600 (183)
1000 (305) (m.)
TAKE -OFF SPACEREQUIRED-FT. TAKE-OFF SPACEREQUIRED- 7,500 TO 10,000 LB GW.(3402 TO 4536 Kg) V2 =40 KIAS
412900-54-1
PART A.
Takeoff space required chart
412 FLIGHT MANUAL
Section 4
GROUP A OPERATIONS
PART B VTOSS = 45 KIAS CDP 35 KIAS AT 20 FT (6.1m)
10
20 0
OAT -C
EXAMPLE: OAT PRESSURE ALTITUDE WIND FOLLOWARROWSFROM TO READ TAKE-OFF SPACE REQUIRED 625 FT. (191 m.) AT)
=25C = 2000 FT. (609.6 m.) = 20 KTS.
30 200 (61) 600 1000 (305) (183) TAKE - OFF SPACE REQUIRED - FT. (m.) 1400 (427)
TAKE-OFF SPACEREQUIRED- 7,500TO 10,800 LB GW. (3402 TO 4899 Kg) V2 = 45 KIAS 412900-54-2
PART B. Takeoff space required chart
15
Section 4
412 FLIGHT MANUAL
GROUP A OPERATIONS
PART C
VTOSS
55 KIAS
CDP = 45 KIAS AT 35 FT (10.7 m)
-30
-20
-10
50
30 200
(61)
600 (183)
1000 (305)
1400 (427)
1800 (549)
TAKE - OFF SPACEREQUIRED- FT. (m.)
TAKE-OFF SPACE REQUIRED - 7,500TO 11,600 LB GW.(3402 TO 5262 Kg) V2 = 55 KIAS
412900-54-3
PART C.
Takeoff space required chart
GROUP A OPERATIONS
OAT-
PART A.
Rejected takeoff area required chart
Section 4
412 FLIGHT MANUAL
GROUP A OPERATIONS
PART B VTOSS = 45 KIAS CDP = 35 KIAS AT 20 FT (6.1m)
412900-55-2
PART B.
412 FLIGHT MANUAL
Section 4
GROUP A OPERATIONS
PART C
VTOSS = 55 KIAS
CDP = 45 KIAS AT 35 FT (10.7m)
412900-55-3
PART C.
412 FLIGHT MANUAL
GROUP A OPERATIONS
PART A
30
CONTINGENCY POWER 40 KNOTS - MAXIMUM 50 TO 500 FEET (15 TO 152 METERS) ABOVE SURFACE 412900-57-1A
PART A.
Takeoff net flight path (Sheet 1 of 2)
20
412 FLIGHT MANUAL
Section 4
GROUP A OPERATIONS
PART A
VTOSS = 40 KIAS
40 KNOTS - INTERMEDIATE CONTINGENCY POWER 500 TO 1000 FEET (152 TO 305 METERS) ABOVE SURFACE
412900-57-2A
PART A.
21
Section 4
412 FLIGHT MANUAL
GROUP A OPERATIONS
POWER CONTINGENCY 45 KNOTS - MAXIMUM 50 TO 500 FEET (15 TO 152 METERS) ABOVE SURFACE 412900-57-3A
PART B. Takeoff net flight path (Sheet 1 of 2)
22
412 FLIGHT MANUAL
Section 4
GROUP A OPERATIONS
4000
PART B
PART B. Takeoff net flight path (Sheet 2 of 2)
23
Section 4
412 FLIGHT MANUAL
GROUP A OPERATIONS
MEAN HEIGHT GAINED IN 100 FEET HORIZONTAL DISTANCE - FEET (METERS) 55 KNOTS - MAXIMUM CONTINGENCY POWER 50 TO 500 FEET (15 TO 152 METERS) ABOVE SURFACE 41290--57-5A
PART C.
412 FLIGHT MANUAL
Section 4
GROUP A OPERATIONS
PART C OAT VTOSS = 55 KIAS
MEAN HEIGHT GAINED IN 100 FEET HORIZONTAL DISTANCE - FEET (METERS) 55 KNOTS - INTERMEDIATE CONTINGENCY POWER 500 TO 1000 FEET (152 TO 305 METERS) ABOVE SURFACE 412900-57-6A
PART C.
25
412 FLIGHT MANUAL
GROUP A OPERATIONS
20
50
LANDING SPACE REQUIRED-FT LANDING SPACE REQUIRED - 7,500 TO 11.600 LB (3402 TO 5262 kg) DECISION POINT 100 FEET (30 METERS) @ 40 KIAS - RATE OFDESCENT500 FT/MIN. 412900-56-3A
Landing space required chart
BHT-412-FMS-CAA-6
SUPPLEMENT FOR FLIGHT DIRECTOR

(412-706-111)
This supplement shall be attached to the CAA Model 412 Flight Manual when the 412-706-111 Flight Director has been installed. contained herein supplements the The information information of the basic Flight Manual; for Limitations, Procedures, and Performance Data not contained in this supplement, consult the basic Flight Manual.
Log of Pages
412
FLIGHT MANUAL
FLIGHT DIRECTOR
LOG OF PAGES
Original..... ........ October 20, 1981
Page Title ........................... A ............................. 1 - 7/8........................
Revision No. 0 0 0
Page
Revision No.
APPROVED: CHIEF CIVIL AVIATION AUTHORITY AIRWORTHINESSDIVISION BRABAZONHOUSE REDHILL SURREY, ENGLAND
October 20, 1981
412
FLIGHT MANUAL
Sections 1 & 2
FLIGHT DIRECTOR
FLIGHT DIRECTOR LIMITATIONS

NOTE The contents of this supplement shall be used in conjunction with the basic flight manual for helicopters equipped with the Flight Director.
Maximum approach gradient is 5 degrees. Flight Director modes may not be commanded from the copilot position. NOTE Flight Director bars are repeated on copilot ADI.
TYPE OF OPERATION
The Flight Director may be used during VFR or IFR non-icing conditions. During VOR approaches, except for VORs collocated at the airport, the Flight Director shall not be coupled in VOR APR mode prior to VOR station passage inbound.
WEIGHT/CG
LIMITATIONS
Actual weight change shall be determined after kit is installed and ballast readjusted, if necessary, to return empty weight CG within allowable limits.
Minimum airspeed for coupled operation of flight director is 60 KIAS.
ENGINE PRESTART CHECK

PILOT INSTR operation). LT knob OFF (day
Flight director SBY button - Depress and hold; check DCPL light and all mode selector and helipilot controller lights illuminate and FD fail flag on ADI appears: then release button. HSI heading marker heading. Set to aircraft
AUX SYS PITOT and STATIC switches NORMAL.
SYSTEMS CHECKS
FLIGHT DIRECTOR CHECK
FORCE TRIM switch - ON. HP1 and HP2 buttons - ON.
Flight director HDG button - Depress; check HDG and CPL lights illuminate, SBY light extinguishes. ADI roll command bar Check centered.
Section 2
412 FLIGHT MANUAL
FLIGHT DIRECTOR HSI heading marker - Move right: check ADI roll command bar moves right and roll actuator position indicator (API) moves right; check cyclic stick moves right in approximately 2 seconds. HSI heading marker heading. Reset to aircraft Cyclic FORCE TRIM release button Depress and hold until desired climbout attitude is attained, then release. Flight director - Select modes as desired after reaching 60 KIAS.
IN-FLIGHT OPERATION
Depress: centered. Flight director - Select modes as desired.
Flight director VS button check VS light illuminates.
ADI pitch command bar-Check
DESCENT AND APPROACH

Flight director - Select mode for type of approach to be flown. Collective pitch - Adjust to maintain desired approach speed.
Cyclic ATTD TRIM switch - Move aft; checkADI pitch command bar moves up and pitch API moves up; check cyclic stick moves aft in approximately 2 seconds. Cyclic NAV STBY button Depress momentarily and release. Check HDG, VS. and CPL lights extinguish. SBY light illuminates; check all APIs center, pitch and roll command bars retract from view. HSI heading marker heading. NOTE Set to takeoff
GO-AROUND
Collective GO-AROUND button - Depress at Missed Approach Point. Collective pitch power setting. Adjust to desired climb
Airspeed - Adjust to desired climb speed. For prolonged ground operation, AFCS shall be operated in SAS mode only. Flight director - Select modes as desired.
LANDING
Cyclic NAV STBY button - Depress at or above 60 KIAS to decouple flight director. AFCS - SAS or ATT mode as desired. NOTE It is recommended that the cyclic FORCE TRIM release button be depressed before touchdown to trim actuators to center positions. For prolonged ground operation, AFCS shall be operated in SAS mode only.
TAKEOFF
SAS/ATT button - ATT or SAS as desired during hover and takeoff; ATT prior to entering Instrument Meteorological Conditions (IMC). NOTE It is recommended that the cyclic FORCE TRIM release button be depressed before liftoff to trim actuators to center positions.
412 FLIGHT MANUAL
Section 3 FLIGHT DIRECTOR
Table 3-1. CAUTION LIGHT WORDING DCPL FAULT CONDITION Flight director not coupled.
Caution lights
CORRECTIVE ACTION Ensure that HP1 and HP2 are engaged in ATT mode. Engage flight director modes as desired. Depress CPL button if CPL light not illuminated. Warning flags CORRECTIVE ACTION If only pilots ATT flag is displayed pilot shall monitor standby attitude indicator and Flight Director. If only the copilots ATT flag is displayed, the copilot shall monitor the standby ADI. Flight Director is functional and Flight Director indications repeated on copilots ADI are valid. Check PILOT and CPLT ATTD SYS circuit breakers - in. If flag does not retract, continue flight in ATT or SAS mode. Check FLT DIR (AC and DC) circuit breakers in. Check desired mode(s) engaged. If flag does not retract from view, continue flight in ATT or SAS mode. (ATT mode for IMC conditions.)
Table 3-2. FLAG WORDING ATT FLAG LOCATION ADI
FAULT CONDITION Vertical gyro not turning at full speed/attitude information unreliable. (Flight director may or may not decouple.)
FD
ADI
Flight director not coupled due to flight director failure. (Pitch and roll command bars may or may not retract from view.)
Sections 3 & 4
412 FLIGHT MANUAL
CAA APPROVED
FLIGHT DIRECTOR Table 3-2. FLAG WORDING GS (No legend) FLAG LOCATION HSI Warning flags (Cont)
FAULT CONDITION Glideslope signal unreliable. (ADI pitch command bar retracts from view. AFCS holds pitch attitude present at time of signal failure.) VOR or localizer signal unreliable. (ADI roll command bar retracts from view. HSI course deviation bar and No. 1 bearing pointer unreliable. AFCS holds roll level attitude.) Directional gyro failure or HSI failure. Heading information unreliable. (AFCS holds roll level attitude.)
CORRECTIVE ACTION Continue flight in any mode, using cyclic ATTD TRIM switch and collective to maintain airspeed and glidepath. (Monitor raw glideslope data.) Check NAV 1 (DC) circuit breaker in. Check VHF NAV 1 tuned properly, signal identified. Continue flight in HDG or ATT mode. Check PILOT and CPLT HSI and GYRO CMPS (AC) circuit breakers in. Continue flight in any mode except HDG.
NAV (No legend)
HSI
OFF
HSI
FLIGHT DIRECTOR COUPLE

HP1 and HP2 buttons SAS/ATT button - ATT. CPL button illuminated.
FAILS
ON.
TO
PITOT-STATIC MALFUNCTION
SYSTEM
In the event of an apparent malfunction of the copilot altimeter, vertical speed indicator, and/or airspeed indicator, proceed as follows: AUX SYS PITOT or STATIC switch (as applicable) - OFF. Flight director - Disengage vertical modes.
Depress if CPL light not NOTE
The Flight Director will not couple if HP1 or HP2 is inoperative.
No Change.
412 FLIGHT MANUAL
Refer to Section 2.
No Change.
FLIGHT DIRECTOR DESCRIPTION

The flight director is designed for use as a workload reliever to assist the pilot in control and navigation of the helicopter. The flight director has nine modes of operation, any of which may be coupled to the helipilot system for fully automatic hands off flight path control. When decoupled from the helipilots, the flight director provides automatic flight path computation and visual pitch and roll command indications to direct the pilot in maneuvering the helicopter to maintain the selected flight path. When the flight director is coupled in the appropriate modes, the automatic flight control system will maneuver the helicopter to perform the following functions:
Maintain a constant pressure altitude (ALT). Maintain (IAS). a constant indicated airspeed
Maintain a constant vertical speed climb or descent (VS). Turn to and maintain a selected magnetic heading (HDG). Capture and track a selected VOR radial (NAV or VOR APR). Capture and track an ILS localizer and glideslope (ILS). Capture and track a localizer back course (BC).
412 FLIGHT MANUAL
Initiate a missed approach (go-around) climbout (GA). The flight director computer analyzes vertical and lateral flight and navigational data to generate pitch and roll steering commands which are displayed visually on the attitude director indicator (ADI). The vertical channel combines pitch attitude, airspeed, altitude, vertical speed, and glideslope deviation information to produce computed pitch command signals. The lateral channel combines roll attitude, heading, and course deviation information to produce computed roll command signals. Automatic flight path control is achieved when the pitch and roll commands from the flight director computer are coupled to the helipilot computers. Should a flight or navigation data signal become invalid, the affected pitch or roll channel will revert to attitude hold mode and the respective command bar on the ADI will retract from view. If either helipilot fails or is disengaged, the flight director will decouple automatically.
412075-62
Figure 7-1. COUPLE BUTTON
Mode selector
FLIGHT DIRECTOR CONTROLS

MODE SELECTOR
The mode selector (figure 7-1) enables the pilot to select the desired flight director mode by depressing the appropriate push-on/pushoff button. Selected modes are annunciated by illumination of the respective mode select buttons. The NAV, BC, and VOR APR buttons have two lights each (ARM and CAP) to advise the pilot of the status of the flight director computer. The ILS button legends (ARM and GS) advise when the computer has armed or captured the glideslope. Depressing the SBY button disengages all modes and tests the illumination of all mode selector lights. Turning the PILOT INSTR LT knob clockwise dims all mode selector lights for night operation.
The CPL button is a push-on/push-off button located on the helipilot control panel on the pedestal. When both helipilots (HP1 and HP2) are engaged in the attitude retention mode (ATT), selecting any valid Flight Director mode will couple the Flight Director to the helipilots automatically, as indicated by illumination of the ON legend of the CPL button. The pilot may decouple the Flight Director by depressing the CPL button. When decoupled, the Flight Director will continue functioning in the selected mode, providing visual pitch and roll commands to the pilot on the attitude director indicator (ADI). Once depressed, the CPL button must be depressed again to recouple any Flight Director mode. ATTITUDE TRIM SWITCH
The cyclic mounted ATTD TRIM switch can be moved fore and aft to adjust pitch attitude and to adjust roll attitude during laterally decoupled operation in attitude retention mode. The switch is also used to make small airspeed and vertical speed changes when coupled in IAS or VS modes. (Large attitude changes should be made by depressing the
412 FLIGHT MANUAL
cyclic FORCE TRIM button.) The ATTD TRIM switch is disabled during operation in all other flight director modes, or when either helipilot is disengaged or operated in SAS mode. FORCE TRIM RELEASE BUTTON The cyclic mounted FORCE TRIM release button can be depressed to allow the pilot to reposition the cyclic control and pedals manually for large scale pitch, roll, and yaw corrections. Upon depressing the button, the force trim magnetic brakes are released, the flight director modes are decoupled momentarily, the helipilot pitch, roll, and yaw actuators return to center positions, and the helipilot computers are placed in a fast followup mode to track flight control positions. Upon releasing the button, the helipilots and flight director will resume functioning in the preselected modes. If previously decoupled in the ATT mode, the helipilots will maintain the attitude existing at the time the button is released.
GO-AROUND
BUTTON
The GO-AROUND button, located on the collective control head, is a remote switch having the same function as the GA button on the flight director mode selector. Depressing the button places the flight director in goaround mode and disengages all other modes. In GA mode the flight director commands a roll level attitude and a pitch attitude which will provide a 750 feet-per-minute rate of climb. (The pilot must adjust collective pitch to maintain desired climb airspeed.) NOTE Refer to the Sperry Pilots Manual for Bell Helicopter Model 412 Integrated Flight Control System for additional flight director information.
AUXILIARY SWITCHES
PITOT-STATIC
FLIGHT DIRECTOR
STANDBY
BUTTON
The cyclic mounted NAV STBY button is a remote switch having the same function as the SBY button on the flight director mode selector. Depressing the button disengages all flight director modes, tests the illumination of all mode selector lights, retracts the pitch and roll command bars on the ADI, and places the flight director in a standby status. The pilot must then reselect the modes if continued flight director operation is desired.
The AUX SYS PITOT and STATIC switches provide a means for isolating the flight director airspeed and altitude sensors from the copilot pitot-static system in the event of leakage or other system malfunction. When the PITOT switch is OFF the flight director airspeed sensor is disconnected, rendering the IAS mode inoperative. Placing the STATIC switch in the OFF position disconnects both the airspeed and altitude sensors of the flight director and thereby disables the ALT, IAS, and VS modes. The pilot should disengage the affected vertical modes to prevent undesirable flight control inputs when either switch is in the OFF position.
7/8
BHT-412-FMS-CAA-7
FLIGHT MANUAL
SUPPLEMENT FOR INTERNAL HOIST
(214-706-003)
CERTIFIED JANUARY 29, 1982
to the Model 412 This supplement shall be attached Flight Manual when the 214-706-003 Internal Hoist has been installed. contained herein supplements the The information information of the basic Flight Manual; for Limitations, Procedures and Performance Data not contained in this supplement, consult the basic Flight Manual.
Log of Pages
412 FLIGHT MANUAL
INTERNAL HOIST
LOG OF PAGES
Original..... ......... January 29, 1982
Page Title ........................... A .............................. i/ii ............................. 1- 10 ........................
Revision No. 0 0 0 0
Page
Revision No.
January 29, 1982
CIVIL AVIATION AUTHORITY AIRWORTHINESS DIVISION BRABAZON HOUSE REDHILL SURREY, ENGLAND
NOTE: Revised text is indicated by a black vertical line. Insert latest revision pages: dispose of superseded pages.
412 FLIGHT MANUAL
Introduction INTERNAL HOIST
INTRODUCTION
The Internal Hoist, when installed, will permit the operator to raise or lower loads up to 600 pounds (272 kilograms) allowing hoisting operations in confined areas. The threesixteenth inch hoist cable is 256 feet (78 meters) in length. Each of the four cabin mounting locations allow the hoist to be extended 90 degrees outboard. Caution lights on each side of the hoist illuminate when the hook reaches 20 feet (6 meters) below the skids during retraction. An electrically actuated cable cutting device allows the crew to sever the cable in an emergency. A manually operated cable cutter, accessible to the operator may be used to sever the cable if the electrical cable cutter fails.
i/ii
412 FLIGHT MANUAL
Section 1 INTERNAL HOIST
NOTE
The contents of this supplement shall be used in conjunction with the basic Flight Manual for helicopters equipped with the 214-706-003 Internal Hoist.
WARNING THE HOIST OPERATOR SHALL

WEAR THE SAFETY VEST AND STRAP OR A SUITABLE
SECURING
SAFETY DEVICE
THE HOIST.
WHILE OPERATING
TYPE OF OPERATION WEIGHT Hoist operations shall be conducted under the appropriate operating rules. Operations with hoist installed is approved for normal operations providing the hoist is not used and the hoist electrical system is deactivated. Hoist operations are approved during VMC conditions. When the hoist is installed in a helicopter with high skid gear, with or without floats, the 412-706-017 Cable Guard Kit shall be installed on the same side of the helicopter as the hoist. Hoist operations in the coupled mode are prohibited. Step shall operations. be stowed during hoisting LONGITUDINAL AND LATERAL CG LIMITS SHALL NOT BE EXCEEDED DUE TO EXTERNAL HOIST LOAD.
CG LIMITATIONS
Actual weight changes shall be determined after hoist is installed and ballast readjusted, if necessary, to retain empty weight CG within allowable limits. Maximum gross weight including hoist load is 11,600 pounds (5262 kilograms). Maximum hoist load is 600 pounds (272 kilograms). Obtain hoist load allowed from the appropriate Internal Hoist Loading Schedule.
Section 1 INTERNAL HOIST NOTE
412 FLIGHT MANUAL
The butt line of the load with the hoist in the forward position is 60 inches (1524 millimeters) from centerline. The butt line of the load with the hoist in the aft position is 64 inches (1626 millimeters) from centerline.
VNEwith hingedpanelslockedopenandcabin doors open is 20 KIAS. VNE with hinged panels removedand cabin doors removed or securedopenis 60 KIAS.
ALLOWABLE HOIST LOAD

Select the appropriate Internal Hoist Loading Schedulefor the position of the hoist.
WITH THE AIRSPEED EXTERNAL LOAD IS LIMITED BY CONTROLLABILITY. CAUTION SHOULD BE EXERCISED WHEN AN EXTERNAL CARRYING LOAD, AS THE HANDLING CHARACTERISTICS MAY BE BY THE SIZE, AFFECTED WEIGHT, AND SHAPE OF THE LOAD.
Enter the schedule at the proper helicopter gross weight. Follow the vertical line to its intersection point with the proper diagonal line, and follow the horizontal line to the allowable hoist load.
NOTE are Internal Hoist LoadingSchedules basedon 170 pound(77.1 kilogram) pilot, copilot, and operator.
412 FLIGHT MANUAL
HOIST IN AFT LEFT POSITION - BOOM FULLY
EXTENDED
600
7000 7400 7800 8200
8600 9000 9400
9800 10200 10600 11000 11400

- POUNDS 412100-19-4
GROSS WEIGHT PRIOR TO HOIST OPERATION
HOIST IN FORWARD
LEFT POSITION - BOOM FULLY
EXTENDED
PILOT & HOIST OPERATOR (PILOT, 600 COPILOT & HOIST OPERATOR
000
00
00
00
00
000
00
7000 7400 7800 8200 8600 9000 9400 9800 10200 10600 11000 11400 GROSSWEIGHTPRIORTO HOIST OPERATION- POUNDS 412100-19-3
Internal hoist loading schedule (English) (Sheet 1 of 2)
412 FLIGHT MANUAL
HOIST IN AFT RIGHT POSITION
- BOOM FULLY
EXTENDED
PILOT & HOIST OPERATOR PILOT. COPILOT & HOIST OPERATOR 600
500
300
200
100
0 7000
8200 8600 9000 9400 9800 7400 7800 GROSS WEIGHT PRIOR TO HOIST OPERATION
10200 10600 11000 - POUNDS
11400
412100-19-2
HOIST IN FORWARD
RIGHT POSITION-
BOOM FULLY
EXTENDED
PILOT ONLY
PILOT & COPILOT PILOT & HOIST OPERATOR PILOT, COPILOT & HOIST OPERATOR
600
7000
7400
10200 10600 11000 9800 8200 8600 9000 9400 7800 GROSS WEIGHT PRIOR TO HOIST OPERATION - POUNDS
11400
412100-19-1
Internal hoist loading schedule (English) (Sheet 2 of 2)
412 FLIGHT MANUAL
HOIST IN AFT LEFT POSITION - BOOM FULLY
EXTENDED
PILOT
& HOIST OPERATOR

& HOIST OPERATOR
PILOT, COPILOT 272
0 3000
3200
3400
3600
3800
4000
4200
4400
4600
4800
5000
5262
- KILOGRAMS 412100-18-4
HOIST IN FORWARD LEFT POSITION - BOOM FULLY EXTENDED PILOT & HOIST OPERATOR PILOT, COPILOT & HOIST OPERATOR 272 250
200
150 150
100
50
0 3000
3200
3400
3600
3800
4000
4200
4400
4600
4800
5000
5262
- KILOGRAMS 412100-18-3
Internal hoist loading schedule (Metric) (Sheet 1 of 2)
412 FLIGHT MANUAL
HOIST IN AFT RIGHT POSITION- BOOMFULLY EXTENDED PILOT,COPILOT & HOISTOPERATOR PILOT & HOISTOPERATOR 272
3000
3200 3400 3600 3800 4000 4200 4400 4600 4800 5000 WEIGHT PRIORTO HOIST OPERATION- KILOGRAMS GROSS
5262
412100-18-2
HOIST IN FORWARDRIGHT POSITION- BOOMFULLY EXTENDED PILOT ONLY PILOT & COPILOT PILOT & HOIST OPERATOR PILOT, COPILOT& HOIST OPERATOR
<
3000 3200
3400 3600 3800 4000 4200 4400 4600 4800 5000 WEIGHTPRIOR TO HOIST OPERATION- KILOGRAMS GROSS
5262
412100-18-1
Internal hoist loading schedule (Metric) (Sheet 2 of 2)
412 FLIGHT MANUAL
NOTE Ground crewmember should be instructed to discharge helicopter static electricity before attaching load to hoist when possible. Check hinged panels (if installed) for security and operation of lock. Check cabin doors (if installed) for security and proper operation. Check hoist for security and condition, all connections secure. NOTE If additional loads are carried during hoisting operations, the load should be placed on the side of the helicopter opposite the hoist position. Check operators pendant installed. Check HOIST PWR, HOIST CONT, CABLE CUT circuit breakers - IN. and
HOIST PWR switch - ON. The hoist operator shall be familiar with hoist operating procedures and instructions. If the hoist is to be operated by the pilot, it must be installed in the forward right position. Establish hover over hoisting operation area. Maintain zero ground speed until load is clear of obstructions. BOOM switch - OUT, or use pilots collective HOIST switch. HOIST switch - DOWN. NOTE As hook nears the up or down limits the hoist speed automatically slows. Discharge static electricity when possible and connect hoist hook to load observing allowable hoist load. HOIST switch - UP.
Check CABLE CUT switches (pedestal and hoist) - OFF: covers safetied.
NOTE The hoist may be operated from the pilots collective switch box, or the operators pendant switch. The pilots switch will override the operators switch.
CAUTION
USE CARE TO PREVENT HOOK

AND CABLE FROM FOULING ON FUSELAGE OR LANDING GEAR.
412 FLIGHT MANUAL
BOOM switch - IN to swing hoist boom and load into cabin, if possible. Take off into wind if possible, allowing adequate hoist load clearance over obstacles if load is not internal. Airspeed - Within limits forhoist operations.
412 FLIGHT MANUAL
ON CONTROL BOX ON EACH SIDE OF HOIST
ATTACHED TO HOIST
ON CONTROL BOX ON TOP OF HOIST
ON PEDESTAL
PILOT COLLECTIVE STICK
412100-20
Internal hoist controls
Sections 3, 4, & 5 INTERNAL HOIST
412 FLIGHT MANUAL
HOIST LOAD JETTISON

For an emergency jettison of hoist cable and load, actuate CABLE CUT switch (pedestal or hoist) or crewmember can cut cable with manual cable cutter.
No Change.
Hinged panel - Open or removed. Cabin door - Secured open or removed. Hoist - Check. Pendant - Check. HOIST PWR, HOIST CONT. CABLE CUT circuit breakers - IN.
CABLE CUT switches - OFF. Safetied. HOIST PWR switch - ON. Hoist operation collective switch switch. Check using pilots and operators pendant
BHT-412-FMS-CAA-8
412
Bell MODEL
FLIGHT MANUAL
SUPPLEMENT FOR LITTER KIT OPERATIONS
(412-706-006)
CERTIFIED JANUARY 29, 1982
This supplement shall be attached to the Model 412 Flight Manual when the 214-706-006 Litter Kit has been installed. contained herein supplements the The information information of the basic Flight Manual; for Limitations, Procedures and Performance Data not contained in this supplement, consult the basic Flight Manual.
Bell Helicopter TEXTRON

Inc ol A Subsidiary Textron
POST OFFICE BOX 482 FORT WORTH, TEXAS 76101
Log of Pages LITTER KIT OPERATIONS
412 FLIGHT MANUAL
LOG OF PAGES
Original.....
........
January 29, 1982
Page Title ........................... A .............................. 1 - 2..........................
Revision No. 0 0 0
Page
Revision No.
CIVIL AVIATION AUTHORITY AIRWORTHINESS DIVISION BRABAZON HOUSE REDHILL SURREY, ENGLAND
412 FLIGHT MANUAL
Sections 1 & 2 LITTER KIT OPERATIONS
*
NOTE The contents of this supplement shall be used in conjunction with the basic Flight Manual for helicopters equipped with Litter Kit. necessary, to return empty weight CG within allowable limits.
MINIMUM
FLIGHT CREW
WEIGHT/CG
LIMITATIONS
Actual weight change shall be determined after kit is installed and ballast readjusted if
The minimum flight crew for litter operations shall consist of a pilot and a second crewmember or cabin attendant, both of whom shall be trained in and capable of assisting in litter patient emergency evacuation procedures.
LITTER LOADING
Secure patients to litters, then load litters aboard the helicopter in sequence from top to bottom. When only two patients are carried, they should occupy the top and center litter positions. When only one patient is carried, the center litter should be used.
procedures when cabin doors cannot be opened. Open cabin door and unload litters and patients from the helicopter in sequence from bottom to top. Litters to be handled by one person inside cabin and one person outside cabin.
LITTER UNLOADING
NOTE Normal unloading procedures apply when either passenger door can be opened. Refer to Section 3, Emergency Procedures for unloading
Sections 3. 4, & 5 LITTER KIT OPERATIONS
412 FLIGHT MANUAL
UNLOADING THROUGH EMERGENCY EXITS

NOTE In the event that cabin doors cannot be opened, litter patients shall be unloaded through emergency pop-out windows. After all litter patients have been removed, ambulatory patients may then exit. Remove emergency pop-out pushing at corners as marked. window by
Unstrap patient on center litter and remove patient through window opening. Disconnect top litter at end near open window and lower end to rest on center litter. Remove patient retention straps and slide patient down litter and out through window opening. Raise top and center litter ends near open window and engage center litter in brackets for top litter. Disconnect bottom litter. Raise bottom litter at end near open window and rest handles on the lower surface of the window opening. Unstrap patient and slide patient up litter and through window opening.
No change.
No change.
BHT-412-FMS-CAA-9
412 FLIGHT MANUAL

SUPPLEMENT FOR EXTERNAL CARGO OPERATION
(212-706-103)
This supplement shall be attached to the CAA Model 412 Flight Manual when the 212-706-103 External Cargo Suspension Hook has been installed. The information contained herein supplements the information of the basic Flight Manual; for Limitations. Procedures, and Performance Data not contained in this supplement, consult the basic Flight Manual.
Log of Pages EXTERNAL CARGO OPERATION
412 FLIGHT MANUAL
LOG OF PAGES
Original ..... 0......... October 20, 1981 Revision No. 0 0 0 0 Revision No.
Page Title ........................... A .............................. i/ii ............................. 1 - 8..........................
Page
APPROVED: CHIEF CIVIL AVIATION AUTHORITY AIRWORTHINESSDIVISION BRABAZON HOUSE REDHILL SURREY. ENGLAND
October 20, 1981
412 FLIGHT MANUAL
Introduction
INTRODUCTION
The External Cargo Suspension Hook, when installed, will permit the owner to utilize the helicopter for transportation of external cargo for compensation or hire, when operated by a qualified pilot.
412 FLIGHT MANUAL
Section 1
EXTERNAL CARGO OPERATION
NOTE The contents of this supplement shall be used in conjunction with the basic flight manual for helicopters equipped with External Cargo Suspension Hook.
Maximum gross weight including external cargo load is 11,600 pounds (5262 kilograms). Maximum external cargo load is 4500 pounds (2041 kilograms).
VNE is 80 knots at or below 10,000 feet (3050 meters) density altitude for all gross weights with external cargo on suspension unit. Above 10,000 feet (3050 meters) decrease VNE 2.5 knots per 1000 feet (305 meters).
TYPE OF OPERATION
Operation of the helicopter with no load on the external cargo suspension hook is authorized under the standard airworthiness certificate under VMC or IMC conditions without removing the unit from the helicopter. With a load attached to the suspension assembly operation shall be conducted in accordance with appropriate operating rules under VMC conditions. The installation and use of the rear view mirror contained in the kit is left to the operators discretion. The rear view mirror shall be covered or removed for night flight.
CAUTION
THE AIRSPEED WITH EXTERNAL CARGO IS LIMITED BY CONTROLLABILITY. CAUTION SHOULD BE EXERCISED WHEN CARRYING EXTERNAL CARGO, AS THE HANDLING CHARACTERISTICS MAY BE AFFECTED BY THE SIZE, WEIGHT, AND SHAPE OF THE CARGO LOAD.
WEIGHT - CG LIMITATIONS
Actual weight change shall be determined after kit is installed and ballast readjusted, if necessary, to retain empty weight CG within allowable limits. Light weight, high drag loads require a swivel connector between the cargo hook and the sling to prevent unstable oscillations in flight above 20 knots.
Section 1 EXTERNAL CARGO OPERATION
412 FLIGHT MANUAL
PLACARDS AND MARKINGS
OCCUPANCY LIMITED TO CREW WITH EXTERNAL LOAD CLASS B LOADING APPROVED (Located on forward right side of overhead console)
DO NOT OPERATE) HEATER ABOVE 21 DEGC OUT AIR TEMP EMER FLOATS CARGORELEASE
OPERATIONAL LIMITS (Located on upper center part of instrument panel)
EXTERNAL LOAD UMIT 4500 LBS SEE FLIGHT MANUAL FOR LOADING INSTRUCTIONS AND FLIGHT LIMITATIONS (Located on under side of helicopter near suspension assembly) 412070-22
HT MANUAL SUPPLEMENT
Section
GROUND CREW INSTRUCTIONS

Instruct ground crewmember to discharge helicopter static electricity before attaching cargo by touching the airframe with a ground wire, or if a metal sling is used, the hookup ring can be struck against the cargo hook. If contact has been lost after initial grounding, should be electrically the helicopter regrounded and, if possible, contact maintained until hookup is completed.
NOTE The pedal release will function regardless of CARGO REL switch position. CARGO REL switch - OFF. Battery BUS 1 switch - OFF.
BEFORE TAKEOFF
CARGO REL switch - ARM; check CARGO RELEASE ARMED caution light illuminates.
EXTERIOR CHECK
Cargo suspension assembly - Condition and security. Rear view mirror (if installed) - Secure and clean. CARGO HOOK REL circuit breaker - In. Battery BUS 1 switch - ON. CARGO REL switch (overhead) - ARM check CARGO RELEASE ARMED caution light illuminates. Cyclic CARGO RELEASE button - Depress and hold; pull down on cargo hook; hook should open. Release button and cargo hook; hook should close and lock. Cargo release pedal (between directional control pedals) - PUSH and hold; pull down on cargo hook; hook should open. Release pedal and cargo hook; hook should close and lock.
TAKEOFF
NOTE Better directional control may be realized by avoiding relative winds from the right front quadrant while performing external cargo operations. Hover helicopter at sufficient height to allow crewmember to discharge static electricity and to attach cargo sling to cargo hook. NOTE Attachment of cargo sling to the hook can be observed by means of the rear view mirror. Ascend vertically directly over cargo, then slowly lift cargo from surface.
Sections 2 & 3 EXTERNAL CARGO OPERATION Pedals control.
412 FLIGHT MANUAL
Check for adequate directional
Airspeed controllability combination.
Within of
limits for rotorcraft
adequate load
Hover power - Check torque required to hover with external load. NOTE The Height - Velocity Diagram is not a limitation for external cargo operations under an appropriate operating certificate. Takeoff into the wind if possible, allowing adequate sling load clearance over obstacles.
Flight path - As required to avoid flight with external load over any person, vehicle or structure.
DESCENT AND LANDING

CARGO REL switch (overhead) - ARM prior to final approach. Flight path and approach angle - As required for wind direction and obstacle clearance. Execute approach to a hover with cargo clear of the surface. When stabilized at a hover, descend slowly until cargo contacts surface. Maintain tension on sling. Cyclic CARGO RELEASE button - Depress to release sling from hook. NOTE Release of sling load from the hook can be confirmed visually through rear view mirror.
IN-FLIGHT OPERATION
NOTE Control movements should be made smoothly and kept to a minimum to prevent oscillation of sling load. CARGO REL switch (overhead)- As desired. NOTE The pedal release will function regardless of CARGO REL switch position.
Section 3
EMERGENCY MALFUNCTION AND PROCEDURES CARGO FAILS ELECTRICALLY TO RELEASE
Maintain tension on sling. Cargo release pedal (between directional control pedals) - PUSH. In the event that cargo hook will not release the sling when the CARGO RELEASE button is depressed, proceed as follows:
412 FLIGHT MANUAL
Sections 4 & 5 EXTERNAL CARGO OPERATION
No change with no load attached.
EXTERIOR
CHECK
TAKEOFF
Cargo hook - Discharge static and connect. Ascend vertically over cargo. Slowly lift cargo.
Cargo suspension assembly - Condition and security. Rear view mirror (if installed) - Secure and clean. CARGO HOOK REL circuit breaker - IN. Battery BUS 1 switch - ON. CARGO REL switch (overhead) - ARM; check CARGO RELEASE ARMED caution light illuminates. Cargo hook operation. Check electrical and manual
Pedals - Check directional control. Hover power - Check torque. Takeoff into wind.
IN-FLIGHT
OPERATION
CARGO REL switch - As desired. Airspeed - Within limits for controllability. Flight path - As required.
DESCENT
AND LANDING
CARGO REL switch - OFF. Battery BUS 1 switch - OFF.
CARGO REL switch - ARM. Flight path and approach angle - As required. Execute approach to a hover with cargo clear of surface. Descend slowly until cargo contacts surface. Maintain tension on sling. Cyclic CARGO RELEASE button Depress.
BEFORE
TAKEOFF
CARGO REL switch - ARM; check CARGO RELEASE ARMED caution light illuminates.
Section 6
412 FLIGHT MANUAL
EXTERNAL TABLES
CARGO
LOADING
The External Cargo Loading Table (Metric) lists external cargo weights and moments from 40 to 2268 kilograms in 40 kilogram increments.
from 50 pounds through 5000 pounds in 50 pound increments. Moments have been calculated for external cargo CG at station 138.0.
412 FLIGHT MANUAL
Section 6 EXTERNAL CARGO OPERATION
EXTERNAL CARGO LOADING TABLE Cargo Weight (Lbs) 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 550 600 650 700 750 800 850 900 950 1000 1050 1100 1150 1200 1250 1300 1350 1400 1450 1500 1550 1600 1650 1700 1750 Moment F.S. 138.0 Cargo Weight (Lbs) 1800 1850 1900 1950 2000 2050 2100 2150 2200 2250 2300 2350 2400 2450 2500 2550 2600 2650 2700 2750 2800 2850 2900 2950 3000 3050 3100 3150 3200 3250 3300 3350 3400 3450 3500 Moment F.S. 138.0
ENGLISH Cargo Weight (Lbs) 3550 3600 3650 3700 3750 3800 3850 3900 3950 4000 4050 4100 4150 4200 4250 4300 4350 4400 4450 4500 4550 4600 4650 4700 4750 4800 4850 4900 4950 5000 Moment F.S. 138.0
6900 13800 20700 27600 34500 41400 48300 55200 62100 69000 75900 82800 89700 96600 103500 110400 117300 124200 131100 138000 144900 151800 158700 165600 172500 179400 186300 193200 200100 207000 213900 220800 227700 234600 241500
248400 255300 262200 269100 276000 282900 289800 296700 303600 310500 317400 324300 331200 338100 345000 351900 358800 365700 372600 379500 386400 393300 400200 407100 414000 420900 427800 434700 441600 448500 455400 462300 469200 476100 483000
489900 496800 503700 510600 517500 524400 531300 538200 545100 552000 558900 565800 572700 579600 586500 593400 600300 607200 614100 621000 627900 634800 641700 648600 655500 662400 669300 676200 683100 690000
412900-43
Section 6
412 FLIGHT MANUAL
EXTERNALCARGO LOADING TABLE - METRIC Cargo Weight

(kg)
Moment 3505 mm
(kg mm)
Cargo Weight
(kg)
Moment 3505 mm
(kg - mm)
100 40 80 120 160 200 240 360 400 440 480 1402 2804 4206 5608 7010 8412 12618 14020 15422 16824 1240 1280 1320 1360 1400 1440 1560 1600 1640 1680
100 43462 44864 46266 47668 49070 50472 54678 56080 57482 58884
412900-44
BHT-412-FMS-CAA-1 0.4
SUPPLEMENT
GROUP"A" OPERATIONS
412-705-018
S/N 36087 AND SUB CAACERTIFIED 11 NOVEMBER 1996
This supplement shall be attached to Model 412EP Flight Manual when GROUP"A" OPERATIONS kit has been installed. Information contained herein supplements Information of basic Flight Manual. For Limitations, Procedures, and Performance Data not contained in this supplement, consult basic Flight Manual.
COPYRIGHT NOTICE COPYRIGHT 1996
11 NOVEMBER 1996
NOTICEPAGE
Additional copies of this publication may be obtained by contacting: Commercial Publication Distribution Center Bell Helicopter Textron Inc. P. O.Box 482 Fort Worth, Texas 76101-0482
BHT-412-FMS-CAA-10.4
LOGOF REVISIONS
Original ........... 0 .............. 11 NOV 96
LOGOF PAGES
PAGE FLIGHT MANUAL Title .................................... NP ...................................... 0 0 REVISION NO. PAGE A - B .................................. i- ii .................................. 1 - 34 .................................. REVISION NO. 0 .0 0
NOTE Revised text is indicated by a black vertical line. Insert latest revision pages; dispose of superseded pages. A
CAA APPROVED
LOGOFAPPROVED REVISIONS
Original ........... 0..............11 NOV 96
CIVIL AVIATION AUTHORITY SAFETY REGULATIONGROUP AVIATION HOUSE SOUTH AREA GATWICK AIRPORT GATWICK WEST SUSSEX RH6 OYR
GENERAL INFORMATION
INTRODUCTION
The information contained in this supplement is for group "A" operations. For limitations, normal procedures, emergency and malfunction procedures, and performance data not contained in this supplement, consult the appropriate sections of this flight manual. DEFINITIONS:
GROUP "A" Operation of the helicopter in such a manner that if
TAKEOFF
one engine fails at any time after the start of the 1. At or prior to CDP, return to and safely stop on the takeoff area; or 2. At or after CDP, climb out from point of failure and attain single engine forward flight.
GROUP"A" LANDING
Operation of the helicopter in such a manner that if one engine fails at any time after the start of a landing approach the helicopter can: 1. At or after LDP, continue the approach and safely land and stop on the clear heliport; or 2. At or prior to LDP, climb out from point of failure and attain single engine forward flight.
CRITICALDECISION POINT LANDINGDECISION POINT COMPLETED TAKEOFF DISTANCE REQUIRED
The last point In the takeoff path at which a rejected takeoff can be assured, and the first point at which a completed takeoff can be assured. That point on the landing profile after which the helicopter is committed to landing The horizontal distance from the start of the prescribed takeoff procedure to a point at least 50 and feet above the takeoff surface where VTOSS a positive rate of climb are attained following an engine failure occurring at or after CDP. The horizontal distance from the start of the prescribed takeoff procedure to the point where the helicopter is brought to a safe stop on the designated surface following an engine failure occurring at or prior to CDP. The distance traveled from where the aircraft at reaches VTOSS or above 50 feet AGL to 1,000 feet
AGL.
REJECTED TAKEOFF DISTANCE REQUIRED
TAKEOFF SAFETY PATH
BHT-412-FMS-CAA-10.4 TAKEOFF SAFETY The airspeed that will assure the required climb performance with one engine inoperative The horizontal distance necessary to achieve a takeoff flight path at VTOSS an altitude of 50 feet and or higher, with one engine Inoperative at or prior to LDP; or the horizontal distance necessary to land the helicopter without further Incident, with one engine inoperative at or after LDP. The discontinuation of a landing approach and the initiation of a climbout. Group "A" balked landing capability following an engine failure is assured at or prior to LDP.
LANDING DISTANCE REQUIRED
BALKED LANDING
ABBREVIATIONS: AGL CDP CDT GROC LDP

VMI N IFR
Above Ground Level
Critical Decision Point

Critical Decision Time Gross Rate of Climb Landing Decision Point Minimum Airspeed for
IFR
Takeoff Safety Speed Best Rate of Climb
VTOSS (V 2 ) Vy
Speed
WAT Weight-Altitude-
Temperature
CAA APPROVED
Section 1
1-5. CONFIGURATION
Standard landing gear or high skid gear with or without emergency floats (floats stowed).
has not been conducted in areas between
Parts A, B, and C.
1-7. AIRSPEED LIMITATIONS 1-7-A. CROSSWIND

The crosswind limit for takeoff and landing is 20 knots. Refer to the unfactored Chart in Component Headwind PERFORMANCE subsection. Takeoff or landing downwind or with quartering tailwinds is prohibited.
1-6. WEIGHT AND CENTER OF GRAVITY 1-6-C. TAKEOFFAND LANDING WEIGHTVS ALTITUDE
Refer to Gross Weight-Altitude-Ambient Air Temperature Limits Chart (figure 1-1). Charts designated Part A may be used for gross weights to 10,000 pounds (4636 kg). Part B charts may be used for gross weights to 10,800 pounds (4899 kg). Part C charts may be used for gross weights to 11,900 pounds (5398 kg). Interpolation of data between charts for different parts is not permitted. Testing
1-8.
ALTITUDE
Maximum altitude for takeoff and landing is 4000 feet pressure altitude.
CAA APPROVED
PART A
W.A.T. LIMITS CHART
VTOSS IS 40 KIAS G.W. TO 10,000 LBS (4536 kg)
WEIGHT GROSS
PART A WEIGHT - ALTITUDE - TEMPERATURE FOR TAKE-OFF AND I ANDING
40 KIAS VTOSS G.W. TO 10,000 LB (436
kg)
412FS-CAA-10.4-1-1-1
Figure 1-1.
Gross weight-altitude-ambient air temperature landing (Sheet 1 of 3)
limits chart - takeoff and
CAA APPROVED
PART B W.A.T. LIMITS CHART VTOSS IS 45 KIAS G.W. TO 10.800 LBS (4899 kg)
6000
5000
3000
2000
1000
GROSS WEIGHT
PART B WEIGHTALTITUDE - TEMPERATURE FOR TAKE-OFF AND LANDING
46 KIAS VTOSS G.W. TO 10.800
LB (4899 kg)
412FS-CAA-10.4-1-1-2
Figure 1-1. Gross weight-altitude-amblent air temperature limits chart - takeoff and landing (Sheet 2 of 3) 3
CAA APPROVED
PARTC
W.A.T.UMITS CHART
VTOSS IS 55 KIAS G.W. TO 11900 LBS (5398 kg)
412FS-CAA-10.4-1-1-3
Figure 1-1.
Gross weight-altitude-amblent
landing (Sheet 3 of 3)
air temperature limits chart - takeoff and
CAA APPROVED
2-7. BEFORE TAKEOFF

Perform Power Assurance Check, refer to basic manual.
2-8. TAKEOFF
2-8-A. STANDARD TYPE TAKEOFF
Obtain CDP information - Refer to Limitations of this Supplement and figure 2-1.
Collective ENG Flat pitch.
NOTE CDP height is determined by reference to the pilots barometric altimeter. Indicated altitude with collective full down on the takeoff surface is used as a ground level reference. After attaining CDP, accelerate the helicopter to 65 KIAS and continue the climb.
2-10. DESCENTAND LANDING

2-10-A. STANDARD TYPE LANDING
100%RPM (Nl).
Altimeter - Set, note indication collective fully down. Instruments -
with NOTE type landing is A standard initiated from a LDP at 40 KIAS and an altitude of 100 feet above the runway, either in level flight or with a rate of decent of not more than 500 feet per minute (figure 22). Flight controls level.
GOV switches Throttles -
Normal operating range.
SEAT BELT and NO SMOKEswitches - As desired.

Area Clear.
Hover at approximately 4 feet (1.2 meters) skid height and note torque. Adjust ADI pitch bar to indicate level. Initiate a takeoff from hover using a MAST TORQUE of 10% above that required to hover and 10 nose down attitude. NOTE Do not exceed MAST TORQUE, ITT, or GAS PROD RPM(N1) limits. Maintain pitch attitude as the helicopter moves forward to achieve the correct CDP shown on the takeoff flight path profile diagram (figure 2-1).
Adjust friction to desired

AUTO.
Fully open.
ENG RPM -
100% RPM(N,,).
FORCETRIM switch - As desired STEP switch - As desired. Altimeter station. Set to nearest reporting As 5
SEAT BELT and NO SMOKE sign desired.
TAKE-OFFFLIGHTPATHPROFILE MAXIMUM CONTINGENCY POWER RATINGAFTERPOWER FAILURE. THENREDUCE MAXIMUM TO CONTINUOUS AT 500 FT (152m) AGL. OEI
HEIGHT
VTOSSMINIMUM
412FS-CAA-10.4-2-1
Figure 2-1.
Takeoff flight
path profile
CAA APPROVED
LANDING FLIGHT PATH PROFILE
FT.
DISTANCE LANDING
412FS-CAA-10.4-2-2
Figure 2-2.
Landing flight path profile
CAA APPROVED
Section3
3-1. INTRODUCTION
Tables 3-1 through 3-4 list panel wording, fault conditions, and corrective actions for emergencies and malfunctions that might occur during takeoff after CDP, during landing prior to LDP, and during landing after LDP. whichever is higher. Climb out to 500 feet above the takeoff surface and accelerate to 65 KIAS. Reduce power to maximum continuous OEI limits. Refer to single engine enroute weight-altitude-temperature chart (figure 3-1). CAUTION
3-3. ENGINE
3-3-A. SINGLEENGINEFAILURE
DURINGTAKEOFF PRIORTO CDP An engine failure prior to reaching CDP will necessitate a landing back to the takeoff surface. If height permits, a positive deceleration to reduce forward airspeed is required. As the helicopter descends, it should be leveled and the collective should be used as required to cushion the landing. Some forward ground speed is normally required at touchdown. Maintain control of the helicopter. Collective - Adjust to maintain ROTOR RPM and OEI power limits. Flair to reduce ground speed. Assume landing touchdown. attitude before
DURING COLD WEATHER OPERATIONS, CAREFULLY MONITOR TORQUE OF THE NORMAL ENGINE WHEN ONE ENGINEFAILS OR IS SHUT DOWN IN FLIGHT. NOTE During takeoff, after CDP, it is permissible to droop ROTOR RPM to 91% during the transition from twin engine to single engine flight an engine failure. following ROTOR RPM should be regained to normal operating range at or before attaining appropriate best rate of climb speed. Maintain control of the helicopter. Collective - Adjust to maintain ROTOR RPM and OEI power limits.
Airspeed If below VTOSS, smoothly
Throttle (affected engine) - Closed. Complete shutdown of affected engine. DURINGTAKEOFF AFTER CDP In the event of an engine failure following CDP, airspeed should be Increased to the takeoff safety speed (TOSS)or maintained,
increase to VTOSS initiate a climb. and Throttle (affected engine) - Close. Complete shutdown of affected engine. ENG (unaffected engine) RPM (Nll). AFTER CDP Set to 100%
ENROUTECLIMB
CAA APPROVED
Refer to figure 3-2 Enroute net rate of climb chart. * DURINGLANDING PRIORTO LDP Execute the same procedures as for single engine failure on takeoff after CDP or proceed to LDP and use the procedure below. * DURINGLANDING AFTER THE LDP The helicopter, with an emergency, is committed to land after LDP. The landing is accomplished using up to the maximum power of the remaining engine while maintaining rotor speed within limits.
Maintain control of the helicopter.

Collective Adjust to maintain ROTOR
RPM and OEI power limits. Flair to reduce speed. Assume landing touchdown. attitude before
Throttle (affected engine) - Closed. Complete shutdown of affected engine.
CAA APPROVED
6000
4000
3000
2000
1000 78 80 36 82 37 84 38 86 39 88 40 90 41 92 94 96 98 100 45 102 46 104 47 106 48 108 49 110 5'0 112 51 114 52 116 53 119 54 42 43 44 GROSS WEIGHT
ENROUTEWEIGHT- ALTITUDE- TEMPERATURE- MAXIMUMCONTINUOUSOEI POWER - VY = 70 KIAS 7,500TO 11,900 LB (3402 TO 5398 Kg) 412FS-CAA-10.4-3-1
Figure 3-1. Single engine enroute weight-altitude-temperature chart
CAA APPROVED
10,000
12,000 (5443)
11,500\
(5216) 11,000 (4990) 10,500 (4763) 10,000 (4536)
600 NET R/C - FT.MIN ENROUTENET RATEOF CLIMB - ONE ENGINEINOPERATIVE MAXIMUMCONTINUOUSOEI - 70 KIAS - ENGINE RPM 97% GENERATOR150AMPS - HEATEROFF - INOP ENGINESECURED
2000
412FS-CAA-10.4-3-2
Figure 3-2.
Enroute net rate of climb chart
11
BHT-412-FMS-CAA-10.4 Table 3-1. Warning lights-Takeoff PANEL WORDING MASTER CAUTION FIRE PULL (1 OR 2) prior to CDP
CAA APPROVED
FAULT CONDITION Warning or caution light(s) illuminated.
CORRECTIVE ACTION Land Immediately
Fire indication in No. 1 or Land immediately. No. 2 engine compartment Pull affected FIRE PULL handle. Select MAIN fire extinguisher; it necessary, select RESERVE fire extinguisher. Smoke in compartment baggage Land immediately. Inspect tailboom area for damage.
BAGGAGE FIRE ENG OUT (1 or 2) X MSN PRESSURE
GAS PRODabnormally low, Land immediately. below 53 + 2% RPM (N,), on Refer to ENGINEOUT procedures. No. 1 or No. 2 engine. O I L Transmission oil pressure below limit. Transmission oil temperature above limit. Land immediately. Land immediately. Land immediately. Land immediately. Land immediately. BATTERY BUS 1 and BUS 2
switches OFF. WARNING
XMSN OIL TEMP C BOX PRESSURE C BOX TEMP BATTERY TEMP
O I L Combining gearbox oil pressure below normal. Combining gearbox temperature above limit. Battery case temperature above limits.
BATTERY SHALL NOT BE USED FOR ENGINE START AFTER

ILLUMINATION OF BATTERY TEMP
LIGHT. BATTERY SHALL BE REMOVED AND SERVICED IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS PRIORTO RETURNTO SERVICE. ROTOR BRAKE Rotor brake linings retracted. not Land immediately.
CAA APPROVED
BHT-412-FMS-CAA-10.4 Table 3-2. Warning lights-Takeoff after CDP
PANEL WORDING MASTERCAUTION
FAULT CONDITION Warning or Caution light(s) illuminated
CORRECTIVE ACTION
Accelerate to VTOSS.Reset MASTER
CAUTION light; take appropriate corrective action as required by illuminated segment(s).
FIRE PULL
(1 or 2)
Fire indication in No.1 or Accelerate to VToss. Pull affected No. 2 engine compartment. FIRE PULL handle. Select MAIN fire extinguisher. Close throttle of affected engine. Select RESERVE fire extinguisher if necessary. Land as soon as possible. Smoke in compartment baggage Land immediately. Inspect tailboom area for damage.
BAGGAGEFIRE ENG OUT (1 or 2)
GAS PROD abnormally low, Accelerate to VTOSS. Secure below 53 2% RPM (N,), on appropriate engine. Refer to ENGINE No.1 or No.2 engine OUT procedure. Land as soon as possible. O I L Transmission oil pressure Accelerate to VTOSS. Reduce power; below limit. verify fault on XMSN OIL pressure gage. Land as soon as possible. Transmission oil temperature above limit.
Accelerate to VTOSS. Reduce power;
X MSN PRESSURE
XMSNOIL TEMI P
verify fault on XMSN OIL temperature gage. Land as soon as possible. Accelerate to VTOSS. Reduce power; verify fault on GEAR BOX pressure gage. Land Immediately Accelerate to VTOSS. Reduce power; verify fault on GEAR BOX temperature gage. Land as soon as possible.
C BOX PRESSURE C BOX TEMP
O I L Combining gearbox oil pressure below normal. Combining gearbox oil temperature above limit.
13
BHT-412-FMS-CAA-1 0.4 Table 3-2. Warning lights-Takeoff PANEL WORDING BATTERYTEMP
CAA APPROVED
after CDP (Cont)
FAULT CONDITION Battery case temperature above limit
CORRECTIVE ACTION Accelerate to VTOSS. BATTERY BUS 1 and BUS 2 switches - OFF. Land as soon as practical. WARNING
BATTERY SHALL NOT BE USED FOR ENGINE START AFTER

ILLUMINATION OF BATTERY TEMP
LIGHT. BATTERY SHALL BE REMOVED AND SERVICED IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS PRIOR TO RETURNTO SERVICE. ROTORBRAKE Rotor brake linings retracted not
Accelerate to VTOSS. Check rotor
brake handle fully up in detent. If light remains on, land as soon as possible.
CAA APPROVED
BHT-412-FMS-CAA-10.4 Table 3-3. Warning lights-Landing prior to LDP
PANEL WORDING MASTER CAUTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION Reset MASTER CAUTION light; take appropriate corrective action as required by illuminated segment.
FIRE PULL (1 or 2)
Fire indication in No.1 or Pull affected FIRE PULL handle. No.2 engine compartment. Select MAIN fire extinguisher. Close throttle of affected engine. Select RESERVE fire extinguisher, if necessary. Land as soon as possible Smoke in baggage compartment.
GAS PROD abnormally
BAGGAGE FIRE ENG OUT (1 or 2) XMSN PRESSURE
Land immediately. Inspect tailboom area for damage.
low, Maintain VTOSS.Secure appropriate below 53 2% RPM (N1), on engine. Land as soon as possible. No.1 or No.2 engine. Refer to ENGINE OUT procedure. below limit.
O I L Transmission oil pressure
Reduce power. Verify fault on XMSN OIL pressure gage. Land immediately. Reduce power. Verify fault on XMSN OIL temperature gage. Land as soon as possible. Reduce power. Verify fault on GEAR BOX pressure gage. Land as soon as possible Reduce power. Verify fault on GEAR BOX temperature gage. Land as soon as possible.
XMSN OIL TEMP
Transmission oil temperature above limit.
BOX
PRESSURE
O I L Combining gearbox oil pressure below normal. Combining gearbox oil temperature above limit.
C BOX OIL TEMP
15
BHT-412-FMS-CAA-10.4 Table 3-3. Warning lights-Landing PANEL WORDING BATTERYTEMP
CAA APPROVED prior to LDP (Cont)
FAULT CONDITION Battery case temperature above limits.
CORRECTIVE ACTION BATTERY switches practical BUS 1 and BUS 2 OFF. Land as soon as WARNING
BATTERY SHALL NOT BE USED FOR ENGINE START AFTER ILLUMINATIONOF BATTERY TEMP LIGHT. BATTERY SHALL BE REMOVED AND SERVICED IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS PRIORTO RETURNTO SERVICE. ROTOR BRAKE Rotor brake linings retracted. not Check rotor brake handle fully up In detent. If light remains on, land as soon as possible.
CAA APPROVED
Table 3-4. Warning lights-Landing PANEL WORDING MASTER CAUT ION FIRE PULL (1 or 2)
after LDP
CORRECTIVE ACTION Land immediately
Fire indication in No.1 or Land immediately. No.2 engine compartment. Pull affected FIRE PULL handle. Close throttle of affected engine. Select MAIN fire extinguisher; if necessary, select RESERVE fire extinguisher. Smoke in compartment. baggage Land immediately. Inspect tailboom area for damage
BAGGAGEFIRE ENG OUT (1 or 2) X MSN

PRESSURE
GAS PROD abnormally low, Land immediately. below 53 2% rpm (N), on Refer to ENGINEOUT procedures. No.1 or No.2 engine. O I L Transmission oil pressure below limit. Transmission oil temperature above limit. Land immediately. Land immediately. Land immediately. Land immediately. Land immediately. BATTERY BUS 1 and
switches OFF.
XMSN OIL TEM P C BOX PRESSURE C BOX TEMP BATTERY TEMI
O I L Combining gearbox oil pressure below normal Combining gearbox temperature above limit. Battery case temperature
above limits.
BUS 2
WARNING
BATTERY
SHALL
NOT BE USED
FOR ENGINE
ILLUMINATION
START
AFTER
TEMP
OF BATTERY
LIGHT. BATTERY SHALL BE REMOVED AND SERVICED IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS PRIOR TO RETURNTO SERVICE. ROTORBRAKE
Rotor brake linings not
Land immediately.
retracted.
17
CAA APPROVED
Section4
4-1. INTRODUCTION
The power performance data presented in this section is based on engine manufacturers minimum specification power for the PT6T-3D engine with installation losses. The takeoff and landing data presented in this section is based on test performed on a level asphalt runway 75 feet wide. The minimum runway length for standard takeoff and landing procedures varies with wind, gross weight, pressure altitude, and temperature. The Unfactored Headwind Component chart (figure 4-1) is provided with an example to determine critical crosswind and corrected headwind for group "A" takeoff and landings. The headwind component, as calculated from the headwind component chart, is applied to parts A, B, and C of the Takeoff Space Required charts.
4-6. TAKEOFF DISTANCE

4-6-A. REJECTED TAKEOFF DISTANCE REQUIRED
The rejected takeoff distance required Is the space necessary to takeoff, climb to CDP, encounter an engine failure at CDP, return to takeoff surface, and stop safely. The rejected takeoff distance required is obtained from either part A, B, or C of the Rejected Takeoff Distance Required charts (figure 4-2).
4-2. POWERASSURANCE CHECK

Refer to Section 4 of applicable Basic Flight Manual for power assurance charts to determine if the engine (power sections) can produce installed specification power. The hover check is preformed prior to takeoff. The in-flight check is provided for in-flight monitoring of engine performance. If either engine (power section) does not meet the requirements of the hover or inflight power assurance check, group "A" performance will not be achievable. The cause of engine power loss, or excessive Interturbine temperature (ITT) or GAS PROD RPM (N,) shall be determined as soon as practical. Refer to appropriate engine maintenance manual.
4-6-B. TAKEOFFSPACE REQUIRED

The takeoff space required is the horizontal distance required to takeoff, climb to CDP, encounter an engine failure, accelerate to VTOSS,and climb to 50 feet AGL above the takeoff space. Takeoff space required is obtained from either part A, B, or C of the Takeoff Space Required charts (figure 4-3) using the headwind component from the Unfactored Headwind Component chart (figure 4-1).
4-5. HOVER CEILING 4-5-A. HEADWIND COMPONENT
CAA APPROVED
BHT-412-FMS-CAA-10.4 Landing space required is the distance necessary to come to a stop from LDP with one engine inoperative. Landing space required is obtained from the Landing Space Required chart (figure 4-6).
4-6-C. TAKEOFF FLIGHT PATH

The takeoff flight path begins at the end of Takeoff Space Required, at 50 feet AGL or higher, above the takeoff space and at Path charts (figure 4-4) provide data for 50 to 500 feet and 500 to 1,000 feet AGL. These charts provide altitude gain for each 100 feet (30.5 meters) horizontal distance traveled.
VTOSS,Parts A, B, or C of the Takeoff Flight
4-9-B. CORRECTED LANDING DISTANCE

Corrected landing distance from LDP is landing distance corrected for wind factor. The headwind component is obtained from calculation of the Unfactored Headwind Component chart (figure 4-1), and applied to the Landing Space Required chart (figure 4-6) to obtain corrected landing distance.
4-7. CLIMB AND DESCENT

4-7-A. ENROUTE CLIMB
Refer to figure 4-5 OEI Enroute net climb gradient chart.
4-9. LANDING DISTANCE 4-9-A. LANDINGSPACE REQUIRED
19
CAA APPROVED
40 35 35 30 25
CROSSWIND COMPONENT-
KT.
EXAMPLE
4. 6.
REPORTED FOLLOW
WIND
SPEED
............................... CURVED UNES. TO WIND
20 KNOTS
THE SHAPE
OF THE
COMPONENT
SCALE
AND
READ
HEADWIND
COMPONENT
.......
17
KNOTS
412FS-CAA-10.4-4-1
Figure 4-1.
Unfactored headwind component chart
CAA APPROVED
REJECTED TAKE-OFF AREA REQUIRED

PART A GW 7.500 TO 10.000 LB (3402 TO 4536 Kg) VTOSS = 40 KIAS CDP = 30 KIAS AT 15 FT (4.6m)
10 OAT - C
Figure 4-2.
Rejected takeoff distance required (Sheet 1 of 3)
21
CAA APPROVED
REJECTED TAKE-OFFAREA REQUIRED

PART B GW 7,500 TO 10.800 LB (3402 TO 4899 Kg)
Figure 4-2.
22
CAA APPROVED

PART C
10
20
EXAMPLE:
OAT PRESSURE ALTITUDE WIND
412FS-CAA-10.4-4-2-3
Figure 4-2.
23
CAA APPROVED
TAKE-OFF SPACE REQUIRED

PART A
TAKE-OFFSPACE REQUIRED 412FS-CAA-10.4-4-3-1
Figure 4-3.
Takeoff space required chart (Sheet 1 of 3)
CAA APPROVED

PART B GW 7.500 TO 10.800 LB (3402 TO 4899 Kg) VTOSS = 4 KIAS CDP = 35 KIAS AT 20 FT (6.1m)
EXAMPLE:
OA PR WI FO
TO
RE
Figure 4-3.
Takeoff space required chart (Sheet 2 of 3)
25
CAA APPROVED

PART C
GW 7,500
TO 11,900
LB (3402
TO 5398
Kg)
VTOSS = 56 KIAS
CDP = 45 KIAS AT 35 FT (10.7m)
412FS-CAA-I0.4-4-3-3 412FS-CAA-10.4-4-3-3
Figure 4-3. Takeoff space required chart (Sheet 3 of 3)
CAA APPROVED
412FS-CAA-10.4-4-4-1
Figure 4-4.
Takeoff flight path (Sheet
1 of 6)
27
CAA APPROVED
PART A
VTOSS = 40 KIAS
Figure 4-4.
Takeoff flight
path (Sheet 2 of 6)
CAA APPROVED
PART B
2000 (609.6)
10.800
10,000 (4536)
MEAN HEIGHT GAINED IN 100FEETHORIZONTAL DISTANCE- FEET (METERS) 45 KNOTS MAXIMUM CONTINGENCY POWER 412FS-CAA-10.4-4-4-3
Figure 4-4.
Takeoff flight path (Sheet 3 of 6)
CAA APPROVED
MEAN HEIGHT GAINED IN 100 FEET HORIZONTAL DISTANCE - FEET (METERS) 45 KNOTS- MAXIMUM CONTINUOUSOEI 500 TO 1000 FEET (152 TO 305 METERS) ABOVE SURFACE 412FS-CAA-10.4-4-4-4
Figure 4-4. Takeoff flight path (Sheet 4 of 6)
CAA APPROVED
PART C
10
30
41 2FS-AA-10.4-4-4-5
Figure 4-4.
Takeoff flight path (Sheet 5 of 6)
31
PART C
OAT-'C
CAA APPROVED
MAX. GROSS
(3402)
Figure 4-4. Takeoff flight path (Sheet 6 of 6)
2000
ENROUTENET GRADIENTOF CLIMB - ONE ENGINE INOPERATIVE MAXIMUMCONTINUOUSOEI - 70 KIAS - ENGINE RPM97% GENERATOR150 AMPS - HEATEROFF - INOP ENGINESECURED 412FS-CAA-10.4-4-5
Figure 4-5.
OEI Enroute net climb gradient chart
33
CAA APPROVED
LANDING SPACE REQUIRED -
100 FT. HEIGHT TO STOP
GW 7,500 TO 11,900 LB (3402 TO 5398 kg) LANDING DECISION POINT 100 FEET (30.5 METERS) @ 40 KIAS RATE OF DESCENT 500 FT/MIN.Figure 4-6.Landing space required
40
-30
-20
-10
10 OAT - C
20
I
30
40
50
Figure 4-6.
Landing space required chart
BHT-412-FMS-CAA-12
MODEL 412
FLIGHT MANUAL
SUPPLEMENT FOR NIGHTSUN SEARCHLIGHT
(212-899-333)
CERTIFIED DECEMBER 4, 1981
This supplement shall be attached to the Model 412 Flight Manual when the 212-899-333 Nightsun Searchlight has been installed. The information contained herein supplements the information of the basic Flight Manual; for Limitations, Procedures, and Performance Data not contained in this supplement, consult the basic Flight Manual.
Bell Helicopter
A Subsidiary of Textron Inc POST OFFICE BOX 482 * FORT WORTH, TEXAS 76101
Log of Pages NIGHTSUN SEARCHLIGHT
412 FLIGHT MANUAL
LOG OF PAGES
Original ..... 0 ..... December 4, 1981
Page Title ........................... A .............................. i/ii ............................. 1 - 2..........................
Revision No. 0 0 0
Page
Revision No.
APPROVED:
December 4, 1981
CHIEF CIVIL AVIATION AUTHORITY AIRWORTHINESS DIVISION BRABAZON HOUSE REDHILL SURREY, ENGLAND
412 FLIGHT MANUAL
Introduction NIGHTSUN SEARCHLIGHT
INTRODUCTION
The Nightsun Searchlight is a high intensity light which mounts on the lower nose of the helicopter. The xenon arc light may be started, aimed and focused from the operators panel inside the helicopter. The kit consists of the Nightsun Searchlight, mounts, hardware, cable, and operators panel.
i/ii
412 FLIGHT MANUAL
Sections 1 & 2 NIGHTSUN SEARCHLIGHT
*11
NOTE The contents of this supplement shall be used in conjunction with the basic flight manual for helicopters equipped with the Nightsun Searchlight.
WEIGHT/CG
LIMITATIONS
Actual weight changes shall be determined after kit is installed and ballast readjusted, if necessary, to return empty weight CG within allowable limits.
PLACARDS AND DECALS

CAUTION DO NOT USE NIGHTSUN SEARCHLIGHT BELOW 50 FT AGL OR IN FOG CONDITIONS. MONITOR LOADMETERWHEN USING NIGHTSUN SEARCHLIGHT.
412099-5
CREW LIMITATIONS
Operation of the Nightsun Searchlight is restricted to the copilot or operator position.
EXTERIOR CHECK
Nightsun Searchlight Security and wiring. Lens for cleanliness. Refer to Operators Manual for detailed servicing and cleaning instructions.
PRESTART CHECK
SCHLT PWR and SCHLT CONT circuit breakers - IN.
Sections 2. 3, 4. & 5 NIGHTSUNSEARCHLIGHT
412 FLIGHTMANUAL
INFLIGHT OPERATION
NIGHTSUN SEARCHLIGHT MASTER switch - ON. STARTswitch NIGHTSUNSEARCHLIGHT - START, hold in start position approximately 5 seconds,or until ignition has occurred.
CAUTIO N
Aim and focus - As desired.

CAUTION
DO NOT AIM THE BEAM TOWARD OTHER AIRCRAFT OR OF BECAUSE VEHICLES TEMPORARY BLINDING EFFECT.
BEFORE LANDING
HOLDING SWITCH IN START POSITION AFTER IGNITION MAY DAMAGE EQUIPMENT. NIGHTSUN SEARCHLIGHT MASTER switch - OFF.
No Change
No Change
No Change
BHT-412-FMS-CAA-24
Bell
MODEL 412
ROTORCRAFT FLIGHT MANUAL
SUPPLEMENT FOR SEAT CUSHION KIT
412-706-019
CERTIFIED
2 NOVEMBER 1987
This supplement shall be attached to Model 412 Flight Manual when the 412-706-019 Seat Cushion Kit has been installed. The information contained herein supplements the information of the basic Flight Manual. For Limitations, Procedures, and Performance Data not contained in this supplement, consult the basic Flight Manual.
Bell Helicopter
A Subsidiary of Textron Inc POST OFFICE BOX 482 FORT WORTH, TEXAS 76101
2 NOVEMBER 1987
Log of Pages BHT 412-FMS-CAA-24
412 ROTORCRAFT FLIGHT MANUAL
LOG OF REVISIONS
Original.....0
.........
2 November 1987
LOG OF PAGES
REVISION NO.
0 0 0 0
PAGE Title ............................ A ............. .................. i/ii ............................. 1-1/1-2 ........................
PAGE
REVISION NO.
APPROVED:
2 NOVEMBER 1987
CIVIL AVIATION AUTHORITY AIRWORTHINESS DIVISION BRABAZON HOUSE REDHILL SURREY. ENGLAND
INTRODUCTION BHT 412-FMS-CAA-24
INTRODUCTION
The Seat Cushion Kit is installed in conjunction with the Utility Passenger Seat Kit and provides increased comfort level for passengers.
i/ii
Section 1 & 2 BHT 412-FMS-CAA-24
Section 1
WEIGHT/CG LIMITATIONS PLACARDS AND MARKINGS DOORS MUST BE KEPT CLOSED DURING FLIGHT IF SEAT CUSHIONS INSTALLED
Actual weight change shall be determined after Seat Cushion Kit is installed and ballast readjusted if necessary to return empty weight CG within allowable limits.
Section 2
~~~E
BEFORE TAKEOFF
Passenger doors - Closed.
1-1/1-2
BHT-412-FMS-CAN-30
MODELS412/412EP
ROTORCRAFT
FLIGHT MANUAL
CANADIAN ADDENDUM TO
THE SUPPLEMENTS FOR
INTERNAL HOIST
AND
APPROVED FOR DOT NOVEMBER 9, 1989
This addendum shall beattached to the Models 412 and 412 EP Flight Manual when Internal Hoist or External Cargo Suspension Unit is installed. The information contained herein supplements the information of the basic Flight Manual. For Limitations, Procedures, and Performance Data not contained in this addendum, consult the basic Flight Manual.
Bell Helicopter TEXTRON

Inc of A Subsidiary Textron
NOTICE COPYRIGHT POSTOFFICE BOX 482. FORTWORTH, TEXAS76101
COPYRIGHT 1994
TEXTRON BELL AND HELICOPTER

ADIVISIONTEXTRON LTD OF CANADA ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
REISSUE -
23 JUNE 1994
412 ROTORCRAFT FLIGHT MANUAL BHT-412-FMS-CAN-30
FAA APPROVED SUPPLEMENT FORDOT
LOG OF REVISIONS
Original ..... Reissue..... 0 ..... ...... 09 Nov 89 23 Jun 94 LOG OF PAGES Revision No.
Page
Title ............................
1/2 .............................
A..... .... .... .... ..... .... .. . ..0

0
NOTICE This addendum provides additional information to that contained within the Internal Hoist and External Cargo Hook Operation FAA Flight Manual Supplements.
APPROVED:
MANAGER ROTORCRAFT CERTIFICATION OFFICE FEDERAL AVIATION ADMINISTRATION FT.WORTH, TX 76193-0170
NOTE: Revisedtext is indicated by a black vertical line. Insert latest revision pages; dispose of superseded pages.
Thispageappliesto Canadian Registered helicoptersonly.
FAA APPROVED SUPPLEMENT FORDOT
Section 1 BHT-412-FMS-CAN-30
Section I
FLIGHTCREW LIMITATIONS
No person shall be carried during internal hoisting or external cargo hook operations unless that person: a. is a crewmember; b. c. is a crewmember trainee; or performs a function operation. essential to the
HEIGHT-VELOCITYLIMITATIONS
The Height-Velocity limitations of the basic manual are not limitations for hoisting or external cargo hook operations.
helicopters only. Registered Thispageappliesto Canadian
* MODEL
ROTORCRAFT
FLIGHT MANUAL
SUPPLEMENT
UNITED KINGDOMREGISTERED
HELICOPTERS
412-705-016 AND 412-705-018
CAACERTIFIED 1996 11 NOVEMBER
This supplement shall be attached to Model 412EP Flight Manual when UNITED KINGDOM REGISTERED HELICOPTERS kit has been installed. Information contained herein supplements information of basic Flight Manual. For Limitations, Procedures, and Performance Data not contained in this supplement, consult basic Flight Manual.
Bell Helicopter
COPYRIGHT NOTICE COPYRIGHT 1996 INC. BELL HELICOPTER * AND BELL HELICOPTER TEXTRON INC A DIVISION TEXTRON OF CANADA LTD ALLRIGHTS RESERVED Inc of A Subsidiary Textron
POST OFFICE BOX 482 FORT WORTH.TEXAS 76101
11 NOVEMBER 1996
NOTICEPAGE
Additional copies of this publication may be obtained by contacting: Commercial Publication Distribution Center Bell Helicopter Textron Inc. P. O.Box 482 Fort Worth, Texas 76101-0482
NP
LOGOFREVISIONS
Original ........... 0 .............. 11 NOV 96
LOGOF PAGES
PAGE Title ..................................... NP ...................................... REVISION NO. 0 0 PAGE B .................................. A i/ii ....................................... 1 - 52 .................................. REVISION NO. 0 0 0
NOTE Revised text is indicated by a black vertical line. Insert latest revision pages; dispose of superseded pages. A
CAA APPROVED
LOGOF APPROVED REVISIONS

Original ........... 0 .............. 11 NOV 96
APPROVED:
CIVIL AVIATION AUTHORITY SAFETY REGULATIONGROUP AVIATION HOUSE SOUTHAREA GATWICKAIRPORT GATWICK WEST SUSSEX RH6 OYR
CAA APPROVED
1 Section
1-2. BASIS OF CERTIFICATION
This helicopter is certified under BCAR Group A.
1-9. MANEUVERING 1-9-B. CLIMB AND DESCENT

Maximum IMC rate of climb or descent is 1000feet per minute. Maximum degrees. IMC approach slope is 5
1-3. TYPES OF OPERATION

is helicopter The basic configured approved for fifteen-place seating and is certified for operation under non-icing conditions. The IMC configured helicopter is certified for operation during day or night non-icing conditions. Refer to Flight Manual Supplement BHT412-FMS-CAA-10.4 for additional limitations procedures and performance data for GROUPA operations.
1-13. POWER PLANT

Instrument markings (Figure 1-2) NOTE in maximum Operation OEI or maximum continuous power range is contingency intended for emergency use only, when one engine becomes due to an actual inoperative malfunction. Routine operation in OEI or maximum continuous power maximum contingency range can affect engine warranty and service life. NOTE Operation in excess of twin engine takeoff power limits is permitted only for maintenance purposes in accordance with the Pratt & Whitney Maintenance Manual or Annual Airworthiness Flight test in accordance with the Test CAA Flight approved Schedule.
1-5. CONFIGURATION EQUIPMENT 1-5-A. REQUIRED

Appropriate equipment as required by BCAR and AND shall be installed.
/REMOVED OPEN 1-5-C. DOORS

For overwater operations with emergency floats installed all doors shall be installed.
1-7. AIRSPEED
The Vno is VNE minus 10 knots (Figure 11).
CAA APPROVED Maximum for Starting (2 sec. max. above 960 C)
1-13-A. GAS PRODUCER RPM (N1)

1-13-A-1. Continuous Maximum Contingency (2 minute) Range Maximum Contingency ONE ENGINE INOPERATIVE (OEI) 1037%
1090C
1-13-C-2. ONE ENGINE

INOPERATIVE (OEI) 1-13-C-2-a. Gage PN 212-075-067-115
103.7%to 109.2% 109.2%
1-13-B. POWER TURBINE RPM (N1.)

Maximum transient (2 seconds maximum) 101.0%
Maximum Continuous 820 C Maximum Contingency 820 to 925 C (2'/2 minute) Range Maximum Contingency 925 C NOTE Either ITT gage shall be installed In pairs. 1-13-C-2-b. Gage PN 212-075-067-119 Maximum Continuous Maximum Contingency (2 minute) Range Maximum Contingency 820 C
1-13-C. INTERTURBINE TEMPERATURE (ITT) 1-13-C-1. TWIN ENGINE

OPERATION 1-13-C-1-a. Gage PN 212-075-067-115 Continuous Maximum Continuous Maximum Transient (5 sec. max. above 810 C) Maximum for Starting (2 sec. max. above 960 C) 300 to 810 C 810 C
820 to 940 C 940 C
1-13-D. ENGINE TORQUE

925 C 1090 C
1-13-D-1. ONE ENGINE

INOPERATIVE (OEI) Continuous Maximum Continuous Maximum Contingency (2 minute) Maximum Contingency 5 to 73.2% 73.2%
NOTE Either ITT gage shall be installed in pairs. 1-13-C-1-b. Gage PN 212-075-067-119 Continuous Maximum Continuous Maximum Transient (5 sec. max. above 810 C) 300 to 810 C 810 C 940 C
73.2 to 81% 81%
1-15.
1-15-D.
ROTOR
ROTOR RPM (NR) OEI
Continuous operation
97 to 100%
CAA APPROVED
TWIN
103.1% CONTINUOUS
OEI 103.7%
MAX CONTINGENCYOEI 109.2%
412FSCAA-57.4-1-1
Figure 1-1. Placards and decals
CAA APPROVED
CAA APPROVED
Section 2
No change from basic manual.
Section3
3-3. ENGINE
LOAD position, the battery will provide approximately 75.9 minutes of electrical power.
3-3-A. SINGLEENGINEFAILURE
NOTE Minimum allowable rotorspeed at maximum gross weight may droop to 76% NRduring OEI landing.
3-9. AUTOMATICFLIGHT CONTROLSSYSTEM

3-9-C. AFCS HARDOVER OR ABNORMALCONTROL DISTURBANCE
WARNING IF AP1 OR AP2 FAILS OR IS DISENGAGED, REDUCE AIRSPEED TO 115 KIAS OR LESS AND REMAINDER OF FLIGHT SHALL BE EXECUTED HANDSON.
3-7. ELECTRICALSYSTEM
3-7-A. DC POWERFAILURE
NOTE A fully charged battery will provide sufficient electrical power for approximately 22.6 minutes under normal conditions. With emergency load switch in EMERG
CAA APPROVED
Section4
4-5. HOVERCEILING
4-5-A. HOVERCEILING- IGE
Adequate cyclic and directional control are available at the gross weights allowed by the Hover Ceiling IGE charts in relative winds up to 35 knots from any direction at or below 3000 feet H,. Improved control margins will be achieved by avoiding winds in the critical relative wind azimuth areas (figure 4-1). The Hover Celling In Ground Effect charts (figure 4-2) provide the maximum allowable gross weights for hovering IGE at all pressure altitude and outside air temperature conditions with heater on or off. Conversely, the hover ceiling altitude can be determined for any given gross weight. AREA A (unshaded area) as shown on the hover ceiling charts presents hover performance for which satisfactory cyclic and directional control have been demonstrated in relative winds of 35 knots from any direction at or below 3000 ft HD. Improved control margins will be achieved by avoiding winds In the critical relative wind azimuth areas. AREA B (shaded area) as shown on hover ceiling charts presents additional hover performance which can be achieved In calm winds or winds outside the critical relative wind azimuth areas. NOTE Tail rotor or cyclic control margin may preclude operation in AREA B of the hover ceiling charts when the relative wind Is In the respective critical wind azimuth area.
4-5-B. HOVERCEILING- OGE

The Hover Ceiling Out of Ground Effect charts (figure 4-3) provide maximum weights for hovering OGE at all pressure altitude and outside air temperature conditions with heater on or off. Data presented is valid up to 3000 ft HD. CAUTION OGE HOVER OPERATION MAY RESULT IN VIOLATION OF HEIGHT-VELOCITY LIMITATIONS. Some of the OGE hover ceiling charts are divided Into two areas as follows:
4-6. TAKEOFF DISTANCE

The Takeoff Distance charts (figure 4-4) provide takeoff distance required to clear a 50 foot (15 meter) obstacle in a zero wind condition, using a takeoff flight path which will avoid the critical areas of the HeightVelocity diagram (Section 1). Takeoff Is Initiated from a hover at 4 feet (1.2 meters) skid height with climbout speed of 45 knots. NOTE Downwind takeoffs are not recommended because the published takeoff distance performance cannot be achieved.
CAA APPROVED weight combinations with heater off at maximum continuous power. NOTE Published single engine performance is intended for emergency use only when one engine becomes inoperative due to an actual malfunction. Routine operation in maximum contingency (2 1/2 minute) OEI or maximum contingency OEI range can affect engine service life. NOTE OEI operations is however permitted for maintenance, OEI training, and airworthiness flight test purposes.
4-7. CLIMB AND DESCENT

NOTE When climbing at 100% mast torque and OVER TORQUE light illuminates, reduce power slightly.
4-7-A. TWINENGINERATE OF CLIMB

The Twin Engine Rate of Climb charts (figure 4-5) provide the rates of climb that can be obtained at all outside air temperatures/pressures altitudes/gross weight combinations with heater on or off at maximum continuous power and takeoff power. NOTE All rate of climb data are based on changes in true altitude (pressure altitude corrected for nonstandard temperature).
4-9.
LANDING DISTANCE
4-7-B. SINGLEENGINERATE OF CLIMB

The Single Engine Rate of Climb charts (figure 4-6) provide the rates of climb that can be obtained at all outside air temperature/pressure altitudes/gross
The Single Engine Landing Distance chart (figure 4-7) provides the landing distances required to clear a 50 foot (15 meter) obstacle for all outside air temperatures, pressure altitudes, and gross weights. Landing distances are based on an approach condition of 45 KIAS and 500 feet per minute rate of descent and zero wind.
CAA APPROVED
270
NOTE: 1. Pedal critical wind azimuth-hovering with the relative wind within SEENOTE these azimuth angles can result in inability to maintain heading due to large left pedal requirements for certain wind velocities. 2. Longitudinal cyclic critical wind azimuth 95 aft cyclic may be
limited longitudinal hardover.
with AFCS
SEENOTE 2
OGE CRITICAL RELATIVE WIND AZIMUTH
SEENOTE
1
270
SEENOTE 2
IGE CRITICAL RELATIVE WIND AZIMUTH
412-FS-CAA-57.4
4-1
Figure 4-1.
Critical relative wind azimuths
CAA APPROVED

POWER: SEE NOTE BELOW ENG - 100% RPM IN2) GENERATOR 150 AMPS (EA.) SKID HEIGHT 4 FEET HEATER ON OR OFF -40 TO 52C
NOTE THESE IGE HOVER CEILINGS ARE BASED ON DENSITY ALTITUDE LIMITS FOR TAKEOFF AND LANDING THIS HELICOPTER CAN BE HOVERED IGE AT THE INDICATED GROSS WEIGHTS WITH LESS THAN TAKEOFF POWER FOR TEMPER. ATURES BELOW 48C MAXIMUM WEIGHT GROSS LIMIT
MAX.
OAT HEATER ON (21C)

11.9
-40-30-20-10
10
20
50
60 3.5
10
11
12 LB X 1000 5.4 kg X 1000
OAT - C
4.0 4.5 5.0 GROSS WEIGHT
Figure 4-2.
Hover ceiling in ground effect (Sheet 1 of 2)
CAA APPROVED
HOVER CEILING
IN GROUND MAXIMUMCONTINUOUS POWER ENG- 100% RPM (N2) GENERATOR AMPS(EA.) 150 EFFECT SKID HEIGHT 4 FEET HEATERON OR OFF -40 TO 52C
14,000 FT. DEN. ALT. LIMIT
MAX GROSS WEIGHT LIMIT OAT 0C OAT C
MAX OAT AX OAT
HEATER ON (21C)
-40-30-20
-10 0
10 20 30 40 5060 3.5
10
.
11
12 LBX 1000 5.4 kg X 1000
OAT -C
Figure 4-2.
Hover ceiling in ground effect (Sheet 2 of 2)
11
CAA APPROVED
HOVER CEILING OUT OF GROUND EFFECT

TAKEOFF POWER ENG- 100% RPM(N2) GENERATOR AMPS (EA.) 150 SKID HEIGHT 60 FT. HEATEROFF 0 TO 52C
CAUTION: OGE HOVER OPERATION MAY RESULT VIOLATION H-VLIMITATIONS. IN OF
AREA A
LIMIT
60
10
11
12 LB X 1000 5.4 kg X 1000
3.5
Figure 4-3.
Hover ceiling out of ground effect (Sheet 1 of 8)
CAA APPROVED

TAKEOFF POWER ENG - 100% RPM (N2) GENERATOR AMPS (EA.) 150 SKID HEIGHT 60 FT. HEATEROFF -40 TO OC
IN OF OPERATION MAY RESULT VIOLATION H-VLIMITATIONS. CAUTION: OGEHOVER 14,000 FT. DEN. ALT. LIMIT
-30-20-10 OATC
0
3.5
9
4.0
10
4.5
11
5.0
12 LBX 1000
5.4 kg X 1000
GROSS WEIGHT
Figure 4-3.
13
CAA APPROVED

TAKEOFF POWER ENG- 100% RPM (N2) GENERATOR AMPS (EA.) 150 SKID HEIGHT 60 FT. HEATER ON 0 TO 20C
CAUTION: OGE HOVEROPERATION MAY RESULT VIOLATIONOFH-V LIMITATIONS. IN
TORQUE LIMIT
O 10 20
OAT -C .
8 3.5
10
11
12 LB X 1000 5.4 kg X 1000
Figure 4-3.
CAA APPROVED

POWER TAKEOFF ENG- 100% RPM (N2) GENERATOR AMPS(EA.) 150 SKID HEIGHT 60 FT. HEATER ON -40 TO 0 C
CAUTION: OGE HOVER OPERATION MAY RESULT VIOLATIONOF H-VLIMITATIONS. IN LIMIT
TORQUE LIMIT
8 OAT C
10
11
12 LB X 1000
3.5
5.4 kg X 1000
Figure 4-3.
15
CAA APPROVED

MAXIMUM CONTINUOUS POWER ENG- 100% RPM (N2) GENERATOR AMPS(EA.) 150 SKID HEIGHT 60 FT. HEATER OFF 0 TO 52C
CAUTION: OGE HOVER OPERATION MAY RESULT VIOLATION H-V LIMITATIONS. IN OF
OAT- C
3.5
. . . 4.0 4.5 5.0 5.26 GROSS WEIGHT
kg X 1000
Figure 4-3.
CAA APPROVED

POWER MAXIMUMCONTINUOUS ENG- 100% RPM(N2) GENERATOR AMPS(EA.) 150 SKID HEIGHT 60 FT. HEATER OFF -40 TO 0 C
CAUTION: OGEHOVER OPERATION MAY RESULT VIOLATION H-VLIMITATIONS. IN OF 14.000 FT DEN. ALT LIMIT
LIMIT _
-40 -30 -20 -10 OATC
0 3.5
10
11
5.26
12 LB X 1000
kg
4.0 4.5 5.0 5.26 GROSS WEIGHT
kg X 1000
Figure 4-3.
17
CAA APPROVED

MAXIMUM CONTINUOUS POWER ENG - 100% RPM (N2) GENERATOR AMPS (EA.) 150 SKID HEIGHT 60 FT. HEATERON 0 TO 20C
CAUTION: OGEHOVER OPERATION MAY RESULT VIOLATION H-V LIMITATIONS. IN OF
10 20 3.5
10
11
12 LB X 1000 5.26 kg X 1000
Figure 4-3.
CAA APPROVED
HOVER CEILING OUT OF GROUND EFFECT POWER MAXIMUMCONTINUOUS SKID HEIGHT 60 FT.
OF MAY RESULT VIOLATION H-VLIMITATIONS. IN CAUTION OGE HOVEROPERATION
LIMIT
8 3.5
9 4.0
10 4.5
11
12 LBX1000 kg X 1000
5.0 5.26
GROSS WEIGHT
Figure 4-3.
CAA APPROVED
TAKEOFF DISTANCE OVER 50 FOOT OBSTACLE

HOVER POWER + 15% TORQUE ENG - 100% RPM IN2) GENERATOR 150 AMPS IEA.) INITIATED FROM 4 FT SKID HEIGHT VTOCS 45 KIAS = HEATER ON OR OFF
14,000 FT. DEN ALT. LIMIT
-MAX
OAT
AT
MAX OAT
HEATER ON
(21-C)
i0-40-20 0 20 40 60 400 600 800 1000 1200 FT. 1400 OAT - 'C TAKEOFF DISTANCE ENGLISH
Figure 4-4.
Takeoff distance (Sheet 1 of 2)
TAKEOFF DISTANCE OVER 15 METER OBSTACLE HOVER POWER 15% TORQUE + ENG - 100% RPM(N2) GENERATOR AMPS(EA.) 150 INITIATED FROM 1 2 meter SKID HEIGHT
VTOCS 45 KIAS =
HEATERON OR OFF
Figure 4-4.
Takeoff distance (Sheet 2 of 2)
CAA APPROVED

TAKEOFF POWER GENERATOR AMPS(EA.) 150 2 RATEOF CLIMB WILL DECREASE 70 KIAS
RATE OF CLIMB - FEET/MINUTE RATE OF CLIMB - (METERS/SECOND)
Figure 4-5. Figure 4-5.
Twin engine rate of climb (Sheet 1 of 24) Twin engine rate of climb (Sheet 1 of 24)
22
CAA APPROVED
TWIN ENGINE RATE OF CLIMB GROSS WEIGHT7000 LB (3175 kg) TAKEOFF POWER ENG- 100% RPM(N2) GENERATOR AMPS (EA.) 150 OPENOR REMOVED WITHALL DOORS
70 KIAS HEATERON CLIMB SPEED 60 KIAS IS 2 RATEOF CLIMB WILL DECREASE 275 FT /MIN. -6000
20.000
18.000 OAT LIMIT 16,000
AT -20C 30C -40 C
-5500
-5000 -4500
-4000
12.000 -3500 10.000
- 3000
-2500
8,000
- 2000
6,000 \ -1500 4,000 -1000 2,000
-500
0 400 (2.0) 2400 800 1200 1600 2000 RATE OF CLIMB - FEET/MINUTE (4.0) (6. (80) .0) (10.0) (12.0) RATE OF CLIMB - (METERS/SECOND) 2800 (14.0) 3200 (16.0)
Figure 4-5.
Twin engine rate of climb (Sheet 2 of 24)
23
CAA APPROVED
ENG- 100% RPMIN21
HEATEROFF
275 FT. MIN 20.000
-6000
-1500
RATE OF CLIMB -
FEET/MINUTE
0)
RATE OF CLIMB (METERS/SECOND)
Figure 4-5.

GROSS WEIGHT 8000 LB (3629 kg) POWER TAKEOFF ENG- 100% RPM (N21 150 GENERATOR AMPS (EA.)
WITH ALL DOORS OPEN OR REMOVED
70 KIAS HEATERON
1 CLIMB SPEED IS 60 KIAS 2 RATE OF CLIMB WILL DECREASE 275 FT /MIN
RATE OF CLIMB - FEET/MINUTE
Figure 4-5.
25
CAA APPROVED
TWIN ENGINE RATE OF CLIMB GROSS WEIGHT 9000 LB (4082 kg) TAKEOFF POWER 70 KIAS HEATER OFF ENG- 100% RPM 9N2) 150 GENERATOR AMPS(EA.) IS WITHALL DOORS OPENOR REMOVED 1 CLIMB SPEED 60 KIAS 2 RATE OF CLIMBWILL DECREASE 275 FT /MIN 20.000 6000 6000
18000
-5500
16000
OAT
5000
-20 C 30C 14,000
4500
-4000
12,000
-4000
10,000
-3000
3000
8.000 OAT LIMIT
-2500
0 (0)
400 (2.0)
800 1200 1600 2000 2400 RATE OF CLIMB - FEET/MINUTE (10.0) (12.0) (8.0) (4.0) (6.0) RATE OF CLIMB - (METERS/SECOND)
2800 (14.0)
3200 (16.0)
Figurer 4-5.
Twin
engine
rate
of Climb
(sheet
5 Ot 24)

GROSS WEIGHT TAKEOFF POWER GENERATOR 150AMPS IEA.I WITH ALL DOORS OPEN OR REMOVED 1 CLIMB SPEED IS 60 KIAS 2 RATE OF CLIMB WILL DECREASE 275 FT /MIN 9000 LB (4082 kg) 70 KIAS
OAT
-5500
-5000
-4500
cc
L
-2000
-1500
-1000
-500
Figure 4-5.
27
BHT-412-FMS-CAA-57.4 TWIN ENGINE RATE OF CLIMB

GROSS WEIGHT 10.000 LB (4536 kg) TAKEOFF POWER ENG - 100% RPM (N2) 150 GENERATOR AMPS (EA.)
CAA APPROVED
70 KIAS HEATEROFF
IS WITHALL DOORSOPENOR REMOVED 1 CLIMB SPEED 60 KIAS 2 RATE OF CLIMBWILL DECREASE 275 FT /MIN
20,000
18,000
16,000
14,000
OAT LIMIT
Figure 4-5. Twin engine rate of climb (Sheet 7 of 24)
CAA APPROVED
TWIN ENGINE RATE OF CLIMB GROSS WEIGHT 10,000 LB 14536 kg)
TAKEOFF POWER ENG - 100% RPM (N2) GENERATOR 150 AMPS (EA.) WITH ALL DOORS OPEN OR REMOVED
70KIAS HEATER ON 1 CLIMB SPEED IS 60 KIAS 2 RATE OF CLIMB WILL DECREASE 275 FT /MIN
20.000
-6000 -5500 -5000 -4500
000
-5 00 0
400 (2.0)
2800 14.0)
3200 (16.0)
(0)
Figure 4-5.
BHT-412-FMS-CAA-57.4 TWIN ENGINE RATE OF CLIMB
CAA APPROVED
Figure 4-5. Twin engine rate of climb (Sheet 9 of 24)
30
CAA APPROVED

GROSS WEIGHT 11,000 LB (4990 kg) TAKEOFF POWER ENG - 100% RPM (N2) 150 GENERATOR AMPS(EA.) 70 KIAS HEATER ON
WITHALL DOORSOPENOR REMOVED 1 CLIMB SPEEDIS 60 KIAS 2 RATEOF CLIMB WILL DECREASE 275 FT /MIN
20,000
(2.0)
(6.0) (8.0) (10.0) (12.0) (14.0) (16.0) (4.0) RATE OF CLIMB - (METERS/SECOND)
Figure 4-5.
31
Figure 4-5.
32
CAA APPROVED
TWIN ENGINE RATE OF CLIMB GROSS WEIGHT 11,900 LB (5398 kg)
GENERATOR AMPS (EA.) 150 WITHALL DOORSOPENOR REMOVED 1 CLIMBSPEED 60 KIAS IS 2. RATEOF CLIMBWILL DECREASE 275 FT /MIN 20,000 OAT
Figure 4-5.
33
CAA APPROVED
TWIN ENGINE RATE OF CLIMB GROSS WEIGHT 7000 LB (3175 kg) MAXIMUM CONTINUOUS POWER ENG - 100% RPM (N2) 150 GENERATOR AMPS(EA.)
70 KIAS HEATER OFF
20.000
-6000
18,000
-5500
16,000
-5000
14,000
4.000
2,000
Figure 4-5.
34
CAA APPROVED
TWIN ENGINE RATE OF CLIMB GROSS WEIGHT 7000 LB (3175 kg) POWER MAXIMUMCONTINUOUS ENG- 100% RPM (N2) 150 AMPS(EA.) GENERATOR
70 KIAS HEATER ON
20,000
-6000
18,000
-5500
OAT 16.000
-5000
-4500 14.000
c
-1500
Figure 4-5.
35
CAA APPROVED

GROSS WEIGHT 8000 LB (3629 kg) POWER MAXIMUM CONTINUOUS ENG- 100% RPM(N2) 150 GENERATOR AMPS(EA.) 70 KIAS HEATEROFF
IS WITHALL DOORSOPENOR REMOVED 1 CLIMB SPEED 60 KIAS 2 RATEOF CLIMBWILL DECREASE 275 FT /MIN
20,000 18,000
-6000
-5500
16,000
-5000 -4500
14,000 -4000 12.000 -3500
LU
10,000
8.000
6.000
4,000
1000
2,000
500
400
2000 2400 1600 800 1200 RATE OF CLIMB - FEET/MINUTE RATE OF CLIMB - (METERS/SECOND)
2800
3200
(0)
Figure 4-5.
CAA APPROVED
TWIN ENGINE RATE OF CLIMB GROSS WEIGHT 8000 LB 13629 kg) POWER MAXIMUMCONTINUOUS ENG- 100% RPM (N21 150 GENERATOR AMPS (EA.)
70 KIAS HEATER ON
20,000
18,000
16,000
1500
1000
500
400
2400 2000 1600 1200 800 RATE OF CLIMB - FEET/MINUTE
2800
3200
RATE OF CLIMB - (METERS/SECOND)
Figure 4-5.
37
CAA APPROVED
TWIN ENGINE RATE OF CLIMB GROSS WEIGHT 9000 LB (4082 kg) 70 KIAS POWER MAXIMUM CONTINUOUS ENG - 100% RPM(N21 HEATER OFF GENERATOR AMPS(EA.) 150 WITHALL DOORSOPENOR REMOVED 1 CLIMB SPEED 60 KIAS IS 2 RATE OF CLIMBWILL DECREASE 275 FT /MIN
200
1400
1600
(0)
(1.0)
(2.0)
(3.0)
(4.0)
(5.0)
(6.0)
(7.0)
(8.0)
Figure 4-5.
CAA APPROVED
TWIN ENGINE RATE OF CLIMB GROSS WEIGHT 9000 LB (4082 kg) POWER MAXIMUM CONTINUOUS ENG - 100% RPM (N2) 150 GENERATOR AMPS IEA.)
70 KIAS HEATER ON
IS WITH ALL DOORSOPENOR REMOVED 1. CLIMB SPEED 60 KIAS 2. RATE OF CLIMB WILL DECREASE 275 FT /MIN 20,00
200
1400
1600
Figure 4-5.
CAA APPROVED

GROSS WEIGHT 10,000 LB (4636 kg) POWER MAXIMUM CONTINUOUS ENG- 100% RPM(N2) GENERATOR AMPS (EA.) 150 70 KIAS HEATER OFF
WITHALL DOORS OPENOR REMOVED 1. CLIMB SPEED 60 KIAS IS 2. RATEOF CLIMBWILL DECREASE 275 FT /MIN
20,000
1000
500
Figure 4-5.
40
CAA APPROVED
TWIN ENGINE RATE OF CLIMB GROSS WEIGHT 10.000 LB (4536 kg) POWER MAXIMUMCONTINUOUS ENG- 100% RPM (N2) 150 GENERATOR AMPS(EA.) 70 KIAS HEATER ON
IS OPENOR REMOVED 1 CLIMB SPEED 60 KIAS WITHALL DOORS 2. RATEOF CLIMBWILL DECREASE 275 FT /MIN.
200
1400
1600
(0)
(1.0)
(7.0)
(8.0)
Figure 4-5.
41
CAA APPROVED
TWIN ENGINE RATE OF CLIMB. GROSS WEIGHT 11,000 LB (4990 kg) MAXIMUMCONTINUOUS POWER ENG- 100% RPM IN2) GENERATOR AMPS(EA.) 150
WITH ALL DOORS OPEN OR REMOVED 70 KIAS HEATER OFF 1 CLIMB SPEED IS 60 KIAS 2 RATE OF CLIMB WILL DECREASE 275 FT /MIN
20,000
18,000
OAT
- 3000
1000
200
1400
1600
(0)
(1.0)
(7.01
(8.0)
Figure
4-5.
Twin
engine
rate of climb
(Sheet
21 of 24)
42
CAA APPROVED

GROSS WEIGHT MAXIMUM CONTINUOUS POWER ENG - 100% RPM IN2) GENERATOR 150 AMPS (EA.) WITH ALL DOORS OPEN OR REMOVED 11.000 LB (4990 kg) 70 KIAS HEATER ON 1 CLIMB SPEED IS 60 KIAS 2 RATE OF CLIMB WILL DECREASE 275 FT /MIN
20,000
18,000
I LU
RATE OF CLIMB (0) (1.0)
FEET/MINUTE (7.0) (8.0)
(2.0) (3.0) (4.0) (5.0) (6.0) RATE OF CLIMB - (METERS/SECOND)
Figure 4-5.
43
CAA APPROVED

GROSS WEIGHT 11.900 LB (5398 kg) MAXIMUMCONTINUOUS POWER ENG- 100% RPMIN2) GENERATOR AMPS (EA.I 150 70 KIAS HEATEROFF
IS WITHALL DOORSOPENOR REMOVED 1 CLIMB SPEED 60 KIAS 2 RATEOF CLIMBWILL DECREASE 275 FT /MIN
(O)
(110)
(2.0) (3.0) (4.0) (5.0) (6.0) (7.0) RATE OF CLIMB - (METERS/SECOND)
(8.0)
Figure 4-5.
44
CAA APPROVED

GROSS WEIGHT 11,900 LB (5398 kg) POWER MAXIMUM CONTINUOUS ENG- 100% RPM (N2) GENERATOR AMPS (EA.) 150 70 KIAS HEATER ON
WITHALL DOORSOPENOR REMOVED 1 CLIMBSPEEDIS 60 KIAS 2 RATE CLIMBWILL DECREASE OF 275 FT /MIN.
20.000
18,000
1000
500
Figure 4-5.
45
CAA APPROVED

GROSS WEIGHT 7000 LB (3175 kg) MAXIMUM CONTINUOUS POWER ENG- 97% RPM (N2) GENERATOR AMPS 150 70 KIAS HEATER OFF INOPERATIVE ENGINE SECURED
WITHALL DOORS OPENOR REMOVED 1 CLIMB SPEED 60 KIAS IS 2 RATEOF CLIMBWILL DECREASE 275 FT /MIN
20,000
-6000 -5500 -5000 -4500
18,000
16,000
14,000
LU
12,000
1200
Figure 4-6.
CAA APPROVED

GROSS WEIGHT MAXIMUM CONTINUOUS POWER ENG - 97% RPM (N2) GENERATOR 150 AMPS WITH ALL DOORS OPEN OR REMOVED 8000 LB (3629 kg) 70 KIAS HEATER OFF ENGINE SECURED
INOPERATIVE
20,000
-6000 -5500 -5000 -4500
-1500 -1000 -500
1200 (6.0)
Figure 4-6.
47
CAA APPROVED
SINGLE ENGINE RATE OF CLIMB GROSS WEIGHT 9000 LB (4082 kg) 70 KIAS POWER MAXIMUMCONTINUOUS HEATER OFF ENG - 97% RPM (N21 GENERATOR AMPS 150 INOPERATIVE ENGINE SECURED IS WITHALL DOORSOPENOR REMOVED 1 CLIMB SPEED 60 KIAS 2 RATEOF CLIMBWILL DECREASE 275 FT /MIN
20.000
-6000
-5500
-5000
-4600 w
800 (4.0)
Figure 4-6.

GROSS WEIGHT 10.000 LB (4536 kg) MAXIMUMCONTINUOUS POWER 70 KIAS
Figure 4-6.
49
CAA APPROVED

GROSS WEIGHT 11,000 LB (4990 kg) MAXIMUM CONTINUOUS POWER 70 KIAS ENG- 97% RPM(N21 HEATEROFF GENERATOR AMPS 150 INOPERATIVE ENGINE SECURED WITHALL DOORSOPENOR REMOVED 1 CLIMB SPEED 60 KIAS IS 2 RATEOF CLIMBWILL DECREASE 275 FT /MIN 20.00 -6000
18.00
-5500
16.00
-5000
-4500
-2000
-1600
-1200
-800
-400
400 (2.0)
RATE OF CLIMB - FEET/MINUTE RATE OF CLIMB - (METERS/SECOND)
Figure 4-6.
50
CAA APPROVED
SINGLE ENGINE RATE OF CLIMB GROSS WEIGHT 11.900 LB (5398 kg)

MAXIMUM CONTINUOUS POWER ENG - 97% RPM (N21 GENERATOR 150 AMPS WITH ALL DOORS OPEN OR REMOVED 70 KIAS HEATER OFF ENGINE SECURED
INOPERATIVE
20.000
18,000
16,000
TWIN ENGINE M C P ABSOLUTE CEILING -
14.000
4000
1000
2000
500
-2000
(-10.0)
-1600
(-8.0)
-1200
(-6.0)
-800
(-4.0)
-400
(-2.0)
0 (0)
400 (2.0)
RATE OF CLIMB -
FEET/MINUTE
Figure 4-6.
51
CAA APPROVED
SINGLE ENGINE LANDING DISTANCE OVER 50 FT. (15 M) OBSTACLE

21/2 MINUTE OEI POWER AS REQUIRED ENG - 97% RPM (N2) GENERATOR 150 AMPS
Figure 4-7.
Single engine landing distance

BHT 412 FM Caa

Hochgeladen von

Dokumentinformationen

Originalbeschreibung:

Originaltitel

Copyright

Verfügbare Formate

Dieses Dokument teilen

Dokument teilen oder einbetten

Freigabeoptionen

Stufen Sie dieses Dokument als nützlich ein?

Sind diese Inhalte unangemessen?

Copyright:

Verfügbare Formate

BHT 412 FM Caa

Hochgeladen von

Copyright:

Verfügbare Formate

f.

DATEOctober 20. 1981

A Subsldlaryof Textron InEVISION

412 FLIGHT MANUAL

FLIGHT MANUAL INDEX

PART 1 SECTION 1 SECTION 2 SECTION 3 SECTION 4 SECTION 5 LIMITATIONS NORMAL DRILLS

EMERGENCY/MALFUNCTION PERFORMANCE DATA CHECKLIST PART 2 -

SECTION 6 SECTION 7 SECTION 8 SECTION 9 SECTION 10

412 FLIGHT MANUAL

412 FLIGHT MANUAL

LOG OF CAA APPROVED REVISIONS

January 12, 1984

412 FLIGHT MANUAL

REVISIONNO. 3 DATED 12 JANUARY 1984

412 FLIGHT MANUAL

USE OF PROCEDURAL WORDS

CAA APPROVED DATA

KCAS KIAS NI Nil -

NOTE An operating procedure, condition, etc., which is essential to highlight.

412 FLIGHT MANUAL

........... .......... ..........

412 FLIGHT MANUAL

FLIGHT WITH DOORS OFF/OPEN. Refer to AIRSPEED LIMITATIONS.

FLIGHT WITH OPTIONAL EQUIPMENT INSTALLED.

412 FLIGHT MANUAL

11 12 10 9 GROSS WEIGHT - LBS X 1000 GROSS WEIGHT (kg) X 1000

412 FLIGHT MANUAL

LONGITUDINAL C.G. STA~ MILLIMETERS 3302 I 3350

LONGITUDINAL C. G. STA. ~ INCHES 412100-1C

412 FLIGHT MANUAL

412 FLIGHT MANUAL

AIR AMBIENT LIMITATIONS

Minimum - GW at or greater than 8000 Ibs. (3629 kg). Maximum

POWER PLANT LIMITATIONS

IMC OPERATION REQUIREMENTS

412 FLIGHT MANUAL

TORQUE LIMITS TWIN ENGINE LIMITS OPERATION TORQUE

NORMAL OPERATIONS Maximum Continuous 765C

Takeoff Power Range 765 to 810 C (5 Minutes)

OIL PRESSURE LIMITS Engine

Minimum (Below 79% NI) Normal (79% to 100% NI) Maximum

40 PSI 80 to 115 PSI 115 PSI

412 FLIGHT MANUAL

GROUND POWER START

ENGINE RESTART LIMITATIONS

ROTOR BRAKE LIMITATIONS

ENGINE STARTER LIMITATIONS

FUEL AND OIL LIMITATIONS

412 FLIGHT MANUAL

HYDRAULIC Maximum Normal Caution Minimum HYDRAULIC Maximum

HYDRAULIC SYSTEM LIMITATIONS

INTERNAL CARGO LIMITATIONS

AFCS shall be operated in ATT mode during IMC flight.

With one helipilot inoperative, flight dispatch with passengers is prohibited.

412 FLIGHT MANUAL

TAKEOFF AND LANDING

412 FLIGHT MANUAL

Preflight check sequence

412 FLIGHT MANUAL

BEFORE EXTERIOR CHECK Mission planning - Completed.

Gross weight and CG Section 6). Publications Checked.

Portable fire extinguishers secured. Fuel sumps Drain as follows: